2017 Chevrolet Camaro Owners Manual

2k17_Chevrolet_Camaro_23484739.
ai 1 4/5/2016 8:31:19 AM
2017
2017
C
CM
MY
CY
CMY
Owners Manual
chevrolet.com (U.S.)
23484739 A chevrolet.gm.ca (Canada)
Chevrolet Camaro Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 27
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Instruments and Controls . . . . . . 101
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 162
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 200
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 335
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 354
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 365
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
2 Introduction
Introduction This manual describes features that

may or may not be on the vehicle
Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service
because of optional equipment that 47911 Halyard Drive
was not purchased on the vehicle, Plymouth, MI 48170
model variants, country USA
specifications, features/applications
that may not be available in your Using this Manual
region, or changes subsequent to
the printing of this owner manual. To quickly locate information about
the vehicle, use the Index in the
The names, logos, emblems, Refer to the purchase back of the manual. It is an
slogans, vehicle model names, and documentation relating to your alphabetical list of what is in the
vehicle body designs appearing in specific vehicle to confirm the manual and the page number where
this manual including, but not limited features. it can be found.
to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET,
the CHEVROLET Emblem, Keep this manual in the vehicle for
CAMARO, and the CAMARO quick reference. Danger, Warning, and
Emblem are trademarks and/or Caution
service marks of General Motors Canadian Vehicle Owners
Warning messages found on vehicle
LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, A French language manual can be labels and in this manual describe
or licensors. obtained from your dealer, at hazards and what to do to avoid or
For vehicles first sold in Canada, www.helminc.com, or from: reduce them.
substitute the name General
Motors of Canada Company for Propritaires Canadiens
Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
appears in this manual. ce guide en franais auprs du
concessionnaire ou l'adresse
suivante:
Litho in U.S.A.

Part No. 23484739 A First Printing 2016 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Introduction 3
A circle with a slash through it is a 9 : Airbag Readiness Light

{ Danger safety symbol which means Do
Not, Do not do this, or Do not let # : Air Conditioning
Danger indicates a hazard with a
high level of risk which will result
this happen. ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)
in serious injury or death. % : Audio Steering Wheel Controls
Symbols or OnStar (if equipped)
The vehicle has components and $ : Brake System Warning Light
labels that use symbols instead of
{ Warning text. Symbols are shown along with " : Charging System
Warning indicates a hazard that
the text describing the operation or I : Cruise Control
information relating to a specific
could result in injury or death. component, control, message, ` : Do Not Puncture
gauge, or indicator. ^ : Do Not Service
M : Shown when the owner B : Engine Coolant Temperature
Caution manual has additional instructions O : Exterior Lamps
or information.
Caution indicates a hazard that
* : Shown when the service _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited
could result in property or vehicle # : Fog Lamps
manual has additional instructions
damage. or information. . : Fuel Gauge
0 : Shown when there is more + : Fuses
information on another page
see page. 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer
Vehicle Symbol Chart
j : LATCH System Child Restraints
Here are some additional symbols
that may be found on the vehicle * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
and what they mean. For more : : Oil Pressure
information on the symbol, refer to } : Power
the Index.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
4 Introduction
/ : Remote Vehicle Start

> : Safety Belt Reminders
7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak
a : Under Pressure
M : Windshield Washer Fluid
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
In Brief 5
In Brief Vehicle Features

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Performance and Maintenance
Traction Control/Electronic
Radio(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Instrument Panel Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 24
Portable Audio Devices . . . . . . . . 19 Fuel (3.6L V6 Engine) . . . . . . . . . . 24
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Fuel (2.0L L4 Turbo Engine and
Initial Drive Information Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 19 6.2L V8 Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Fuel (6.2L V8 Supercharged
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Driver Information Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . 21 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 25
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 21 Car Wash Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . 25
Trunk Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) Driving for Better Fuel
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Roadside Assistance
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Heated and Ventilated Seats . . . 11 Universal Remote System . . . . . 22
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 11 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Convertible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Passenger Sensing System . . . 12
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 13
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 14
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
6 In Brief
Instrument Panel
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
In Brief 7
1. Air Vents 0 199. 10. Shift Lever. See Automatic 22. Data Link Connector (DLC)
2. Instrument Panel Illumination Transmission 0 225 or Manual (Out of View). See Malfunction
Control 0 158. Transmission 0 229. Indicator Lamp (Check Engine
11. Power Outlets 0 107. Light) 0 121.
3. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 155.
12. Electric Parking Brake 0 232. Hood Release (Out of View).
Turn Signal Lever. See Turn See Hood 0 258.
and Lane-Change 13. Traction Control/Electronic
Signals 0 158. Stability Control 0 235.
Headlamp High/Low-Beam Driver Mode Control 0 236.
Changer 0 155. 14. Hazard Warning
4. Tap Shift (If Equipped). See Flashers 0 157.
Manual Mode 0 227. 15. ENGINE START/STOP Button.
Active Rev Match 0 231 (If See Ignition Positions 0 216.
Equipped). 16. Steering Wheel Controls 0 103.
5. Instrument Cluster 0 110. 17. Audio Controls. See Steering
6. Windshield Wiper/ Wheel Controls 0 103.
Washer 0 104. 18. Horn 0 104.
7. Infotainment 0 162. 19. Steering Wheel
8. Light Sensor. See Automatic Adjustment 0 102.
Headlamp System 0 156. 20. Cruise Control 0 242.
9. Automatic Climate Control Heated Steering Wheel 0 104
System 0 193 or Dual (If Equipped).
Automatic Climate Control
System 0 196 (If Equipped). 21. Head-Up Display (HUD) 0 130
(If Equipped).
Heated and Ventilated Seats
0 11 (If Equipped).
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
8 In Brief
Initial Drive If equipped, press and release K

and then immediately press and
Information hold M continuously to open the
This section provides a brief convertible top all the way. The
overview about some of the vehicle must be off to operate the
important features that may or may convertible top with the RKE
not be on your specific vehicle. transmitter. The top will stop
For more detailed information, refer movement approximately
to each of the features which can be one second after M is released.
found later in this owner manual. To stop the top immediately, press
7, K, or Q on the RKE transmitter.
Remote Keyless Entry With Remote Start Shown
M will only open the convertible
top. See Convertible Top 0 50.
(RKE) System Press the key release button near
The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) the bottom of the transmitter to Press and release 7 to initiate
transmitter may be used to lock and remove the key. The key can be vehicle locator.
unlock the doors from up to 60 m used for all locks.
Press and hold 7 for at least
(197 ft) away from the vehicle.
Press K to unlock the driver door or three seconds to sound the panic
all doors depending on the vehicle alarm.
personalization settings.
Press 7 again to cancel the panic
Press Q to lock all doors. alarm.
Lock and unlock feedback can be See Keys 0 27 and Remote Keyless
personalized. See Vehicle Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 28.
Personalization 0 144.
Press X twice quickly to release
the trunk.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
In Brief 9
Remote Vehicle Start Door Locks To lock or unlock a door from the
inside, press Q or K on the power
If equipped, the engine can be To lock or unlock a door from the
door lock switch.
started from outside of the vehicle. outside, press Q or K on the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Pull once on a door handle to
Starting the Vehicle unlock it and again to open it.
transmitter or use the key in the
1. Press and release Q on the door. The key lock cylinder is See Power Door Locks 0 38.
RKE transmitter. covered with a cap. See Door
Locks 0 36. Trunk Release
2. Immediately press and hold /
for at least four seconds or until For Keyless Access, press the To open the trunk:
the turn signal lamps flash. button on the door handle when the
RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft). . Press the trunk release button
Start the vehicle normally after See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) on the lower portion of the
entering. System Operation 0 28. driver door.
When the vehicle starts, the parking . Press X twice quickly on the
lamps will turn on. RKE transmitter.
Remote start can be extended. . Press the touch pad in the area
Canceling a Remote Start above the license plate after
unlocking all doors.
To cancel a remote start, do one of
the following: See Trunk 0 40.
. Press and hold / until the

parking lamps turn off.
. Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
. Turn the vehicle on and then off.
See Remote Vehicle Start 0 35.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
10 In Brief
Windows illuminate, then use the window . Raise or lower the entire seat by
switches. The default operation is moving the entire horizontal
the front windows. control up or down.
See Power Seat Adjustment 0 57.
Seat Adjustment
Reclining Seatbacks
Coupe Shown, Convertible Similar

The switches work when the ignition
is in ON/RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY, or in Retained
Accessory Power (RAP). See To adjust the seat:
Retained Accessory Power To raise or recline the seatback, tilt
. Move the seat forward or
(RAP) 0 221. the vertical control forward or
rearward by sliding the
rearward. See Reclining
Press or pull the switch to open or horizontal control forward or
close the window. Seatbacks 0 58.
rearward.
On convertible models, the window . Raise or lower the front part of
switches control both the front and the seat cushion by moving the
rear windows. Press FRONT or front of the horizontal control up
REAR to choose the desired or down.
windows and the indicator light will
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
In Brief 11
Memory Features Heated and Ventilated Head Restraint

Seats Adjustment
Do not drive until the head restraints
for all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
To achieve a comfortable seating
position, change the seatback
recline angle as little as necessary
while keeping the seat and the head
restraint height in the proper
position.
If available, the engine must be See Head Restraints 0 57 and
running to operate. Power Seat Adjustment 0 57.
If equipped, the 1, 2, SET, and B Press L or M to turn on the heated
(Exit) buttons on the driver door are seat. A light indicates this feature is
Safety Belts
used to manually store and recall
memory settings for the driver seat on. Press { or C to turn on the
and outside mirrors. ventilated seat. A light indicates this
feature is on. Press the button once
Automatic Memory Recall may be for the highest setting. With each
enabled in the personalization press of the button, the heated or
menus to automatically recall ventilated seat will change to the
positions stored to the 1, 2, and B next lower setting, and then the off
buttons. setting. Three lights indicate the
highest setting, and one light
See Memory Seats 0 58 and
indicates the lowest.
Vehicle Personalization 0 144.
See Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats 0 60.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
12 In Brief
Refer to the following sections for Mirror Adjustment

important information on how to use
safety belts properly: Exterior
. Safety Belts 0 62.
. How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly 0 63.
Canada and Mexico
. Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 64.
The passenger sensing system will
. Lower Anchors and Tethers for turn off the front outboard
Children (LATCH System) 0 88. passenger frontal airbag and knee
airbag under certain conditions. No
Passenger Sensing other airbag is affected by the
System passenger sensing system. See
Passenger Sensing System 0 75.
The passenger airbag status
indicator lights are visible on the To adjust each mirror:
overhead console when the vehicle
is started. See Passenger Airbag 1. Press } or | to select the
Status Indicator 0 120. driver or passenger side mirror.
The indicator light will
United States illuminate.
2. Press the arrows on the control
pad to move the mirror in the
desired position.
See Power Mirrors 0 45.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
In Brief 13
Interior Steering Wheel Interior Lighting

Adjust the inside rearview mirror for Adjustment Reading Lamps
a clear view of the area behind your
vehicle.
If equipped, push the tab forward for
daytime use and pull it rearward for
nighttime use to avoid the glare of
headlamps from behind.
If equipped with an automatic
dimming rearview mirror, the glare
of the headlamps from behind is
automatically reduced. The dimming
feature comes on when the vehicle The reading lamps are in the
is started. See Interior Rearview overhead console. The lamps go on
Mirrors 0 46. when a door is opened. When the
To adjust the tilt and telescoping doors are closed, press m or n to
steering wheel: turn on each lamp.
1. Pull the lever down. For more information on interior
2. Move the steering wheel up lighting, see Instrument Panel
or down. Illumination Control 0 158.
3. Pull or push the steering wheel
closer or away from you.
4. Pull the lever up to lock the
steering wheel in place.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
14 In Brief
Exterior Lighting See:

. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 155.
. Daytime Running Lamps
(DRL) 0 156.
Windshield Wiper/Washer
INT : Move the lever up to INT for
intermittent wipes, then turn the x
INT band up for more frequent
wipes or down for less frequent
The exterior lamp control is on the wipes.
left side of the steering wheel.
OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.
There are four positions:
The windshield wiper/washer lever 1X : For a single wipe, briefly move
P : Briefly turn to this position to is on the right side of the steering the wiper lever down. For several
turn the automatic light control off or column. With the ignition in ACC/ wipes, hold the wiper lever down.
on again. When released, the
control returns to the AUTO
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, move n L : Pull the windshield wiper
the windshield wiper lever to select lever toward you to spray windshield
position. the wiper speed. washer fluid and activate the wipers.
AUTO : Automatically turns the HI : Use for fast wipes. See Windshield Wiper/
exterior lamps on and off,
LO : Use for slow wipes. Washer 0 104.
depending on outside lighting.
; : Turns on the parking lamps
including all lamps, except the
headlamps.
5 : Turns on the headlamps
together with the parking lamps and
instrument panel lights.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
In Brief 15
Climate Controls
The heating, cooling, defrosting, and ventilation for the vehicle can be
controlled with this system.
Automatic Climate Control System
1. Temperature Control 6. Recirculation

2. Air Delivery Mode Controls 7. Fan Control
3. O (Power) 8. Rear Window Defogger
4. AUTO (Automatic Operation) 9. Defrost
5. A/C (Air Conditioning)
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
16 In Brief
Transmission
Dual Automatic Climate Control System
1. Driver and Passenger 9. Defrost Automatic Transmission

Temperature Controls 10. Rear Window Defogger Tap Shift
2. Air Delivery Mode Controls 11. Fan Control Tap Shift allows you to manually
3. O (Power) See Automatic Climate Control control the automatic transmission.
4. SYNC (Synchronized System 0 193 and Dual Automatic To use Tap Shift, the shift lever must
Temperature) Climate Control System 0 196 be in DSC Mode. Vehicles with this
(If Equipped). feature have indicators on the
5. AUTO (Automatic Operation) steering wheel. The paddles are on
6. A/C (Air Conditioning) the back of the steering wheel. Tap
the left paddle () to downshift, and
7. Recirculation the right paddle (+) to upshift.
8. Driver and Passenger Heated A Driver Information Center (DIC)
and Ventilated Seats display indicates the gear the
(If Equipped) vehicle is in.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
In Brief 17
To use this feature: 2 (Second). The message will be Vehicle Features

1. Move the shift lever to displayed in the Driver Information
Center (DIC). See Manual
Manual Mode.
Transmission 0 229. Infotainment System
2. Tap the left paddle () or right Base radio information is included in
paddle (+), to increase or Active Rev Match (V8 Only)
this manual. See the infotainment
decrease the gear range Vehicles equipped with a V8 engine manual for information on other
available. and manual transmission have available infotainment systems.
See Manual Mode 0 227. Active Rev Match (ARM). ARM aids
in smoother shifting by matching the Read the following pages to
Manual Transmission engine speed to the next selected become familiar with these features.
gear. It is activated and deactivated
One to Four Shift Message
(V8 Only)
by pressing either of the paddles { Warning
marked REV MATCH on the
steering wheel. See Active Rev Taking your eyes off the road for
Match 0 231. too long or too often while using
any infotainment feature can
cause a crash. You or others
could be injured or killed. Do not
give extended attention to
infotainment tasks while driving.
Limit your glances at the vehicle
displays and focus your attention
on driving. Use voice commands
whenever possible.
When this message comes on, you The infotainment system has built-in
can only shift from 1 (First) to features intended to help avoid
4 (Fourth) instead of 1 (First) to distraction by disabling some
functions when driving. These
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
18 In Brief
functions may gray out when they Radio(s) 5:

are unavailable. Many infotainment
features are also available through O: . Press and release to access the
the instrument cluster and steering . phone screen, answer an
Press to turn the power on.
wheel controls. incoming call, or access the
. Press and hold to turn the device home screen.
Before driving: power off.
See Overview 0 164.
. Become familiar with the . Press to mute/unmute the
operation, faceplate buttons, and system when on. Satellite Radio
screen buttons.
. Turn to decrease or increase the If equipped, vehicles with a
. Set up the audio by presetting volume. SiriusXM satellite radio tuner and a
favorite stations, setting the
tone, and adjusting the g: valid SiriusXM satellite radio
subscription can receive SiriusXM
speakers. . Radio: Press and release to fast programming.
. Set up phone numbers in seek the strongest previous
advance so they can be called station or channel. SiriusXM Satellite Radio
easily by pressing a single . USB/Music/Pictures: Press to go Service
button or by using a single voice to the previous content. Press SiriusXM is a satellite radio service
command if equipped with and hold to fast rewind. based in the 48 contiguous United
Bluetooth phone capability. d: States and 10 Canadian provinces.
See Defensive Driving 0 201. SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide
. Radio: Press and release to fast variety of programming and
To play the infotainment system with seek the next strongest station commercial-free music, coast to
the ignition off, see Retained or channel. coast, and in digital-quality sound.
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 221. . USB/Music/Pictures: Press to go A fee is required to receive the
to the next content. Press and SiriusXM service.
hold to fast forward. Refer to:
. www.siriusxm.com or call
1-888-601-6296 (U.S.).
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
In Brief 19
. www.siriusxm.ca or call Steering Wheel Controls
1-877-438-9677 (Canada).
See Satellite Radio 0 167.
Portable Audio Devices

This vehicle has a 3.5 mm (1/8 in)
auxiliary input on the center console
and two USB ports in the center
console. External devices such as
iPods, MP3 players, and USB
storage devices may be connected.
See Auxiliary Devices 0 176 and
USB Port 0 170.
Bluetooth
The Bluetooth system allows users
with a Bluetooth-enabled mobile
phone to make and receive
hands-free calls using the vehicle
audio system and controls.
The Bluetooth-enabled mobile
phone must be paired with the
in-vehicle Bluetooth system before it
can be used in the vehicle. Not all
phones will support all functions.
See Bluetooth (Overview) 0 182 or If equipped, some audio controls
Bluetooth (Infotainment can be adjusted at the steering
Controls) 0 184. wheel.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
20 In Brief
g (1) : Press to interact with Cruise Control

Bluetooth or OnStar, if equipped.
See Bluetooth (Overview) 0 182 or
Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls)
0 184 or OnStar Overview 0 368.
R (1) : Press to decline an
incoming call or end a current call.
Press to mute or unmute the
infotainment system when not on
a call.
e + or e (2) : Press to increase or
decrease volume. Cruise Control without Cancel
R FAV or FAV Q (3) : Press Cruise Control with Cancel Button
Button
to display a list of favorites. Press 1 : If equipped, press to turn the
again to select the next or previous system on and off. A white indicator
favorite when listening to the radio. appears in the instrument cluster
See Steering Wheel Controls 0 103. when cruise is turned on.
* : If equipped, press to disengage
cruise control without erasing the
set speed from memory.
RES+ : If there is a set speed in
memory, press briefly to resume to
that speed or hold upward to
accelerate. If cruise control is
already active, use to increase
vehicle speed.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
In Brief 21
SET : Press briefly to set the o or p : Press o to open Rear Vision

speed and activate cruise control. application menus on the left.
If cruise control is already active,
Camera (RVC)
Press p to open interaction menus
use to decrease speed. If equipped, RVC displays a view of
on the right.
See Cruise Control 0 242. the area behind the vehicle on the
SEL : Press to select a menu item. infotainment display when the
Press and hold to reset values on vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) to
Driver Information certain screens. aid with parking and low-speed
Center (DIC) See Driver Information Center backing maneuvers.
The DIC display is in the instrument (DIC) 0 128. See Assistance Systems for Parking
cluster. It shows the status of many or Backing 0 246.
vehicle systems. Lane Change Alert (LCA)
If equipped, the LCA system is a Rear Cross Traffic Alert
lane-changing aid that assists (RCTA) System
drivers with avoiding lane change If equipped, the RCTA system uses
crashes that occur with moving a triangle with an arrow displayed
vehicles in the side blind zone (or on the RVC screen to warn of traffic
spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly behind your vehicle that may cross
approaching these areas from your vehicle's path while in
behind. The LCA warning display R (Reverse). In addition, beeps will
will light up in the corresponding sound.
outside side mirror and will flash if
the turn signal is on. The Side Blind See Assistance Systems for Parking
Zone Alert (SBZA) system is or Backing 0 246.
included as part of the LCA system.
See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) Parking Assist
w or x : Press to move up or
down in a list. 0 248 and Lane Change Alert If equipped, Rear Parking Assist
(LCA) 0 248. (RPA) uses sensors on the rear
bumper to assist with parking and
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
22 In Brief
avoiding objects while in Universal Remote System Sunroof

R (Reverse). It operates at speeds
less than 8 km/h (5 mph). RPA may
display a warning triangle on the
Rear Vision Camera screen and/or
a graphic on the instrument cluster
to provide the object distance. In
addition, multiple beeps may occur
if very close to an object.
If equipped, this system, in the
See Assistance Systems for Parking
overhead console, provides a way
or Backing 0 246.
to replace up to three remote control
transmitters used to activate
Power Outlets devices such as garage door
The vehicle has an accessory openers, security systems, and
power outlet on the center floor home automation devices. The sunroof only operates when the
console in front of the cupholders. ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/
Read the instructions completely
It can be used to plug in electrical before attempting to program the ACCESSORY, or if Retained
equipment, such as a cell phone or Universal Remote system. Because Accessory Power (RAP) is active.
an MP3 player. See Retained Accessory Power
of the steps involved, it may be
(RAP) 0 221.
The accessory power outlet does helpful to have another person
not work when the ignition is turned available to assist you with If equipped, the sunroof switch is on
off and the driver door is opened. programming the Universal Remote the overhead console.
This helps to preserve the battery system. Open/Close (Manual Mode) :
life of the vehicle. See Universal Remote Press and hold e to open the
See Power Outlets 0 107. System 0 152.
sunroof. Press and hold g to
close the sunroof. Release the
switch to stop the movement.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
In Brief 23
Express-Open/Express-Close : The sunshade can be opened Performance and

Press e to the second detent and manually, but must be closed
release to express-open the manually. Maintenance
sunroof. Press g to the second The sunroof glass panel cannot be
detent and release to express-close opened or closed if the vehicle has Traction Control/
the sunroof. Press the switch again an electrical failure. Electronic Stability
to stop the movement. The sunroof has an automatic Control
Vent : Press and release e to reversal system. See Sunroof 0 49.
The Traction Control System (TCS)
vent the sunroof. Press and release limits wheel spin. The system turns
g to close the vent. Convertible on automatically every time the
A deflector automatically raises The convertible top can be vehicle is started.
when the sunroof is opened and automatically opened and closed. StabiliTrak assists with directional
retracts while the sunroof closes. For step-by-step instructions, see control of the vehicle in difficult
Convertible Top 0 50. driving conditions. The system turns
If the sunshade is closed, it opens
automatically when the sunroof on automatically every time the
opens past the vented position. vehicle is started.
. To turn off TCS, press and
Caution release Y on the console
behind the shift lever. i
Forcing the sunshade forward of
illuminates.
the sliding glass panel may cause
damage and the sunroof may not . Press Y again to turn TCS
operate properly. Always close back on.
the glass panel before closing the . To turn off both TCS and
sunshade.
StabiliTrak, press and hold Y
on the console behind the shift
lever until i and g illuminate.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
24 In Brief
. Press Y again to turn on both The low tire pressure warning light Fuel (2.0L L4 Turbo
systems. may come on in cool weather when
the vehicle is first started, and then
Engine and 6.2L
See Traction Control/Electronic turn off as the vehicle is driven. This V8 Engine)
Stability Control 0 235. may be an early indicator that the
tire pressures are getting low and
Tire Pressure Monitor the tires need to be inflated to the
This vehicle may have a Tire proper pressure.
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). The TPMS does not replace normal
monthly tire maintenance. Maintain
the correct tire pressures.
Premium Recommended Fuel
See Tire Pressure Monitor
System 0 301. Use premium 93 octane unleaded
gasoline in your vehicle. Unleaded
Fuel (3.6L V6 Engine) gasoline with an octane rating as
low as 87 may be used, but it will
The low tire pressure warning light reduce performance and fuel
alerts to a significant loss in economy. See Fuel 0 250.
pressure of one of the vehicle's
tires. If the warning light comes on, Fuel (6.2L V8
stop as soon as possible and inflate Supercharged Engine)
the tires to the recommended
pressure shown on the Tire and See Fuel in the HP Supplement.
Loading Information label. See Regular Fuel
Vehicle Load Limits 0 212. The Use only unleaded gasoline rated
warning light will remain on until the 87 octane or higher in your vehicle.
tire pressure is corrected. Do not use gasoline with an octane
rating lower as it may result in
vehicle damage and lower fuel
economy. See Fuel 0 250.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
In Brief 25
E85 or FlexFuel 2. Press and hold SEL on the DIC Driving for Better Fuel
while the Oil Life display is
active. The oil life will change
Economy
to 100%. Driving habits can affect fuel
The oil life system can also be reset mileage. Here are some driving tips
as follows: to get the best fuel economy
possible.
1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN
. Avoid fast starts and accelerate
with the engine off.
No E85 or FlexFuel smoothly.
2. Fully press and release the
Gasoline-ethanol fuel blends greater . Brake gradually and avoid
accelerator pedal three times
than E15 (15% ethanol by volume), within five seconds. abrupt stops.
such as E85, cannot be used in this . Avoid idling the engine for long
vehicle. See Engine Oil Life System 0 266.
periods of time.
Engine Oil Life System Car Wash Guidelines . When road and weather
conditions are appropriate, use
The engine oil life system calculates cruise control.
engine oil life based on vehicle use Caution
. Always follow posted speed
and displays the CHANGE ENGINE Some automatic car washes can
OIL SOON message when it is time limits or drive more slowly when
cause damage to the vehicle, conditions require.
to change the engine oil and filter.
wheels, ground effects and . Keep vehicle tires properly
The oil life system should be reset
to 100% only following an oil convertible top. Automatic car inflated.
change. washes are not recommended,
due to lack of clearance for the . Combine several trips into a
Resetting the Oil Life System undercarriage and/or wide rear single trip.
1. Display the REMAINING OIL tires and wheels. See "Washing . Replace the vehicle's tires with
LIFE on the DIC. See Driver the Vehicle" under Exterior the same TPC Spec number
Information Center (DIC) 0 128. Care 0 325. molded into the tire's sidewall
near the size.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
26 In Brief
. Follow recommended scheduled
maintenance.
Roadside Assistance
Program
U.S.: 1-800-243-8872
TTY Users (U.S. Only):
1-888-889-2438
Canada: 1-800-268-6800
New Chevrolet owners are
automatically enrolled in the
Roadside Assistance Program.
See Roadside Assistance
Program 0 358.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Keys, Doors, and Windows 27
Keys, Doors, and Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . . . 45

Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Keys and Locks
Windows Interior Mirrors Keys
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 46
Keys and Locks
Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 46
Automatic Dimming Rearview
{ Warning
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Leaving children in a vehicle with
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Windows a Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 transmitter is dangerous and
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 children or others could be
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 35 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 seriously injured or killed. They
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 could operate the power windows
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Roof or other controls or make the
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 vehicle move. The windows will
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 39 Convertible Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 function with the RKE transmitter
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 in the vehicle, and children or
others could be caught in the path
Doors
of a closing window. Do not leave
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
children in a vehicle with an RKE
Vehicle Security transmitter.
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 42
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 44
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
28 Keys, Doors, and Windows
To remove the key, press the button . Check the location. Other
on the side of the transmitter near vehicles or objects may be
the bottom, and pull the key out. blocking the signal.
Never pull the key out without . Check the transmitter's battery.
pressing the button. See Battery Replacement later
See your dealer if a new key is in this section.
needed. . If the transmitter is still not
If locked out of the vehicle, see working correctly, see your
Roadside Assistance dealer or a qualified technician
Program 0 358. for service.
With an active OnStar subscription,
an OnStar Advisor may remotely Remote Keyless Entry
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar (RKE) System Operation
Overview 0 368.
The Keyless Access system allows
for vehicle entry when the
Remote Keyless Entry transmitter is within range. See
(RKE) System Keyless Access Operation later in
See Radio Frequency this section.
Statement 0 364. The RKE transmitter may work up to
If there is a decrease in the Remote 60 m (197 ft) away outside the
Keyless Entry (RKE) operating vehicle.
range: Other conditions can affect the
. Check the distance. The performance of the transmitter. See
The key, inside the Remote Keyless Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
Entry (RKE) transmitter, can be transmitter may be too far from
the vehicle. System 0 28.
used for all locks.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Pressing Q may also arm the alarm M : If equipped, press and

system. See Vehicle Alarm release K, then immediately press
System 0 42. and hold M continuously to open
K : Press to unlock the driver door. the convertible top all the way. The
Press unlock again within vehicle must be off to operate the
five seconds to unlock all doors. convertible top with the RKE
The RKE transmitter can be transmitter. The top will stop
programmed to unlock all doors on movement approximately
the first button press. See Vehicle one second after M is released.
Personalization 0 144. To stop the top immediately, press
The turn signal indicators may flash either the 7, K, or Q on the RKE
With Remote Start Shown and/or the horn may sound to
transmitter. M will only open the
indicate unlocking. See Vehicle
Q : Press to lock all doors. Personalization 0 144. convertible top.
The turn signal indicators may flash 7 : Press and release to initiate
and/or the horn may sound on the Pressing K will disarm the alarm vehicle locator. The exterior lamps
second press to indicate locking. system. See Vehicle Alarm flash and the horn chirps three
See Vehicle Personalization 0 144. System 0 42. times.
If the passenger door is open when / : If equipped, press and release Press and hold 7 for at least
Q is pressed, all doors lock. Q and then immediately press and three seconds to sound the panic
hold / for at least four seconds to alarm. The horn sounds and the
If the driver door is open when Q is start the engine from outside the
pressed, all doors lock and the turn signals flash until 7 is pressed
vehicle using the RKE transmitter. again or the key is placed in the
driver door will immediately unlock, See Remote Vehicle Start 0 35.
if enabled through vehicle ignition and turned to ON/RUN.
personalization. X : Press twice quickly to release
the trunk.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Convertible Top Keyless Access can be

. programmed to unlock all doors on
Do not try to start the vehicle
the first lock/unlock press from the
while using the RKE transmitter
driver door. See Vehicle
to open the convertible top.
Release M on the RKE
transmitter and ENGINE START/ Keyless Unlocking/Locking from
STOP. Wait a few seconds the Driver Door
before starting the vehicle When the doors are locked and the
normally. RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)
. The passive door unlock feature of the driver door handle, pressing
may not operate properly while the lock/unlock button on the driver
using the RKE transmitter to door handle will unlock the driver Driver Side Shown, Passenger
open the convertible top. door. If the lock/unlock button is
Side Similar
pressed again within five seconds,
Keyless Access Operation the passenger door will unlock. Pull Pressing the lock/unlock button will
the door handle to unlatch the door. cause all doors to lock if any of the
The Keyless Access system lets
following occur:
you lock and unlock the doors and
access the trunk without removing . It has been more than
the RKE transmitter from your five seconds since the first lock/
pocket, purse, briefcase, etc. The unlock button press.
RKE transmitter should be within . Two lock/unlock button presses
1 m (3 ft) of the door or trunk being were used to unlock all doors.
opened. If equipped, there will be
buttons on the outside door . Any vehicle door has opened
handles. and all doors are now closed.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Keyless Unlocking/Locking from doors may lock with the RKE Remote No Longer In Vehicle
the Passenger Door transmitter inside the vehicle. Do If the vehicle is on, with a door
When the doors are locked and the not leave the RKE transmitter in an open, and then all doors are closed,
RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) unattended vehicle. the vehicle will check for RKE
of the passenger door handle, To customize the doors to transmitter(s) inside. If an RKE
pressing the lock/unlock button on automatically lock when exiting the transmitter is not detected, the DIC
the passenger door handle will vehicle, see Remote Lock, Unlock, will display NO REMOTE
unlock all doors. Start under Vehicle DETECTED and the horn will chirp
Pressing the lock/unlock button will Personalization 0 144. three times.
cause all doors to lock if any of the Temporary Disable of the Passive This occurs only once each time the
following occur: Locking Feature vehicle is driven.
. The lock/unlock button was used Temporarily disable passive locking See Vehicle Personalization 0 144.
to unlock all doors. by pressing and holding K on the Keyless Trunk Opening
. Any vehicle door has opened interior door switch with a door open
and all doors are now closed. for at least four seconds, or until When the doors are locked, press
three chimes are heard. Passive the touch pad to open the trunk if
Passive Locking locking will then remain disabled the RKE transmitter is within
With Keyless Access the vehicle will 1 m (3 ft).
until Q on the interior door is
lock several seconds after all doors pressed, or until the vehicle is Keyed Access
are closed if the vehicle is off and at turned on.
least one transmitter has been To access a vehicle with a weak
removed or none remain in the Remote Left In Vehicle Alert transmitter battery, see Door
vehicle. Locks 0 36.
When the vehicle is turned off and a
If other electronic devices interfere remote is left in the vehicle, the horn
with the RKE transmitter signal, the will chirp three times after all doors
vehicle may not detect the RKE are closed. See Vehicle
transmitter inside the vehicle. Personalization 0 144.
If passive locking is enabled, the
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Programming Transmitters to
the Vehicle
Only RKE transmitters programmed
to the vehicle will work. If a
transmitter is lost or stolen, a
replacement can be purchased and
programmed through your dealer.
The vehicle can be reprogrammed
so that lost or stolen transmitters no
longer work. Any remaining
transmitters will need to be
reprogrammed. Each vehicle can
have up to eight transmitters 1. Place the two recognized 3. Replace the recognized
matched to it. transmitters in the rear transmitters with a new
cupholder in the center transmitter. Place the new
Programming with Recognized console. transmitter in the rear
Transmitters cupholder in the center
2. Remove the key lock cylinder
A new transmitter can be cap on the driver door handle. console.
programmed to the vehicle when See Door Locks 0 36. Insert 4. Press ENGINE START/STOP.
there are two recognized the vehicle key of the new When the transmitter is
transmitters. To program, the vehicle transmitter into the key lock learned, the DIC will show that
must be off and all of the cylinder on the driver door it is ready to program the next
transmitters, both currently handle and turn the key to the transmitter.
recognized and new, must be unlock position five times within
with you. 5. Remove the transmitter from
10 seconds. the transmitter pocket and
The Driver Information Center press K or Q.
(DIC) displays READY FOR
REMOTE #2, 3, 4 or 5, To program additional
6,7, or 8 transmitters, repeat Steps 35.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
When all additional transmitters The Driver Information Center

are programmed, press and (DIC) displays REMOTE
hold ENGINE START/STOP for LEARN PENDING,
12 seconds to exit PLEASE WAIT.
programming mode. 2. Wait for 10 minutes until the
6. Put the key back into the DIC displays PRESS ENGINE
transmitter. START BUTTON TO LEARN
and then press ENGINE
Programming without Recognized START/STOP.
Transmitters
The DIC display will again
If two currently recognized show REMOTE LEARN
transmitters are not available, follow
PENDING, PLEASE WAIT.
this procedure to program up to 4. Place the new transmitter into
eight transmitters. This feature is 3. Repeat Step 2 two additional the rear cupholder in the center
not available in Canada. This times. After the third time, all console.
procedure will take approximately previously known transmitters
30 minutes to complete. The vehicle will no longer work with the 5. Press ENGINE START/STOP.
must be off and all of the vehicle. Remaining transmitters When the transmitter is
transmitters to be programmed must can be relearned during the learned, the DIC will show that
be with you. next steps. it is ready to program the next
transmitter.
1. Remove the key lock cylinder The DIC display should now
cap on the driver door handle. show READY FOR REMOTE 6. Remove the transmitter from
See Door Locks 0 36. Insert # 1. the cupholder and press K
the vehicle key of the or Q.
transmitter into the key lock
cylinder on the driver door To program additional
handle and turn the key to the transmitters, repeat Steps 46.
unlock position five times within
10 seconds.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
When all additional transmitters To start the vehicle:

are programmed, press and Caution
hold ENGINE START/STOP for
12 seconds to exit When replacing the battery, do
programming mode. not touch any of the circuitry on
the transmitter. Static from your
7. Put the key back into the body could damage the
transmitter. transmitter.
Starting the Vehicle with a Low
Transmitter Battery The battery is not rechargeable. To
If the transmitter battery is weak or if replace the battery:
there is interference with the signal,
the DIC may display NO REMOTE
DETECTED or NO REMOTE KEY
WAS DETECTED PLACE KEY IN 1. Place the transmitter in the rear
TRANSMITTER POCKET THEN cupholder in the center
START YOUR VEHICLE. See Key console.
and Lock Messages 0 138. 2. With the vehicle in P (Park) or
N (Neutral), press the brake
pedal and ENGINE
START/STOP.
Replace the transmitter battery
as soon as possible.
Battery Replacement 1. Press the button on the side of
the transmitter and pull the
Replace the battery if the REPLACE key out.
BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY
message displays in the DIC. See
Key and Lock Messages 0 138.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
3. Remove the battery by pushing Laws in some local communities

on the battery and sliding it may restrict the use of remote
toward the bottom of the starters. For example, some laws
transmitter. may require a person using remote
4. Insert the new battery, positive start to have the vehicle in view.
side facing the back cover. Check local regulations for any
Push the battery down until it is requirements.
held in place. Replace with a Other conditions can affect the
CR2032 or equivalent battery. performance of the transmitter. See
5. Snap the battery cover back on Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
to the transmitter. System 0 28.
Starting the Engine Using Remote
2. Separate the two halves of the Remote Vehicle Start Start
transmitter using a flat tool
inserted into the area near the If equipped, this feature allows the To start the engine using the remote
key slot. engine to be started from outside start feature:
the vehicle.
1. Press and release Q.
/ : This button will be on the RKE 2. Immediately after completing
transmitter if equipped with remote
start. Step 1, press and hold / for at
least four seconds or until the
The climate control system will use turn signal lamps flash. The
the previous settings during a turn signal lamps flashing
remote start. The rear window confirms the request to remote
defogger and heated seats, start the vehicle has been
if equipped, may also come on. See received.
Remote Start Auto Heated Seats
under Heated and Ventilated Front When the engine starts, the
Seats 0 60 and Vehicle parking lamps will turn on and
Personalization 0 144. remain on as long as the
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
engine is running. The When the remote start is extended, . The hazard warning flashers
vehicle's doors will be locked the second 10-minute period is are on.
and the climate control system added on to the first 10 minutes for . There is an emission control
may come on. a total of 20 minutes. system malfunction.
The engine will continue to run A maximum of two remote starts, . The engine coolant temperature
for 10 minutes. After or a remote start with an extension, is too high.
30 seconds, repeat the steps are allowed between ignition cycles.
for a 10-minute time extension. . The oil pressure is low.
The vehicle's ignition must be
Remote start can be extended changed to ON/RUN/START and . Two remote vehicle starts, or a
only once. then back to OFF before the remote single remote start with an
Start the vehicle before driving. start procedure can be used again. extension, have already
been used.
If the vehicle is low on fuel, do not Canceling a Remote Start
use the remote start feature. The . The vehicle is not in P (Park).
vehicle may run out of fuel. To cancel a remote start, do one of
the following: Door Locks
Extending Engine Run Time
. Press and hold / until the
The engine run time can also be
extended by another 10 minutes,
parking lamps turn off. { Warning
if during the first 10 minutes . Turn on the hazard warning
Unlocked doors can be
Steps 1 and 2 are repeated while flashers.
dangerous.
the engine is still running. An . Turn the vehicle on and then off.
extension can be requested, . Passengers, especially
30 seconds after starting. This Conditions in Which Remote Start children, can easily open
provides a total of 20 minutes. Will Not Work the doors and fall out of a
moving vehicle. The chance
The remote start can only be The remote start will not operate if:
of being thrown out of the
extended once. . RKE transmitter is in the vehicle. vehicle in a crash is
. The hood is not closed. increased if the doors are
(Continued)
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16

. Use the key in the driver door.
Warning (Continued) The key cylinder is covered with
a cap.
not locked. So, all
passengers should wear To lock or unlock the doors from
safety belts properly and the inside the vehicle:
doors should be locked . Press Q or K on the power door
whenever the vehicle is
driven. lock switch.
. . Pulling an interior door handle
Young children who get into
unlocked vehicles may be will unlock the door. Pulling the
unable to get out. A child door handle again unlatches it.
can be overcome by Keyless Access
extreme heat and can suffer 2. Insert the key into the slot on
permanent injuries or even If equipped, the RKE transmitter the bottom of the cap and pry
death from heat stroke. must be within 1 m (3 ft) of the door outward.
Always lock the vehicle being opened. Press the button on
3. Move the cap rearward and
whenever leaving it. the door handle to open. See
remove.
Keyless Access Operation in
. Outsiders can easily enter Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
through an unlocked door System Operation 0 28.
when slowing or stopping
the vehicle. Lock the doors Key Cylinder Access
to help prevent this from To access the key lock cylinder:
happening.
1. Pull the door handle to the
open position.
To lock or unlock the doors from
outside the vehicle:
. Press Q or K on the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Move the cap forward and press to Power Door Locks

snap the cap in place.
Free-Turning Locks
The door lock cylinder turns freely
when either the wrong key is used,
or the correct key is not fully
inserted. The free turning door lock
feature prevents the lock from being
forced open.
To reset the lock, turn it to the
vertical position with the correct key
Replace the cap by snapping the fully inserted. Remove the key and
two tabs (7) at the back of the cap insert it again.
(8) between the seal (5) and the If this does not reset the lock, turn
metal base (6). the key halfway around in the Q : Press to lock the doors.
cylinder and repeat the reset K : Press to unlock the doors.
procedure.
Delayed Locking
This feature delays the locking of
the doors until five seconds after all
doors are closed.
Delayed locking can only be turned
on when the Unlocked Door Anti
Lockout feature has been turned off.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
When Q is pressed on the power To unlock the doors: transmitter is detected and the
door lock switch while the door is number of RKE transmitters inside
. Press K on a power door lock has not reduced, the driver door will
open, a chime will sound three switch.
times indicating delayed locking is unlock and the horn will chirp three
active. . If equipped with an automatic times.
transmission, shift the Lockout Protection can be manually
The doors will lock automatically transmission into P (Park).
five seconds after all doors are overridden with the driver door open
closed. If a door is reopened before . If equipped with a manual by pressing and holding Q on the
that time, the five-second timer will transmission, turn the vehicle off power door lock switch.
reset when all doors are closed when parked.
again. Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout
Automatic door locking cannot be
disabled. Automatic door unlocking If Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout is
Press Q on the door lock switch turned on and the vehicle is off, the
can be enabled through vehicle
again or press Q on the RKE personalization. See Vehicle driver door is open, and locking is
transmitter to lock the doors Personalization 0 144. requested, all the doors will lock and
immediately. only the driver door will unlock. The
Lockout Protection Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout feature
This feature can also be
can be turned on or off using the
programmed. See Vehicle
If the vehicle is in ACC/ vehicle personalization menus. See
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START Vehicle Personalization 0 144.
and the power door lock switch is
Automatic Door Locks pressed with the driver door open,
When the doors are closed, the all the doors will lock and only the
ignition is on, and the shift lever is driver door will unlock.
moved out of P (Park) for automatic If the vehicle is off and locking is
transmissions, or the vehicle speed requested while a door is open,
is above 13 km/h (8 mph) for when all doors are closed the
manual transmissions, the doors vehicle will check for RKE
will lock. transmitters inside. If an RKE
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Doors Warning (Continued)

For automatic transmissions, the
vehicle must be in P (Park). For
manual transmissions, the vehicle
Trunk highest setting. See must be off, or stationary with the
Climate Control Systems parking brake set.
{ Warning in the Index.
. If the vehicle has a power
Exhaust gases can enter the liftgate, disable the power
vehicle if it is driven with the liftgate function.
liftgate, trunk/hatch open, or with
For more information about
any objects that pass through the
carbon monoxide, see Engine
seal between the body and the
Exhaust 0 224.
trunk/hatch or liftgate. Engine
exhaust contains carbon
monoxide (CO) which cannot be Trunk Release
seen or smelled. It can cause To open the trunk from outside of
unconsciousness and even death. the vehicle
If the vehicle must be driven with . Press X twice quickly on the
the liftgate, or trunk/hatch open:
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
From inside the vehicle, press |
. Close all of the windows. transmitter. on the lower portion of the
driver door.
. Fully open the air outlets on . Press the touch pad in the area
or under the instrument above the license plate after
panel. unlocking all doors.
. Adjust the climate control . For Keyless Access, press the
system to a setting that touch pad in the area above the
brings in only outside air license plate when the
and set the fan speed to the transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of
(Continued) the rear of the vehicle.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Emergency Trunk Release following exposure to light. Pull the

Handle release handle to open the trunk
from the inside.
Caution
Do not use the emergency trunk
release handle as a tie-down or
anchor point when securing items
in the trunk as it could damage
the handle.
1. Locate the key extender in the

glove box.
After pulling the emergency trunk

release handle, push the handle
back into the bezel.
Emergency Trunk Release
(Convertible Only)
If the trunk lid cannot be opened
using the RKE transmitter or the
There is a glow-in-the-dark trunk release button:
emergency trunk release handle on
the trunk lid. This handle will glow
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
2. Locate the manual release Vehicle Security

beside the rear seat cushion on
the driver side. This vehicle has theft-deterrent
features; however, they do not make
3. Push down on the upper rear
the vehicle impossible to steal.
seat cushion on the driver side
until the manual release is
visible. Vehicle Alarm System
4. Remove the key from the RKE This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm
transmitter. system.
6. Place the key extender over

the key head until the key
extender stops.
7. Firmly turn the key clockwise to
unlatch the trunk lid.
8. Remove the key.
9. Store the key extender in the
glove box.
10. Return the key to the RKE
5. Remove any additional items transmitter. The security light, on the instrument
attached to the key such as panel near the windshield, indicates
keys, rings, or tags then the status of the system:
fully insert the key into the Off : Alarm system is disarmed.
manual release.
On Solid : Vehicle is secured
during the delay to arm the system.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured. If the driver door is opened without To avoid setting off the alarm by
A door, the hood, or the trunk first unlocking with the RKE accident:
is open. transmitter, the horn will chirp and . Lock the vehicle with the RKE
Slow Flash : Alarm system is the lights will flash to indicate a transmitter after all occupants
armed. pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not have left the vehicle and all
started, or the door is not unlocked doors are closed.
Arming the Alarm System by pressing K on the RKE
. Always unlock the vehicle with
1. Turn off the vehicle. transmitter during the 10-second
pre-alarm, the alarm will be the RKE transmitter. Unlocking
2. Lock the vehicle with one of the driver door with the key will
activated.
the following: not disarm the alarm.
The alarm will also be activated if
. Use the RKE transmitter. the passenger door, the trunk, or the How to Detect a Tamper
. With a door open, press the hood is opened without first Condition
inside Q. disarming the system. When the
If K is pressed on the RKE
alarm is activated, the turn signals
3. After 30 seconds the alarm flash and the horn sounds for about transmitter and the horn chirps and
system will arm, and the 30 seconds. The alarm system will the lights flash three times, a
indicator light will begin to then re-arm to monitor for the next previous alarm occurred while the
slowly flash indicating the unauthorized event. system was armed.
alarm system is operating. If the alarm has been activated, a
Pressing Q on the RKE Disarming the System message will appear on the DIC.
transmitter a second time will To disarm the system or turn off the See Security Messages 0 141 for
bypass the 30-second delay alarm if it has been activated, do more information.
and immediately arm the alarm one of the following:
system.
. Press K on the RKE transmitter. Immobilizer
The vehicle alarm system will not See Radio Frequency
arm if the doors are locked with . Start the vehicle. Statement 0 364.
the key.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Immobilizer Operation The system has one or more If the engine does not start with the
transmitters matched to an other transmitter or when the
This vehicle has a passive immobilizer control unit in your transmitter is in the pocket in the
theft-deterrent system. vehicle. Only a correctly matched center console, your vehicle needs
The system does not have to be transmitter will start the vehicle. service. See your dealer who can
manually armed or disarmed. If the transmitter is ever damaged, service the theft-deterrent system
you may not be able to start your and have a new transmitter
The vehicle is automatically vehicle. programmed to the vehicle.
immobilized when the transmitter
leaves the vehicle. When trying to start the vehicle, the Do not leave the transmitter or
security light comes on briefly when device that disarms or deactivates
The immobilization system is the ignition is turned on. the theft-deterrent system in the
disarmed when the ignition button is vehicle.
pressed and a valid transmitter is If the engine does not start and the
found in the vehicle. security light stays on, there is a
problem with the system. Turn the
vehicle off and try again.
If the RKE transmitter appears to be
undamaged, try another transmitter.
Or, you may try placing the
transmitter in the rear cupholder in
the center console. See Starting
The security light in the instrument the Vehicle with a Low Transmitter
cluster comes on when there is a Battery under Remote Keyless
problem with arming or disarming Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 28.
the theft-deterrent system.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)

The vehicle may have SBZA. See
Convex Mirrors Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) 0 248.
Lane Change Alert (LCA)
{ Warning The vehicle may have LCA. See
A convex mirror can make things, Lane Change Alert (LCA) 0 248.
like other vehicles, look farther
away than they really are. If you Heated Mirrors
cut too sharply into the right lane, If equipped with heated mirrors:
you could hit a vehicle on the
right. Check the inside mirror or
= : The rear window defogger also
heats the outside mirrors.
glance over your shoulder before
changing lanes. See Dual Automatic Climate Control
To adjust each mirror: System 0 196.
The passenger side mirror is convex 1. Press } or | to select the
Automatic Dimming
shaped. A convex mirror's surface is driver or passenger side mirror.
curved so more can be seen from The indicator light will Mirror
the driver seat. illuminate. If the vehicle is equipped with an
2. Press the arrows on the control automatic dimming outside mirror on
pad to move the mirror in the the driver side, the mirror will adjust
desired position. for the glare of headlamps
behind you.
3. Adjust each outside mirror so
that a little of the vehicle and
the area behind it can be seen.
4. Press } or | again to
deselect the mirror.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Reverse Tilt Mirrors Interior Mirrors Manual Rearview Mirror

If equipped with memory seats, the If equipped with a manual rearview
passenger and/or driver mirror tilts Interior Rearview Mirrors mirror, push the tab forward for
to a preselected position when the Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear daytime use and pull it for nighttime
vehicle is in R (Reverse). This view of the area behind your use to avoid glare from the
allows the curb to be seen when vehicle. headlamps from behind.
parallel parking.
If equipped with OnStar, the vehicle Automatic Dimming
The mirror(s) return to the original may have three control buttons at
position when: the bottom of the mirror. See your Rearview Mirror
. The vehicle is shifted out of dealer for more information about If equipped, automatic dimming
R (Reverse), or remains in OnStar and how to subscribe to it. reduces the glare of headlamps
R (Reverse) for about See OnStar Overview 0 368. from behind. The dimming feature
30 seconds. To avoid accidental OnStar calls, comes on when the vehicle is
. The ignition is turned off. clean the mirror with the ignition off. started.
. The vehicle is driven in Do not spray glass cleaner directly
R (Reverse) above a set speed. on the mirror. Use a soft towel
To turn this feature on or off, see dampened with water.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Windows Power Windows
{ Warning { Warning
Never leave a child, a helpless Leaving children in a vehicle with
adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle, the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
especially with the windows transmitter is dangerous for many
closed in warm or hot weather. reasons; children or others could
They can be overcome by the be badly injured or even killed.
extreme heat and suffer They could operate the power
permanent injuries or even death windows or other controls or even
from heat stroke. make the vehicle move. The
windows will function with the Coupe
RKE transmitter in the vehicle
and they could be seriously
injured or killed if caught in the
path of a closing window. Do not
leave the RKE transmitter in a
vehicle with children.
Convertible
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
The windows work when the vehicle Express Window Obstacle Programming the Power
is in ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY, Detection Windows
or when Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) is active. See Retained The express-up feature will reverse Programming may be necessary if
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 221. window movement if it comes in the vehicle's battery has been
contact with an object. Extreme cold disconnected or discharged. If the
Press or pull the switch to open or or ice could cause the window to window is unable to express-up,
close the window. auto-reverse. The window will follow these steps to program the
The windows will be temporarily operate as normal after the object or window:
disabled if the window switches are condition is removed. To program the window:
used repeatedly within a short time. Obstacle Detection Override 1. Close all doors.
On convertible models, the window
2. Place the ignition in ON/RUN
switches control both the front and
rear windows. Press the front or
{ Warning or ACC/ACCESSORY.
rear button to choose the desired If obstacle detection override is 3. Partially open the window to be
windows and the indicator light will activated, the window will not programmed, then close it and
illuminate, then use the window reverse automatically. You or continue to pull the switch
switches. The default operation is others could be injured and the briefly after the window has
the front windows. window could be damaged. fully closed.
Window Express Movement Before you use obstacle detection 4. Press the power window switch
override, make sure that all until the window is fully open
Express-down/up allows the people and obstructions are clear and briefly hold.
windows to be opened or closed of the window path.
without holding the window switch. Window Operation with
Press the window switch fully down Convertible Top
or pull it up, and quickly release it to The window can be closed by
engage. Briefly press or pull the holding the window switch in the up Windows automatically lower fully
same switch to stop window position if conditions prevent it from when the convertible top is lowered
movement. express closing. or raised. See Convertible Top 0 50.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Window Indexing Roof Open/Close (Manual Mode) :

When fully closed, indexing Press and hold e to open the
automatically lowers the window a Sunroof sunroof. Press and hold g to
small amount when the door is close the sunroof. Release the
opened. When the door is closed, switch to stop the movement.
the window will raise to its previous
Express-Open/Express-Close :
position. If either window does not
index properly, it could be due to Press e to the second detent and
loss of power. Before seeing your release to express-open the
dealer for service, program the sunroof. Press g to the second
power windows. detent and release to express-close
the sunroof. Press the switch again
Sun Visors to stop the movement.
Vent : Press and release e to
vent the sunroof. Press and release
g to close the vent.
The sunroof only operates when the A deflector automatically raises
ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ when the sunroof is opened and
ACCESSORY, or if Retained retracts while the sunroof closes.
Accessory Power (RAP) is active.
See Retained Accessory Power If the sunshade is closed, it opens
(RAP) 0 221. automatically when the sunroof
opens past the vented position.
Pull the sun visor down to block If equipped, the sunroof switch is on
glare. Detach the sun visor from the the overhead console.
center mount to pivot to the side
window or, if equipped, extend
along the rod.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Caution
reversal system, close in manual Convertible Top
mode. To stop the movement,
release the switch. If equipped with a convertible top,
Forcing the sunshade forward of review the following before
the sliding glass panel may cause operating:
damage and the sunroof may not
operate properly. Always close
the glass panel before closing the
{ Warning
sunshade. While opening or closing the
convertible top, people can be
The sunshade can be opened injured by the moving parts of the
manually, but must be closed tonneau cover or convertible top.
manually. Maintain visual contact with the
Dirt and debris may collect on the top while it is being operated.
The sunroof glass panel cannot be sunroof seal or in the track. This
opened or closed if the vehicle has could cause an issue with sunroof
an electrical failure. operation or noise. It could also plug
the water drainage system. Caution
Automatic Reversal System Periodically open the sunroof and
The sunroof/sunshade is equipped remove any obstacles or loose Follow these guidelines when
with an automatic reversal system debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and operating the convertible top or
that is only active when the sunroof/ roof sealing area using a clean damage can occur:
sunshade is being operated in cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not . Remove all items from the
express mode. If an object is in the remove grease from the sunroof. roof, trunk lid, or tonneau
path of the sunroof/sunshade while cover before operating.
If water is seen dripping into the
it is express closing, the reversal
water drainage system, this is (Continued)
system will detect the object and
normal.
stop. In the event of closing
difficulties like frost or other
conditions, it is possible to override
the reversal system. To override the
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
below 50 km/h (31 mph) and

Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued) will stop if that speed is
exceeded. The top operation
. Remove all objects from the . Do not open or store the will take approximately
trunk that may contact the convertible top when it is 25 seconds. Make sure the top
convertible top when it is dirty or wet. This could operation can be completed
operated. result in stains, mildew, before that speed is reached.
. Do not leave the vehicle or other damage.
with the convertible . Only store the vehicle with
top open. the top fully closed.
. Do not exceed 50 km/h
(31 mph) until the top has Opening the Convertible Top
completely closed or
1. Remove all objects from the
opened.
top of the tonneau cover and
. Do not open or close the top forward of the partition. Place
while driving in high wind the partition in the rear storage
conditions. area in the upright position.
. Do not operate the Fasten both sides of the
convertible top multiple partition to the posts just below
times in a short period of the tonneau cover. See Rear 5. Press and hold the bottom of
time without starting the Storage 0 99. M. The windows will
engine to avoid draining the 2. Close the trunk. automatically lower.
vehicle battery.
3. Start the vehicle or place it in 6. After the convertible top is
(Continued) ACC/ACCESSORY. completely open, a DIC
4. When possible, operate the message displays. Release the
convertible top when the switch.
vehicle is stopped. The top can
be operated while driving
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
If the radio is on, the sound may be will take approximately Troubleshooting
muted for a brief time due to a new 25 seconds. Make sure the top Check the following if the
audio system equalization being operation can be completed
loaded. before that speed is reached. convertible top switch M is not
operating:
Closing the Convertible Top
. The ignition should be in ACC/
1. Make sure the sun visor mirror ACCESSORY or ON/RUN,
covers are closed and the sun or Retained Accessory Power
visors are stored in the center (RAP) should be active.
mount position.
. The trunk lid should be closed
2. Remove all objects from the and the trunk partition in place.
top of the tonneau cover and A DIC message will display.
forward of the partition. Place
. If the ONLY MANUAL
the partition in the rear storage
area in the upright position. OPERATION OF TOP
Fasten both sides of the POSSIBLE message is
partition to the posts just below displayed on the DIC, see
Manual Movement of Top later
the tonneau cover. See Rear 6. Press and hold the top of M. in this section.
Storage 0 99. The windows will automatically
lower. . At cooler outside temperatures,
3. Close the trunk.
the convertible top may not
4. Start the vehicle or place it in 7. After the convertible top is open. It is possible to close the
ACC/ACCESSORY. completely closed, a DIC top down to temperatures of
message displays. Release the about 20 C (4 F). A DIC
5. When possible, operate the switch. Raise the windows if
convertible top when the message will display if the top
needed. will not open due to low
vehicle is stopped. The top can
be operated while driving If the radio is on, the sound may be temperature. If necessary, move
below 50 km/h (31 mph) and muted for a brief time due to a new the vehicle to a heated indoor
will stop if that speed is audio system equalization being area to operate the top.
exceeded. The top operation loaded.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16

. If the top has recently been . The windows cannot close while Beeps and DIC messages will be
cycled repeatedly or left in an the top is moving. displayed before the top will move.
intermediate state, it will be . When driving with the top not When this occurs, immediately finish
temporarily disabled. A DIC fully secured, chimes can be the convertible top operation by
message displays. Normal heard above 80 km/h (50 mph). pressing M again until it
operation will be restored within completes.
10 minutes after the system has If the vehicle battery has been
cooled. disconnected and reconnected, the If the top cannot be secured, keep
fuses were pulled or replaced, or a clear of the top components. In
. If the vehicle battery is low, the some conditions the top may move
jump start was performed, the TOP
power top operation may be NOT SECURE message may quickly.
disabled. Try to start the vehicle.
A DIC message displays. display. Press and hold M to Do not drive with the convertible top
open/close the top until this in an unsecured position. The top
. If the battery has recently been message is cleared. components may move
reconnected or if the vehicle has unexpectedly. In some cases the
been jump started, the top may See Convertible Top
Messages 0 135. top may not be able to be power
not operate until the power operated. If this occurs, follow the
windows have been indexed. Partial Top Cycling DIC messages displayed.
Complete the power window
indexing procedure. See Power If the convertible top operation is If the tonneau cover is not secured
Windows 0 47. stopped before completion, the top and latched, and the vehicle is
will temporarily hold its position. moving above 10 km/h (6 mph), the
See Convertible Top If the ignition is in ACC/ tonneau cover may automatically
Messages 0 135. ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, the top move to a stable position.
Other features may be affected will be held for up to five minutes, See Convertible Top
while operating the convertible top: then pulse down. If the vehicle is Messages 0 135.
moving or off, the amount of time
. The trunk can only be opened
will vary from a few seconds to
with the key until the convertible about a minute.
top is completely opened or
closed.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Manual Movement of Top

If the DIC displays the ONLY
MANUAL OPERATION OF TOP
POSSIBLE message:
1. Press M to either open or
close the top. Press the switch
in the opposite direction if one
does not work.
2. If the top moves, continue
pressing the switch in that
direction for at least
five seconds. The top should 1. On each side of the tonneau 2. Lift and move the convertible
then work normally. cover, lift and pivot rearward top forward by pulling on both
into the fully open position. sides of the front bow into the
If the top does not respond in either
Hold the front and rear of the fully closed position.
direction, take it to your dealer for
tonneau cover at the
service. If the top is retracted but
same time.
not latched, use the following
procedure to manually close the
convertible top and tonneau cover if
needed. This requires more than
one person.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
3. Lock the front of the convertible the top, and a brush can chafe the
top to the frame by popping out threads in the top fabric. Do not use
the small cover, inserting a hex detergents, harsh cleaners,
wrench, and turning clockwise solvents, or bleaching agents.
until it stops. Wet the entire top and let the soap
4. Lift up the tension bow on both remain on the fabric for a few
sides and raise the tonneau minutes. Wash evenly to avoid
cover to approximately the half spots or rings. When the top is very
raised position, and then allow dirty, use a mild foam-type cleaner.
it to slide into the closed Thoroughly rinse the entire vehicle,
position. then let the top dry in direct sunlight.
5. Lower the tension bow. To protect the convertible top:
The vehicle can now be driven to . Make sure the convertible top is
your dealer for service. The completely dry before lowering it.
convertible top will not be . Do not get any cleaner on the
completely waterproof and should vehicle's painted finish; it could
not be driven over 80 km/h (50 mph) leave streaks.
in this position.
Cleaning the Convertible Top
The convertible top should be
cleaned often. Do not use
high-pressure car washes as these
may cause water to enter the
vehicle.
Hand wash the convertible top in
partial shade. Use mild soap,
lukewarm water, and a soft sponge.
A chamois or cloth may leave lint on
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
56 Seats and Restraints
Seats and Airbag System

Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Securing Child Restraints (With
the Safety Belt in the
Restraints Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 70
When Should an Airbag
Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Securing Child Restraints (With
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 the Safety Belt in the
Head Restraints What Makes an Airbag Front Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
How Does an Airbag
Front Seats Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 57 What Will You See after an
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Passenger Sensing System . . . 75
Seatback Latches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Heated and Ventilated Front Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 79
Rear Seats Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 80
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Replacing Airbag System Parts
Safety Belts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Child Restraints
How to Wear Safety Belts Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Infants and Young Children . . . . 83
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 85
Safety Belt Use During Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 87
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Children (LATCH System) . . . . 88
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 67 Replacing LATCH System Parts
Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Replacing Safety Belt System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 68
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Seats and Restraints 57
Head Restraints Adjust the head restraint so that the

top of the restraint is at the same
Front Seats
The vehicles front seats have height as the top of the occupant's
adjustable head restraints in the head. This position reduces the Power Seat Adjustment
outboard seating positions. chance of a neck injury in a crash.
{ Warning
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/
spinal injury in a crash. Do not
drive until the head restraints for
all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
To adjust a power seat:
To raise or lower the head restraint, . Move the seat forward or
press the button located on the side rearward by sliding the
of the head restraint, and pull up or horizontal control forward or
push the head restraint down, and rearward.
release the button. Pull and push on . Raise or lower the front part of
the head restraint after the button is the seat cushion by moving the
released to make sure that it is front of the horizontal control up
locked in place. or down.
The front outboard head restraints . Raise or lower the entire seat by
are not removable. moving the entire horizontal
control up or down.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Reclining Seatbacks To adjust the seatback:

. Tilt the top of the control
{ Warning rearward to recline.
. Tilt the top of the control forward
Sitting in a reclined position when
to raise.
the vehicle is in motion can be
dangerous. Even when buckled
up, the safety belts cannot do
Memory Seats
their job.
The shoulder belt will not be
against your body. Instead, it will
be in front of you. In a crash, you Do not have a seatback reclined if
could go into it, receiving neck or the vehicle is moving.
other injuries.
The lap belt could go up over
your abdomen. The belt forces
would be there, not at your pelvic
bones. This could cause serious
internal injuries.
For proper protection when the
If equipped, the 1, 2, SET, and B
vehicle is in motion, have the
(Exit) buttons on the driver door are
seatback upright. Then sit well
used to manually store and recall
back in the seat and wear the memory settings for the driver seat
safety belt properly. and outside mirrors.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Storing Memory Positions 1, 2, or B before the stored If the vehicles driver has changed,
To store positions to the 1 and 2 positions are reached stops the in some vehicles the Driver ID may
buttons: recall. be displayed for the first few ignition
cycles.
1. Place the ignition in ON/RUN/ Automatically Recalling Memory
START or ACC/ACCESSORY. Positions (Auto Memory Recall) Easy Exit Recall
2. Adjust the driver seat and the If programmed on in vehicle Easy exit recall automatically
outside mirrors on some personalization, the Auto activates when one of the following
vehicles to the desired driving (Automatic) Memory Recall feature occurs:
position. automatically recalls the current . The vehicle is turned off and the
3. Press and release SET. A beep drivers previously stored 1 or 2 driver door is opened within a
will sound. position when the ignition is short time.
changed from OFF to ON/RUN/
4. Immediately press and hold 1 . The vehicle is turned off with the
START or ACC/ACCESSORY.
until two beeps sound. driver door open.
See Auto Memory Recall under
5. Repeat Steps 14 for a second Comfort and Convenience in To stop recall movement, press one
driver using 2. Vehicle Personalization 0 144. of the memory, driver seat,
or outside mirror controls.
To store positions to the B (Exit) To stop recall movement, press one
of the memory, power mirror, Obstructions
button and easy exit features,
repeat Steps 14 using B to store or power seat controls. If something has blocked the driver
your position for getting out of the RKE transmitters are not labeled seat while recalling a memory
vehicle. with a number. If your memory seat position, the recall may stop.
position is stored to 1 or 2, but this Remove the obstruction. Then do
Manually Recalling Memory position is not automatically one of the following:
Positions recalling, then store your positions . If automatically or manually
Press and hold 1, 2, or B to to the other button or switch RKE recalling the stored memory
manually recall the previously transmitters with the other driver. position, press and hold the
stored memory positions. Releasing appropriate manual control for
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
two seconds. Try recalling again Seatback Latches To return the seatback to the upright
by pressing the appropriate position, lift the seatback and
memory button. manually push it rearward until it
. If automatically recalling the locks in place. Push and pull on the
position, press and hold the seatback to make sure it is locked.
appropriate manual control for Do not use the power recline control
the memory item that is not on the outboard side of the seat to
recalling for two seconds. Try raise the seatback. See Reclining
recalling again by opening the Seatbacks 0 58.
driver door and pressing K on
the RKE transmitter. Heated and Ventilated
. If recalling the exit position, Front Seats
press and hold the appropriate
manual control for the exit
To access the rear seats, pull up on
{ Warning
feature not recalling for
two seconds. Then try recalling the latch on the top of the driver or If you cannot feel temperature
the exit position again. front passenger seatback. Fold the change or pain to the skin, the
seatback forward. seat heater may cause burns. To
If the memory position is still not
recalling, see your dealer for reduce the risk of burns, people
service. { Warning with such a condition should use
care when using the seat heater,
If either seatback is not locked, it especially for long periods of
could move forward in a sudden time. Do not place anything on
stop or crash. That could cause the seat that insulates against
injury to the person sitting there. heat, such as a blanket, cushion,
Always push and pull on the cover, or similar item. This may
seatbacks to be sure they are cause the seat heater to
locked.
(Continued)
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
The passenger seat may take The heated seat indicator lights do
Warning (Continued) longer to heat up. not turn on during a remote start.
overheat. An overheated seat Press { or C to turn on the The temperature performance of an
heater may cause a burn or may ventilated seat. A light indicates this unoccupied seat may be reduced.
damage the seat. feature is on. This is normal.
Press the button once for the The heated seats will not turn on
highest setting. With each press of during a remote start unless they
the button, the ventilated seat will are enabled in the vehicle
change to the next lower setting, personalization menu. See Remote
and then the off setting. Three lights Vehicle Start 0 35 and Vehicle
indicate the highest setting, and one Personalization 0 144.
light indicates the lowest.
Remote Start Auto Heated Seats
When it is cold outside, the heated
seats can be turned on
If available, the engine must be automatically during a remote start.
running to operate. They are canceled when the ignition
is turned on. Press the button to use
Press L or M to turn on the heated
the heated seats after the vehicle is
seat. A light indicates this feature started.
is on.
Press the button once for the
highest setting. With each press of
the button, the heated seat will
change to the next lower setting,
and then the off setting. Three lights
indicate the highest setting, and one
light indicates the lowest.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Rear Seats { Warning Safety Belts

If equipped, the coupe seat can be This section describes how to use
folded for more cargo space. The A safety belt that is improperly safety belts properly, and some
rear seat has two designated routed, not properly attached, things not to do.
seating positions. Fold the seat only or twisted will not provide the
when the vehicle is parked. protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
{ Warning
To fold the seatback down:
seriously injured. After raising the Do not let anyone ride where a
rear seatback, always check to be safety belt cannot be worn
sure that the safety belts are properly. In a crash, if you or your
properly routed and attached, and passenger(s) are not wearing
are not twisted. safety belts, injuries can be much
worse than if you are wearing
Lift the seatback up to raise it, and safety belts. You can be seriously
push it back to lock it into place. injured or killed by hitting things
Make sure the safety belt is not inside the vehicle harder or by
twisted or caught in the seatback. being ejected from the vehicle. In
addition, anyone who is not
buckled up can strike other
passengers in the vehicle.
1. Pull on the strap on the top of It is extremely dangerous to ride
the rear seatback. in a cargo area, inside or outside
2. Fold the seatback down. of a vehicle. In a collision,
passengers riding in these areas
are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow
(Continued)
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
When riding in a vehicle, you travel Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why

Warning (Continued) as fast as the vehicle does. If the should I have to wear safety
vehicle stops suddenly, you keep belts?
passengers to ride in any area of going until something stops you.
the vehicle that is not equipped A: Airbags are supplemental
It could be the windshield, the systems only. They work with
with seats and safety belts. instrument panel, or the safety belts! safety belts not instead of
Always wear a safety belt, and When you wear a safety belt, you them. Whether or not an airbag
check that all passenger(s) are and the vehicle slow down together. is provided, all occupants still
restrained properly too. There is more time to stop because have to buckle up to get the
you stop over a longer distance and, most protection.
This vehicle has indicators as a when worn properly, your strongest Also, in nearly all states and in
reminder to buckle the safety belts. bones take the forces from the all Canadian provinces, the law
See Safety Belt Reminders 0 119. safety belts. That is why wearing requires wearing safety belts.
safety belts makes such good
Why Safety Belts Work sense. How to Wear Safety Belts
Questions and Answers About Properly
Safety Belts
This section is only for people of
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle adult size.
after a crash if I am wearing a
There are special things to know
safety belt?
about safety belts and children, and
A: You could be whether you are there are different rules for smaller
wearing a safety belt or not. children and infants. If a child will be
Your chance of being conscious riding in the vehicle, see Older
during and after a crash, so you Children 0 81 or Infants and Young
can unbuckle and get out, is Children 0 83. Follow those rules for
much greater if you are belted. everyone's protection.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
It is very important for all occupants pelvic bones and you would be Lap-Shoulder Belt
to buckle up. Statistics show that less likely to slide under the lap
unbelted people are hurt more often belt. If you slid under it, the belt All seating positions in the vehicle
in crashes than those who are would apply force on your have a lap-shoulder belt.
wearing safety belts. abdomen. This could cause The following instructions explain
There are important things to know serious or even fatal injuries. how to wear a lap-shoulder belt
about wearing a safety belt properly. . Wear the shoulder belt over the properly.
shoulder and across the chest. 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is
These parts of the body are best adjustable, so you can sit up
able to take belt restraining straight. To see how, see
forces. The shoulder belt locks if Seats in the Index.
there is a sudden stop or crash.
{ Warning
You can be seriously injured,
or even killed, by not wearing
your safety belt properly.
. Never allow the lap or
shoulder belt to become
. Sit up straight and always keep loose or twisted.
your feet on the floor in front
of you. . Never wear the shoulder
belt under both arms or
. Always use the correct buckle behind your back.
for your seating position.
. Never route the lap or
. Wear the lap part of the belt low shoulder belt over an
and snug on the hips, just armrest.
touching the thighs. In a crash,
this applies force to the strong
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
2. Pick up the latch plate and pull and start again. See the HP
the belt across you. Do not let supplement for more
it get twisted. information.
The lap-shoulder belt may lock
if you pull the belt across you
very quickly. If this happens, let
the belt go back slightly to
unlock it. Then pull the belt
across you more slowly.
If the shoulder portion of a
passenger belt is pulled out all
the way, the child restraint
locking feature may be 4. To make the lap part tight, pull
engaged. If this happens, let up on the shoulder belt.
the belt go back all the way
and start again.
3. Push the latch plate into the
Engaging the child restraint buckle until it clicks.
locking feature in the front
outboard seating position may Pull up on the latch plate to
affect the passenger sensing make sure it is secure. If the
system. See Passenger belt is not long enough, see
Sensing System 0 75. Safety Belt Extender 0 67.
On some models, if the Position the release button on
shoulder portion of the driver the buckle so that the safety
belt is pulled out all the way, belt could be quickly unbuckled
the Automatic Locking if necessary.
Retractor (ALR) feature may be
engaged. If this happens, let
the belt go back all the way
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
To unlatch the belt, push the button activation are met. Safety belt Comfort guides are available
on the buckle. The belt should pretensioners can also help tighten through your dealer for the rear
return to its stowed position. the safety belts in a side crash or a outboard seating positions.
Always stow the safety belt slowly. rollover event. Instructions are included with the
If the safety belt webbing returns Pretensioners work only once. If the guide.
quickly to the stowed position, the pretensioners activate in a crash,
retractor may lock and cannot be the pretensioners and probably Safety Belt Use During
pulled out. If this happens, pull the other parts of the vehicle's safety Pregnancy
safety belt straight out firmly to belt system will need to be replaced.
Safety belts work for everyone,
unlock the webbing, and then See Replacing Safety Belt System
including pregnant women. Like all
release it. If the webbing is still Parts after a Crash 0 68.
occupants, they are more likely to
locked in the retractor, see your Do not sit on the outboard safety be seriously injured if they do not
dealer. belt while entering or exiting the wear safety belts.
Before a door is closed, be sure the vehicle or at any time while sitting in
safety belt is out of the way. If a the seat. Sitting on the safety belt
door is slammed against a safety can damage the webbing and
belt, damage can occur to both the hardware.
safety belt and the vehicle.
Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Safety Belt Pretensioners Guides
This vehicle has safety belt Rear safety belt comfort guides may
pretensioners for the front outboard provide added safety belt comfort
occupants. Although the safety belt for older children who have
pretensioners cannot be seen, they outgrown booster seats and for
are part of the safety belt assembly. some adults. When installed on a
They can help tighten the safety shoulder belt, the comfort guide
belts during the early stages of a positions the shoulder belt away
moderate to severe frontal, near from the neck and head.
frontal, or rear crash if the threshold
conditions for pretensioner
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
A pregnant woman should wear a safety belt. For more information,

lap-shoulder belt, and the lap see the instruction sheet that comes { Warning
portion should be worn as low as with the extender.
possible, below the rounding, Do not bleach or dye safety belt
webbing. It may severely weaken
throughout the pregnancy. Safety System Check the webbing. In a crash, they
The best way to protect the fetus is Check that the safety belt reminder, might not be able to provide
to protect the mother. When a safety safety belts, buckles, latch plates, adequate protection. Clean and
belt is worn properly, it is more likely and retractors, are all working rinse safety belt webbing only
that the fetus will not be hurt in a properly. Look for any other loose or with mild soap and lukewarm
crash. For pregnant women, as for damaged safety belt system parts water. Allow the webbing to dry.
anyone, the key to making safety that might keep a safety belt system
belts effective is wearing them from performing properly. See your
properly. dealer to have it repaired. Torn or Safety belts should be properly
frayed safety belts may not protect cared for and maintained.
Safety Belt Extender you in a crash. They can rip apart Safety belt hardware should be kept
If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten under impact forces. If a belt is torn dry and free of dust or debris. As
around you, you should use it. or frayed, have it replaced necessary exterior hard surfaces
immediately. and safety belt webbing may be
But if a safety belt is not long lightly cleaned with mild soap and
enough, your dealer will order you Make sure the safety belt reminder
light is working. See Safety Belt water. Ensure there is not excessive
an extender. When you go in to dust or debris in the mechanism.
order it, take the heaviest coat you Reminders 0 119.
If dust or debris exists in the system
will wear, so the extender will be Keep safety belts clean and dry. please see the dealer. Parts may
long enough for you. To help avoid See Safety Belt Care 0 67. need to be replaced to ensure
personal injury, do not let someone proper functionality of the system.
else use it, and use it only for the Safety Belt Care
seat it is made to fit. The extender
has been designed for adults. Never Keep belts clean and dry.
use it for securing child restraints.
To wear it, attach it to the regular
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Replacing Safety Belt After a minor crash, replacement of Airbag System

safety belts may not be necessary.
System Parts after a But the safety belt assemblies that The vehicle has the following
Crash were used during any crash may airbags:
have been stressed or damaged. . A frontal airbag for the driver.
{ Warning See your dealer to have the safety
belt assemblies inspected or . A frontal airbag for the front
A crash can damage the safety replaced. outboard passenger.
belt system in the vehicle. New parts and repairs may be . A knee airbag for the driver.
A damaged safety belt system necessary even if the safety belt . A knee airbag for the front
may not properly protect the system was not being used at the outboard passenger.
person using it, resulting in time of the crash.
serious injury or even death in a . A seat-mounted side impact
Have the safety belt pretensioners airbag for the driver.
crash. To help make sure the
checked if the vehicle has been in a
safety belt systems are working . A seat-mounted side impact
crash, or if the airbag readiness light
properly after a crash, have them stays on after you start the vehicle airbag for the front outboard
inspected and any necessary or while you are driving. See Airbag passenger.
replacements made as soon as Readiness Light 0 119. The vehicle may have the following
possible. airbags:
. A roof-rail airbag for the driver
and the passenger seated
directly behind the driver.
. A roof-rail airbag for the front
outboard passenger and the
passenger seated directly
behind the front outboard
passenger.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
All vehicle airbags have the word

AIRBAG on the trim or on a label { Warning { Warning
near the deployment opening.
You can be severely injured or Because airbags inflate with great
For frontal airbags, the word killed in a crash if you are not force and faster than the blink of
AIRBAG is on the center of the wearing your safety belt, even an eye, anyone who is up
steering wheel for the driver and on with airbags. Airbags are against, or very close to any
the instrument panel for the front designed to work with safety airbag when it inflates can be
outboard passenger. belts, not replace them. Also, seriously injured or killed. Do not
For knee airbags, the word AIRBAG airbags are not designed to inflate sit unnecessarily close to any
is on the lower part of the in every crash. In some crashes airbag, as you would be if sitting
instrument panel. safety belts are the only restraint. on the edge of the seat or leaning
For seat-mounted side impact See When Should an Airbag forward. Safety belts help keep
airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the Inflate? 0 72. you in position before and during
side of the seat closest to the door. Wearing your safety belt during a a crash. Always wear a safety
crash helps reduce your chance belt, even with airbags. The driver
For roof-rail airbags, the word
of hitting things inside the vehicle should sit as far back as possible
AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.
or being ejected from it. Airbags while still maintaining control of
Airbags are designed to supplement the vehicle. The safety belts and
the protection provided by safety are supplemental restraints to
the safety belts. Everyone in the the front outboard passenger
belts. Even though today's airbags airbags are most effective when
are also designed to help reduce vehicle should wear a safety belt
properly, whether or not there is you are sitting well back and
the risk of injury from the force of an upright in the seat with both feet
inflating bag, all airbags must inflate an airbag for that person.
on the floor.
very quickly to do their job.
Occupants should not lean on or
Here are the most important things
to know about the airbag system: sleep against the door or side
windows in seating positions with
seat-mounted side impact airbags
and/or roof-rail airbags.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Where Are the Airbags? The front outboard passenger

{ Warning frontal airbag is in the passenger
side instrument panel.
Children who are up against,
or very close to, any airbag when
it inflates can be seriously injured
or killed. Always secure children
properly in the vehicle. To read
how, see Older Children 0 81 or
Infants and Young Children 0 83.
The driver frontal airbag is in the

center of the steering wheel.
The driver knee airbag is below the
steering column. The front outboard
There is an airbag readiness light passenger knee airbag is below the
on the instrument cluster, which glove box.
shows the airbag symbol. The
system checks the airbag electrical
system for malfunctions. The light
tells you if there is an electrical
problem. See Airbag Readiness
Light 0 119.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Coupe Models, Driver Side Shown, Convertible Models, Driver Side Coupe Models, Driver Side Shown,
Passenger Side Similar Shown, Passenger Side Similar Passenger Side Similar
On coupe models, the driver and On convertible models, the driver On coupe models, the roof-rail
front outboard passenger and front outboard passenger airbags for the driver, front outboard
seat-mounted side impact airbags seat-mounted side impact airbags passenger, and second row
are in the sides of the seatbacks are in the sides of the seatbacks outboard passengers are in the
closest to the door. closest to the door. ceiling above the side windows.
{ Warning
If something is between an
occupant and an airbag, the
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into
that person causing severe injury
or even death. The path of an
(Continued)
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Deployment thresholds are used to whether the object is fixed or

Warning (Continued) predict how severe a crash is likely moving, rigid or deformable, narrow
to be in time for the airbags to or wide.
inflating airbag must be kept inflate and help restrain the
clear. Do not put anything Frontal airbags are not intended to
occupants. The vehicle has inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear
between an occupant and an electronic sensors that help the
airbag, and do not attach or put impacts, or in many side impacts.
airbag system determine the
anything on the steering wheel severity of the impact. Deployment In addition, the vehicle has
hub or on or near any other thresholds can vary with specific advanced technology frontal
airbag covering. vehicle design. airbags. Advanced technology
frontal airbags adjust the restraint
Do not use seat accessories that Frontal airbags are designed to according to crash severity.
block the inflation path of a inflate in moderate to severe frontal
seat-mounted side impact airbag. or near frontal crashes to help Knee airbags are designed to inflate
reduce the potential for severe in moderate to severe frontal or
Never secure anything to the roof near frontal impacts. Knee airbags
injuries, mainly to the driver's or
of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags front outboard passenger's head are not designed to inflate during
by routing a rope or tiedown and chest. vehicle rollovers, in rear impacts,
through any door or window or in many side impacts.
opening. If you do, the path of an Whether the frontal airbags will or
should inflate is not based primarily The vehicle also has a seat position
inflating roof-rail airbag will be
on how fast the vehicle is traveling. sensor that enables the sensing
blocked. system to monitor the position of the
It depends on what is hit, the
direction of the impact, and how front outboard passenger seat. The
When Should an Airbag quickly the vehicle slows down. passenger seat position sensor and
the passenger safety belt buckle
Inflate? Frontal airbags may inflate at provide information that is used to
different crash speeds depending on determine if the passenger knee
This vehicle is equipped with
whether the vehicle hits an object airbag should inflate.
airbags. See Airbag System 0 68.
straight on or at an angle, and
Airbags are designed to inflate if the
impact exceeds the specific airbag
system's deployment threshold.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Seat-mounted side impact airbags What Makes an Airbag Rollover capable roof-rail airbags,
are designed to inflate in moderate if equipped, are designed to help
to severe side crashes depending
Inflate? contain the head and chest of
on the location of the impact. In a deployment event, the sensing occupants in the outboard seating
Seat-mounted side impact airbags system sends an electrical signal positions in the first and second
are not designed to inflate in frontal triggering a release of gas from the rows. The rollover capable roof-rail
impacts, near frontal impacts, inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the airbags are designed to help reduce
rollovers, or rear impacts. airbag causing the bag to break out the risk of full or partial ejection in
A seat-mounted side impact airbag of the cover. The inflator, the airbag, rollover events, although no system
is designed to inflate on the side of and related hardware are all part of can prevent all such ejections.
the vehicle that is struck. the airbag module. But airbags would not help in many
Roof-rail airbags, if equipped, are For airbag locations, see Where Are types of collisions, primarily
designed to inflate in moderate to the Airbags? 0 70. because the occupant's motion is
severe side crashes depending on not toward those airbags. See When
the location of the impact. In How Does an Airbag Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 72.
addition, these roof-rail airbags are
designed to inflate during a rollover
Restrain? Airbags should never be regarded
as anything more than a supplement
or in a severe frontal impact. In moderate to severe frontal or to safety belts.
Roof-rail airbags are not designed near frontal collisions, even belted
to inflate in rear impacts. Both occupants can contact the steering
roof-rail airbags will inflate when wheel or the instrument panel. In
What Will You See after
either side of the vehicle is struck, moderate to severe side collisions, an Airbag Inflates?
if the sensing system predicts that even belted occupants can contact After the frontal, knee, and
the vehicle is about to roll over on the inside of the vehicle. seat-mounted side impact airbags
its side, or in a severe frontal Airbags supplement the protection inflate, they quickly deflate, so
impact. provided by safety belts by quickly that some people may not
In any particular crash, no one can distributing the force of the impact even realize an airbag inflated.
say whether an airbag should have more evenly over the Roof-rail airbags may still be at least
inflated simply because of the occupant's body. partially inflated for some time after
vehicle damage or repair costs. they inflate. Some components of
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
the airbag module may be hot for

several minutes. For location of the Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
airbags, see Where Are the
Airbags? 0 70. by opening a window or a door. the vehicle, such as the fuel
If you experience breathing system, brake and steering
The parts of the airbag that come problems following an airbag systems, etc. Even if the vehicle
into contact with you may be warm, deployment, you should seek appears to be drivable after a
but not too hot to touch. There may medical attention. moderate crash, there may be
be some smoke and dust coming concealed damage that could
from the vents in the deflated
The vehicle has a feature that may make it difficult to safely operate
airbags. Airbag inflation does not
automatically unlock the doors, turn the vehicle.
prevent the driver from seeing out of
the windshield or being able to steer on the interior lamps and hazard Use caution if you should attempt
the vehicle, nor does it prevent warning flashers, and shut off the to restart the engine after a crash
people from leaving the vehicle. fuel system after the airbags inflate. has occurred.
The feature may also activate,
{ Warning without airbag inflation, after an
event that exceeds a predetermined In many crashes severe enough to
threshold. You can lock the doors, inflate the airbag, windshields are
When an airbag inflates, there
turn off the interior lamps, and turn broken by vehicle deformation.
may be dust in the air. This dust
off the hazard warning flashers by Additional windshield breakage may
could cause breathing problems also occur from the front outboard
for people with a history of using the controls for those
features. passenger airbag.
asthma or other breathing trouble.
To avoid this, everyone in the . Airbags are designed to inflate
vehicle should get out as soon as { Warning only once. After an airbag
it is safe to do so. If you have inflates, you will need some new
A crash severe enough to inflate parts for the airbag system.
breathing problems but cannot
the airbags may have also If you do not get them, the
get out of the vehicle after an
damaged important functions in airbag system will not be there
airbag inflates, then get fresh air to help protect you in another
(Continued)
(Continued) crash. A new system will include
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
airbag modules and possibly The passenger sensing system

other parts. The service manual works with sensors that are part of
for the vehicle covers the need the front outboard passenger seat
to replace other parts. and safety belt. The sensors are
. The vehicle has a crash sensing designed to detect the presence of
and diagnostic module which a properly seated occupant and
records information after a United States determine if the front outboard
crash. See Vehicle Data passenger frontal airbag and knee
Recording and Privacy 0 366 airbag should be allowed to inflate
and Event Data or not.
Recorders 0 366. According to accident statistics,
. Let only qualified technicians children are safer when properly
work on the airbag systems. secured in a rear seat in the correct
Improper service can mean that child restraint for their weight
Canada and Mexico and size.
an airbag system will not work
properly. See your dealer for The words ON and OFF, or the Whenever possible, children aged
service. symbol for on and off, will be visible 12 and under should be secured in
during the system check. When the a rear seating position.
Passenger Sensing system check is complete, either the
word ON or OFF, or the symbol for Never put a rear-facing child seat in
System on and off will be visible. See
the front. This is because the risk to
Passenger Airbag Status the rear-facing child is so great,
The vehicle has a passenger
Indicator 0 120. if the airbag inflates.
sensing system for the front
outboard passenger position. The The passenger sensing system
passenger airbag status indicator turns off the front outboard
will light on the overhead console passenger frontal airbag and knee
when the vehicle is started. airbag under certain conditions. No
other airbag is affected by the
passenger sensing system.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
and knee airbag, the off indicator

{ Warning Warning (Continued) will light and stay lit as a reminder
that the airbags are off. See
A child in a rear-facing child the front outboard passenger Passenger Airbag Status
restraint can be seriously injured seat, always move the seat as far Indicator 0 120.
or killed if the passenger frontal back as it will go. It is better to
airbag inflates. This is because secure child restraints in the rear The passenger sensing system is
the back of the rear-facing child seat. Consider using another designed to turn on the front
restraint would be very close to vehicle to transport the child outboard passenger frontal airbag
and knee airbag anytime the system
the inflating airbag. A child in a when a rear seat is not available.
senses that a person of adult size is
forward-facing child restraint can
sitting properly in the front outboard
be seriously injured or killed if the The passenger sensing system is passenger seat. When the
passenger frontal airbag inflates designed to turn off the front passenger sensing system has
and the passenger seat is in a outboard passenger frontal airbag allowed the airbag(s) to be enabled,
forward position. and knee airbag if: the on indicator will light and stay lit
Even if the passenger sensing . The front outboard passenger as a reminder that the airbag(s) are
system has turned off the front seat is unoccupied. active.
outboard passenger airbag(s), no . The system determines an infant For some children, including
system is fail-safe. No one can children in child restraints, and for
is present in a child restraint.
guarantee that an airbag will not very small adults, the passenger
deploy under some unusual . A front outboard passenger sensing system may or may not turn
circumstance, even though the takes his/her weight off of the off the front outboard passenger
airbag(s) are off. seat for a period of time. frontal airbag and knee airbag,
. There is a critical problem with depending upon the persons
Never put a rear-facing child seating posture and body build.
restraint in the front seat, even if the airbag system or the
passenger sensing system. Everyone in the vehicle who has
the airbag is off. If securing a outgrown child restraints should
forward-facing child restraint in When the passenger sensing wear a safety belt properly
(Continued) system has turned off the front whether or not there is an airbag for
outboard passenger frontal airbag that person.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
3. Remove any additional items seatback and adjust the seat

{ Warning from the seat such as blankets, cushion, if adjustable, to make
cushions, seat covers, seat sure that the vehicle seatback
If the airbag readiness light ever heaters, or seat massagers. is not pushing the child
comes on and stays on, it means restraint into the seat cushion.
that something may be wrong 4. Reinstall the child restraint
with the airbag system. To help following the directions Also make sure the child
avoid injury to yourself or others, provided by the child restraint restraint is not trapped under
have the vehicle serviced right manufacturer and refer to the vehicle head restraint.
Securing Child Restraints (With If this happens, adjust the head
away. See Airbag Readiness
the Safety Belt in the Rear restraint. See Head
Light 0 119 for more information,
Seat) 0 93 or Securing Child Restraints 0 57.
including important safety Restraints (With the Safety Belt
information. 6. Restart the vehicle.
in the Front Seat) 0 95.
The passenger sensing system may
Make sure the safety belt or may not turn off the airbags for a
If the On Indicator Is Lit for a retractor is locked by pulling
Child Restraint child in a child restraint depending
the shoulder belt all the way upon the childs size. It is better to
The passenger sensing system is out of the retractor when secure the child restraint in a rear
designed to turn off the front installing the child restraint, seat. Never put a rear-facing child
outboard passenger frontal airbag even if the child restraint is restraint in the front seat, even if the
and knee airbag if the system equipped with a safety belt on indicator is not lit.
determines that an infant is present lock-off. When the retractor
in a child restraint. If a child restraint lock is set, the belt can be
has been installed and the on tightened but not pulled out of
indicator is lit: the retractor.
1. Turn the vehicle off. 5. If, after reinstalling the child
restraint and restarting the
2. Remove the child restraint from vehicle, the on indicator is still
the vehicle. lit, turn the vehicle off. Then
slightly recline the vehicle
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an 2. Remove any additional material

Adult-Sized Occupant from the seat, such as { Warning
blankets, cushions, seat
covers, seat heaters, or seat If the front outboard passenger
massagers. airbag is turned off for an
adult-sized occupant, the airbag
3. Place the seatback in the fully will not be able to inflate and help
upright position. protect that person in a crash,
4. Have the person sit upright in resulting in an increased risk of
the seat, centered on the seat serious injury or even death. An
cushion, with legs comfortably adult-sized occupant should not
extended. ride in the front outboard
5. If the shoulder portion of the passenger seat, if the passenger
belt is pulled out all the way, airbag off indicator is lit.
the child restraint locking
feature will be engaged. This Additional Factors Affecting
If a person of adult size is sitting in
may unintentionally cause the
the front outboard passenger seat, System Operation
passenger sensing system to
but the off indicator is lit, it could be Safety belts help keep the
turn the airbag off for some
because that person is not sitting passenger in position on the seat
adult-sized occupants. If this
properly in the seat or that the child during vehicle maneuvers and
happens, unbuckle the belt, let
restraint locking feature is engaged. braking, which helps the passenger
the belt go back all the way,
Use the following steps to allow the sensing system maintain the
and then buckle the belt again
system to detect that person and passenger airbag status. See
without pulling the belt out all
enable the front outboard passenger Safety Belts and Child Restraints
the way.
frontal airbag and knee airbag: in the Index for additional
6. Restart the vehicle and have
1. Turn the vehicle off. information about the importance of
the person remain in this
proper restraint use.
position for two to
three minutes after the on
indicator is lit.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
A thick layer of additional material,

such as a blanket or cushion, Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
or aftermarket equipment such as
seat covers, seat heaters, and seat seatback may interfere with the are close to an airbag when it
massagers can affect how well the proper operation of the passenger inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
passenger sensing system sensing system. They are probably part of the
operates. We recommend that you airbag system. Be sure to follow
not use seat covers or other proper service procedures, and
aftermarket equipment except when
Servicing the make sure the person performing
approved by GM for your specific Airbag-Equipped Vehicle work for you is qualified to do so.
vehicle. See Adding Equipment to Airbags affect how the vehicle
the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 79 should be serviced. There are parts
for more information about Adding Equipment to the
of the airbag system in several
modifications that can affect how places around the vehicle. Your Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
the system operates. dealer and the service manual have Adding accessories that change the
The on indicator may be lit if an information about servicing the vehicle's frame, bumper system,
object, such as a briefcase, vehicle and the airbag system. To height, front end, or side sheet
handbag, grocery bag, laptop, purchase a service manual, see metal, may keep the airbag system
or other electronic device, is put on Service Publications Ordering from working properly. The
an unoccupied seat. If this is not Information 0 363. operation of the airbag system can
desired, remove the object from also be affected by changing any
the seat. { Warning parts of the front seats, safety belts,
airbag sensing and diagnostic
{ Warning For up to 10 seconds after the
vehicle is turned off and the
module, steering wheel, instrument
panel, any of the airbag modules,
Stowing of articles under the battery is disconnected, an airbag ceiling or pillar garnish trim,
passenger seat or between the can still inflate during improper overhead console, front sensors,
passenger seat cushion and service. You can be injured if you side impact sensors, or airbag
(Continued) wiring.
(Continued)
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Your dealer and the service manual If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail
have information about the location airbags, see Different Size Tires Caution (Continued)
of the airbag sensors, sensing and and Wheels 0 309 for additional
diagnostic module, and airbag important information. open or break the airbag
wiring. coverings. If there are any
If you have to modify your vehicle opened or broken airbag
In addition, the vehicle has a because you have a disability and coverings, have the airbag
passenger sensing system for the you have questions about whether covering and/or airbag module
front outboard passenger position, the modifications will affect the replaced. For the location of the
which includes sensors that are part vehicle's airbag system, or if you
airbags, see Where Are the
of the passenger seat. The have questions about whether the
Airbags? 0 70. See your dealer
passenger sensing system may not airbag system will be affected if the
operate properly if the original seat vehicle is modified for any other for service.
trim is replaced with non-GM reason, call Customer Assistance.
covers, upholstery, or trim; or with See Customer Assistance Replacing Airbag System
GM covers, upholstery, or trim Offices 0 356.
designed for a different vehicle. Any Parts after a Crash
object, such as an aftermarket seat Airbag System Check
heater or a comfort-enhancing pad
The airbag system does not need
{ Warning
or device, installed under or on top
of the seat fabric, could also regularly scheduled maintenance or A crash can damage the airbag
interfere with the operation of the replacement. Make sure the airbag systems in the vehicle.
passenger sensing system. This readiness light is working. See A damaged airbag system may
could either prevent proper Airbag Readiness Light 0 119. not properly protect you and your
deployment of the passenger passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
airbag(s) or prevent the passenger Caution in serious injury or even death. To
sensing system from properly help make sure the airbag
turning off the passenger airbag(s). If an airbag covering is damaged, systems are working properly
See Passenger Sensing opened, or broken, the airbag after a crash, have them
System 0 75. may not work properly. Do not
(Continued)
(Continued)
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Warning (Continued) Child Restraints The manufacturer instructions that

come with the booster seat state the
weight and height limitations for that
inspected and any necessary Older Children booster. Use a booster seat with a
replacements made as soon as lap-shoulder belt until the child
possible. passes the fit test below:
. Sit all the way back on the seat.
If an airbag inflates, you will need to Do the knees bend at the seat
replace airbag system parts. See edge? If yes, continue. If no,
your dealer for service. return to the booster seat.
If the airbag readiness light stays on . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.
after the vehicle is started or comes Does the shoulder belt rest on
on when you are driving, the airbag the shoulder? If yes, continue.
system may not work properly. Have If no, try using the rear safety
the vehicle serviced right away. See belt comfort guide, if available.
Airbag Readiness Light 0 119. See Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Guides under Lap-Shoulder Belt
Older children who have outgrown
0 64. If a comfort guide is not
booster seats should wear the
available, or if the shoulder belt
vehicles safety belts.
still does not rest on the
shoulder, then return to the
booster seat.
. Does the lap belt fit low and
snug on the hips, touching the
thighs? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16

. Can proper safety belt fit be In a crash, children who are not
maintained for the length of the buckled up can strike other people
trip? If yes, continue. If no, who are buckled up, or can be
return to the booster seat. thrown out of the vehicle. Older
Q: What is the proper way to children need to use safety belts
wear safety belts? properly.
A: An older child should wear a

lap-shoulder belt and get the
{ Warning
additional restraint a shoulder Never allow more than one child
belt can provide. The shoulder to wear the same safety belt. The
belt should not cross the face or safety belt cannot properly spread
neck. The lap belt should fit the impact forces. In a crash, they
snugly below the hips, just
touching the top of the thighs.
can be crushed together and { Warning
seriously injured. A safety belt
This applies belt force to the Never allow a child to wear the
must be used by only one person
child's pelvic bones in a crash. safety belt with the shoulder belt
It should never be worn over the at a time.
behind their back. A child can be
abdomen, which could cause seriously injured by not wearing
severe or even fatal internal the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
injuries in a crash. crash, the child would not be
Also see Rear Safety Belt Comfort restrained by the shoulder belt.
Guides under Lap-Shoulder The child could move too far
Belt 0 64. forward increasing the chance of
According to accident statistics, head and neck injury. The child
children are safer when properly might also slide under the lap
restrained in a rear seating position. belt. The belt force would then be
applied right on the abdomen.
(Continued)
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
restraints. In fact, the law in every Every time infants and young
Warning (Continued) state in the United States and in children ride in vehicles, they should
every Canadian province says have the protection provided by
That could cause serious or fatal children up to some age must be appropriate child restraints. Neither
injuries. The shoulder belt should restrained while in a vehicle. the vehicle's safety belt system nor
go over the shoulder and across its airbag system is designed
the chest.
{ Warning for them.
Children who are not restrained
Children can be seriously injured properly can strike other people,
or strangled if a shoulder belt is or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
wrapped around their neck. The
shoulder belt can tighten but
cannot be loosened if it is locked.
{ Warning
The shoulder belt locks when it is Never hold an infant or a child
pulled all the way out of the while riding in a vehicle. Due to
retractor. It unlocks when the crash forces, an infant or a child
shoulder belt is allowed to go all will become so heavy it is not
the way back into the retractor, possible to hold it during a crash.
but it cannot do this if it is For example, in a crash at only
wrapped around a childs neck. 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)
If the shoulder belt is locked and infant will suddenly become a
Infants and Young tightened around a childs neck, 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's
Children the only way to loosen the belt is arms. An infant or child should be
to cut it. secured in an appropriate
Everyone in a vehicle needs restraint.
protection! This includes infants and Never leave children unattended
all other children. Neither the in a vehicle and never allow
distance traveled nor the age and children to play with the safety
size of the traveler changes the belts.
need, for everyone, to use safety
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
For each type of child restraint,

there are many different models
available. When purchasing a child
restraint, be sure it is designed to be
used in a motor vehicle. If it is, the
restraint will have a label saying that
it meets federal motor vehicle safety
standards. The restraint
manufacturer's instructions that
come with the restraint state the
weight and height limitations for a
particular child restraint. In addition,
there are many kinds of restraints
Child restraints are devices used to
{ Warning restrain, seat, or position children in
available for children with special
needs.
Children who are up against, the vehicle and are sometimes
called child seats or car seats.
or very close to, any airbag when
it inflates can be seriously injured
{ Warning
There are three basic types of
or killed. Never put a rear-facing child restraints: To reduce the risk of neck and
child restraint in the front . Forward-facing child restraints head injury in a crash, infants and
outboard seat. Secure a toddlers should be secured in a
rear-facing child restraint in a rear . Rearward-facing child restraints rear-facing child restraint until age
seat. It is also better to secure a . Belt-positioning booster seats two, or until they reach the
forward-facing child restraint in a maximum height and weight limits
The proper child restraint for your
rear seat. If you must secure a of their child restraint.
child depends on their size, weight,
forward-facing child restraint in and age, and also on whether the
the front outboard seat, always child restraint is compatible with the
move the front passenger seat as vehicle in which it will be used.
far back as it will go.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Child Restraint Systems

{ Warning
A young child's hip bones are still
so small that the vehicle's regular
safety belt may not remain low on
the hip bones, as it should.
Instead, it may settle up around
the child's abdomen. In a crash,
the belt would apply force on a
body area that is unprotected by
any bony structure. This alone
could cause serious or fatal Forward-Facing Child Seat
injuries. To reduce the risk of
serious or fatal injuries during a Rear-Facing Infant Seat A forward-facing child restraint
crash, young children should provides restraint for the child's
A rear-facing child restraint provides body with the harness.
always be secured in appropriate restraint with the seating surface
child restraints. against the back of the infant.
The harness system holds the infant
in place and, in a crash, acts to
keep the infant positioned in the
restraint.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Securing an Add-On Child When securing an add-on child

Restraint in the Vehicle restraint, refer to the instructions
that come with the restraint which
may be on the restraint itself or in a
{ Warning booklet, or both, and to this manual.
A child can be seriously injured or The child restraint instructions are
killed in a crash if the child important, so if they are not
restraint is not properly secured in available, obtain a replacement
copy from the manufacturer.
the vehicle. Secure the child
restraint properly in the vehicle Keep in mind that an unsecured
using the vehicles safety belt or child restraint can move around in a
LATCH system, following the collision or sudden stop and injure
Booster Seats instructions that came with that people in the vehicle. Be sure to
A belt-positioning booster seat is child restraint and the instructions properly secure any child restraint in
used for children who have in this manual. the vehicle even when no child is
outgrown their forward-facing child in it.
restraint. Boosters are designed to To help reduce the chance of injury, In some areas of the United States
improve the fit of the vehicle's safety the child restraint must be secured and Canada, Certified Child
belt system until the child is large in the vehicle. Child restraint Passenger Safety Technicians
enough for the vehicle safety belts systems must be secured in vehicle (CPSTs) are available to inspect
to fit properly without a booster seat. seats by lap belts or the lap belt and demonstrate how to correctly
See the safety belt fit test in Older portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by use and install child restraints. In
Children 0 81. the LATCH system. See Lower the U.S., refer to the National
Anchors and Tethers for Children Highway Traffic Safety
(LATCH System) 0 88 for more Administration (NHTSA) website to
information. Children can be locate the nearest child safety seat
endangered in a crash if the child inspection station. For CPST
restraint is not properly secured in availability in Canada, check with
the vehicle. Transport Canada or the Provincial
Ministry of Transportation office.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Securing the Child Within the

Child Restraint { Warning Warning (Continued)
A child in a rear-facing child the front seat, always move the
{ Warning restraint can be seriously injured front passenger seat as far back
or killed if the front passenger as it will go. It is better to secure
A child can be seriously injured or
airbag inflates. This is because the child restraint in a rear seat.
killed in a crash if the child is not
the back of the rear-facing child See Passenger Sensing System
properly secured in the child
restraint would be very close to 0 75 for additional information.
restraint. Secure the child
the inflating airbag. A child in a
properly following the instructions
forward-facing child restraint can
that came with that child restraint. When securing a child restraint in a
be seriously injured or killed if the
front passenger airbag inflates rear seating position, study the
instructions that came with the child
Where to Put the and the passenger seat is in a
restraint to make sure it is
forward position.
Restraint compatible with this vehicle.
Even if the passenger sensing
According to accident statistics, Child restraints and booster seats
children and infants are safer when system has turned off the front
vary considerably in size, and some
properly restrained in an appropriate passenger frontal airbag, no
may fit in certain seating positions
child restraint secured in a rear system is fail-safe. No one can better than others.
seating position. guarantee that an airbag will not
deploy under some unusual Depending on where you place the
Whenever possible, children aged circumstance, even though it is child restraint and the size of the
12 and under should be secured in turned off. child restraint, you may not be able
a rear seating position. to access adjacent safety belts or
Secure rear-facing child restraints LATCH anchors for additional
Never put a rear-facing child
in a rear seat, even if the airbag passengers or child restraints.
restraint in the front. This is because
the risk to the rear-facing child is so is off. If you secure a Adjacent seating positions should
great if the airbag deploys. forward-facing child restraint in not be used if the child restraint
(Continued) prevents access to or interferes with
the routing of the safety belt.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Wherever a child restraint is rear-facing and forward-facing child The LATCH anchorage system can
installed, be sure to follow the seats can be properly installed be used until the combined weight
instructions that came with the child using either the LATCH anchors or of the child plus the child restraint is
restraint system and secure the the vehicles safety belts. Do not 29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety belt
child restraint system properly. use both the safety belts and the alone instead of the LATCH
Keep in mind that an unsecured LATCH anchorage system to secure anchorage system once the
child restraint can move around in a a rear-facing or forward-facing combined weight is more than
collision or sudden stop and injure child seat. 29.5 kg (65 lbs).
people in the vehicle. Be sure to Booster seats use the vehicles See Securing Child Restraints (With
properly secure any child restraint in safety belts to secure the child in the Safety Belt in the Rear Seat)
the vehicle even when no child is the booster seat. If the manufacturer 0 93 or Securing Child Restraints
in it. recommends that the booster seat (With the Safety Belt in the Front
be secured with the LATCH system, Seat) 0 95.
Lower Anchors and this can be done as long as the Child restraints built after March
booster seat can be positioned
Tethers for Children properly and there is no interference
2014 will be labeled with the
(LATCH System) specific child weight up to which the
with the proper positioning of the LATCH system can be used to
The LATCH system secures a child lap-shoulder belt on the child. install the restraint.
restraint during driving or in a crash. Make sure to follow the instructions
LATCH attachments on the child The following explains how to attach
that came with the child restraint, a child restraint with these
restraint are used to attach the child and also the instructions in this
restraint to the anchors in the attachments in the vehicle.
manual.
vehicle. The LATCH system is Not all vehicle seating positions or
designed to make installation of a When installing a child restraint with child restraints have lower anchors
child restraint easier. a top tether, you must also use and attachments or top tether
either the lower anchors or the anchors and attachments. In this
In order to use the LATCH system in safety belts to properly secure the
your vehicle, you need a child case, the safety belt must be used
child restraint. A child restraint must (with top tether where available) to
restraint that has LATCH never be attached using only the top
attachments. LATCH-compatible tether.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
secure the child restraint. See Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor
Securing Child Restraints (With the
Safety Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 93 or
Securing Child Restraints (With the
Safety Belt in the Front Seat) 0 95.
In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Convertible models do not
have top tether anchors to secure a
child restraint. If a national or local
law requires that the top tether be
anchored, do not use a child
restraint in this vehicle because a
top tether cannot be properly Lower anchors (1) are metal bars A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top of
anchored. built into the vehicle. There are two the child restraint to the vehicle.
lower anchors for each LATCH A top tether anchor is built into the
seating position that will vehicle. The top tether
accommodate a child restraint with attachment (2) on the child restraint
lower attachments (2). connects to the top tether anchor in
the vehicle in order to reduce the
forward movement and rotation of
the child restraint during driving or in
a crash.
The child restraint may have a
single tether (3) or a dual tether (4).
Either will have a single
attachment (2) to secure the top
tether to the anchor.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Some child restraints that have a H : Seating positions with two To assist in locating the lower
top tether are designed for use with lower anchors. anchors, each seating position with
or without the top tether being lower anchors has two labels, near
attached. Others require the top Rear Seat - Convertible Model the crease between the seatback
tether always to be attached. In and the seat cushion.
Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have Top Tether Anchors
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for the child
restraint.
Lower Anchor and Top Tether
Anchor Locations
Rear Seat - Coupe Model
H : Seating positions with two

lower anchors.
Lower Anchors
On coupe models, the top tether
anchors are on the rear seatback
filler panel.
I : Seating positions with top

tether anchors.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
To assist in locating the top tether Securing a Child Restraint

anchors, the top tether anchor Designed for the LATCH Warning (Continued)
symbol is on the cover of the System
anchor. Attaching more than one child
restraint to a single anchor could
Convertible models do not have top
tether anchors to be used to secure
{ Warning cause the anchor or attachment
to come loose or even break
a child restraint in any seating If a LATCH-type child restraint is during a crash. A child or others
position. not attached to anchors, the child could be injured.
Be sure to use an anchor on the restraint will not be able to protect
same side of the vehicle as the the child correctly. In a crash, the
seating position where the child child could be seriously injured or
restraint will be placed. killed. Install a LATCH-type child { Warning
restraint properly using the
Do not secure a child restraint in a Children can be seriously injured
anchors, or use the vehicle's
position without a top tether anchor or strangled if a shoulder belt is
safety belts to secure the
if a national or local law requires wrapped around their neck. The
that the top tether be attached, or if restraint, following the instructions
that came with the child restraint shoulder belt can tighten but
the instructions that come with the cannot be loosened if it is locked.
child restraint say that the top tether and the instructions in this
manual. The shoulder belt locks when it is
must be attached.
pulled all the way out of the
According to accident statistics, retractor. It unlocks when the
children and infants are safer when shoulder belt is allowed to go all
properly restrained in a child { Warning the way back into the retractor,
restraint system or infant restraint but it cannot do this if it is
system secured in a rear seating To reduce the risk of serious or wrapped around a childs neck.
position. See Where to Put the fatal injuries during a crash, do If the shoulder belt is locked and
Restraint 0 87 for additional not attach more than one child
information. restraint to a single anchor. (Continued)
(Continued)
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
restraint with the safety belts

Warning (Continued) Caution (Continued) and top tether, if equipped.
Refer to the child restraint
tightened around a childs neck, Do not fold the rear seatback manufacturer instructions and
the only way to loosen the belt is when the seat is occupied. Do not the instructions in this manual.
to cut it. fold the empty rear seat with a
safety belt buckled. This could 1.1. Find the lower anchors
Buckle any unused safety belts for the desired seating
behind the child restraint so damage the safety belt or the
seat. Unbuckle and return the position.
children cannot reach them. Pull
safety belt to its stowed position, 1.2. Put the child restraint on
the shoulder belt all the way out
before folding the seat. the seat.
of the retractor to set the lock,
and tighten the belt behind the 1.3. Attach and tighten the
child restraint after the child If you need to secure more than one lower attachments on the
restraint has been installed. child restraint in the rear seat, see child restraint to the lower
Where to Put the Restraint 0 87. anchors.
This system is designed to make 2. If the child restraint
installation of child restraints easier. manufacturer recommends that
Caution the top tether be attached,
When using lower anchors, do not
Do not let the LATCH use the vehicle's safety belts. attach and tighten the top
Instead, use the vehicle's anchors tether to the top tether anchor,
attachments rub against the
and child restraint attachments to if equipped. Refer to the child
vehicles safety belts. This may
secure the restraints. Some restraint instructions and the
damage these parts. If necessary, following steps:
move buckled safety belts to restraints also use another vehicle
anchor to secure the top tether. 2.1. Find the top tether
avoid rubbing the LATCH
attachments. 1. Attach and tighten the lower anchor.
(Continued) attachments to the lower
anchors. If the child restraint
does not have lower
attachments, secure the child
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
2.2. Route, attach, and tighten If the child restraint has a

the top tether according dual tether, route the Warning (Continued)
to the child restraint tether over the seatback.
instructions and the see your dealer to have the
3. Before placing a child in the system inspected and any
following instructions: child restraint, make sure it is necessary replacements made as
securely held in place. To soon as possible.
check, grasp the child restraint
at the LATCH path and attempt
to move it side to side and If the vehicle has the LATCH system
back and forth. There should and it was being used during a
be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) crash, new LATCH system parts
of movement, for proper may be needed.
installation. New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the LATCH
Replacing LATCH System system was not being used at the
If the child restraint has a
single tether, route the Parts After a Crash time of the crash.
tether over the seatback.
{ Warning Securing Child Restraints
(With the Safety Belt in
A crash can damage the LATCH the Rear Seat)
system in the vehicle. A damaged
LATCH system may not properly When securing a child restraint in a
secure the child restraint, rear seating position, study the
resulting in serious injury or even instructions that came with the child
death in a crash. To help make restraint to make sure it is
sure the LATCH system is compatible with this vehicle.
working properly after a crash,
(Continued)
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
If the child restraint has the LATCH 1. Put the child restraint on
system, see Lower Anchors and the seat.
Tethers for Children (LATCH 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run
System) 0 88 for how and where to the lap and shoulder portions
install your child restraint using of the vehicle's safety belt
LATCH. If a child restraint is through or around the restraint.
secured in the vehicle using a The child restraint instructions
safety belt and it uses a top tether, will show you how.
see Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 88 for
top tether anchor locations.
Do not secure a child restraint in a
position without a top tether anchor 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the
if a national or local law requires way out of the retractor to set
that the top tether be anchored, or if the lock. When the retractor
the instructions that come with the lock is set, the belt can be
child restraint say that the top strap tightened but not pulled out of
must be anchored. the retractor.
If the child restraint or vehicle seat
position does not have the LATCH
system, you will be using the safety
belt to secure the child restraint. 3. Push the latch plate into the
Be sure to follow the instructions buckle until it clicks.
that came with the child restraint.
Position the release button on
If more than one child restraint the buckle, away from the child
needs to be installed in the rear restraint system, so that the
seat, be sure to read Where to Put safety belt could be quickly
the Restraint 0 87. unbuckled if necessary.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
6. If the child restraint has a top Securing Child Restraints

tether, follow the child restraint
manufacturer instructions
(With the Safety Belt in
regarding the use of the top the Front Seat)
tether. See Lower Anchors and This vehicle has airbags. A rear
Tethers for Children (LATCH seat is a safer place to secure a
System) 0 88. forward-facing child restraint. See
7. Before placing a child in the Where to Put the Restraint 0 87.
child restraint, make sure it is In addition, the vehicle has a
securely held in place. To passenger sensing system which is
check, grasp the child restraint designed to turn off the front
at the safety belt path and outboard passenger frontal airbag
5. To tighten the belt, push down attempt to move it side to side and knee airbag under certain
on the child restraint, pull the and back and forth. When the conditions. See Passenger Sensing
shoulder portion of the belt to child restraint is properly System 0 75 and Passenger Airbag
tighten the lap portion of the installed, there should be no Status Indicator 0 120 for more
belt, and feed the shoulder belt more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of information, including important
back into the retractor. When movement. safety information.
installing a forward-facing child To remove the child restraint,
restraint, it may be helpful to Never put a rear-facing child seat in
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and the front. This is because the risk to
use your knee to push down on let it return to the stowed position.
the child restraint as you the rear-facing child is so great if the
If the top tether is attached to a top airbag deploys.
tighten the belt. tether anchor, disconnect it.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 4 and 5.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
When using the lap-shoulder belt to

{ Warning Warning (Continued) secure the child restraint in this
position, follow the instructions that
A child in a rear-facing child forward-facing child restraint in came with the child restraint and the
restraint can be seriously injured the front outboard passenger following instructions:
or killed if the front outboard seat, always move the seat as far
passenger frontal airbag inflates. back as it will go. It is better to 1. Move the seat as far back as it
This is because the back of the secure the child restraint in a will go before securing the
rear-facing child restraint would rear seat. forward-facing child restraint.
Move the seat upward or the
be very close to the inflating See Passenger Sensing System seatback to an upright position,
airbag. A child in a forward-facing 0 75 for additional information. if needed, to get a tight
child restraint can be seriously installation of the child
injured or killed if the front restraint.
outboard passenger frontal airbag If the child restraint uses a top
inflates and the passenger seat is tether, see Lower Anchors and When the passenger sensing
in a forward position. Tethers for Children (LATCH system has turned off the front
System) 0 88 for top tether anchor outboard passenger frontal
Even if the passenger sensing locations. airbag and knee airbag, the off
system has turned off the front indicator on the passenger
Do not secure a child seat in a
outboard passenger airbag(s), no airbag status indicator should
position without a top tether anchor
system is fail-safe. No one can light and stay lit when the
if a national or local law requires
guarantee that an airbag will not vehicle is started. See
that the top tether be anchored, or if
deploy under some unusual Passenger Airbag Status
the instructions that come with the
circumstance, even though the Indicator 0 120.
child restraint say that the top strap
airbag(s) are off. must be anchored. 2. Put the child restraint on
Secure rear-facing child restraints the seat.
In Canada, the law requires that
in a rear seat, even if the forward-facing child restraints have 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
airbag(s) are off. If you secure a a top tether, and that the tether be the lap and shoulder portions
(Continued) attached. of the vehicle's safety belt
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
through or around the restraint.

The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the 6. To tighten the belt, push down
way out of the retractor to set on the child restraint, pull the
the lock. When the retractor shoulder portion of the belt to
lock is set, the belt can be tighten the lap portion of the
4. Push the latch plate into the tightened but not pulled out of belt, and feed the shoulder belt
buckle until it clicks. the retractor. back into the retractor. When
installing a forward-facing child
Position the release button on
restraint, it may be helpful to
the buckle, away from the child
restraint system, so that the use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you
safety belt could be quickly
tighten the belt.
unbuckled if necessary.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
7. Before placing a child in the

child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the safety belt path and
attempt to move it side to side
and back and forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement.
If the airbags are off, the off
indicator in the passenger airbag
status indicator will come on and
stay on when the vehicle is started.
If a child restraint has been installed
and the on indicator is lit, see If the
On Indicator Is Lit for a Child
Restraint under Passenger Sensing
System 0 75.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Storage 99
Storage Storage
Compartments
Storage Compartments
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 99 { Warning
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Do not store heavy or sharp
Center Console Storage . . . . . . 100 objects in storage compartments.
In a crash, these objects may
Additional Storage Features cause the cover to open and
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 could result in injury.
The trunk partition can be attached

Glove Box or detached to upper trunk brackets.
Open the glove box by lifting up on With the convertible top up, the
the lever. Use the key to lock and trunk partition can be unsnapped
unlock the glove box. and laid flat.
Pull the partition up and snap it into
Rear Storage place on both sides and the bottom
Rear Trunk Partition of the trunk.
If equipped with a convertible top,

there is a trunk partition to keep
cargo from getting in the way of the
convertible top. The trunk partition
must be in place for the convertible
top to move. If the trunk partition is
not properly in place, a message will
display and a chime sounds. See
Convertible Top Messages 0 135.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
100 Storage
Center Console Storage Additional Storage

Features
Convenience Net
Press to open. There is a USB port

and auxiliary jack inside. See USB
Port 0 170, Auxiliary Devices 0 176,
and the infotainment manual.
For vehicles with a convenience net
inside the trunk, it can be used to
secure loose items.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Instruments and Controls 101
Instruments and Engine Coolant Temperature

Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Information Displays
Driver Information
Controls Voltmeter Gauge (Uplevel
Cluster Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Head-Up Display (HUD) . . . . . . 130
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 119
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 119 Vehicle Messages
Controls Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 102 Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Battery Voltage and Charging
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 103 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 104 Charging System Light . . . . . . . 121
Malfunction Indicator Lamp Brake System Messages . . . . . 135
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . . 135
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 104 (Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 121
Brake System Warning Convertible Top Messages . . . 135
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Cruise Control Messages . . . . . 137
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Electric Parking Brake Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . 137
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Engine Cooling System
Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Service Electric Parking Brake Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . 137
Indicators Antilock Brake System (ABS) Engine Power Messages . . . . . 138
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Fuel System Messages . . . . . . . 138
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 138
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 StabiliTrak OFF Light . . . . . . . . 125 Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Traction Control System (TCS)/ Object Detection System
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Ride Control System
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 126 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 126 Airbag System Messages . . . . 141
Boost Gauge (Uplevel Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Cluster Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 127 Service Vehicle Messages . . . . 141
Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 127 Starting the Vehicle
(Uplevel Cluster Only) . . . . . . . 116 Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 127 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
102 Instruments and Controls
Transmission Messages . . . . . . 142 Controls To adjust the tilt and telescoping

Vehicle Reminder steering wheel:
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 143 Steering Wheel 1. Pull the lever down.
Window Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Adjustment 2. Move the steering wheel up
or down.
Vehicle Personalization
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 144 3. Pull or push the steering wheel
closer or away from you.
Universal Remote System 4. Pull the lever up to lock the
Universal Remote System . . . . 152 steering wheel in place.
Universal Remote System
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Do not adjust the steering wheel
Universal Remote System while driving.
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Steering Wheel Controls g (1) : Press to answer an incoming

call or to start a voice recognition
session. See Bluetooth (Overview)
0 182 or Bluetooth (Infotainment
Controls) 0 184.
R (1) : Press to decline an
incoming call or end a current call.
Press to mute or unmute the
infotainment system when not on
a call.
e + or e (2) : Press to increase or
decrease volume.
R FAV or FAV Q (3) : Press
to display a list of favorites. Press
again to select the next or previous
favorite when listening to the radio.
If equipped, some audio controls

can be adjusted at the steering
wheel.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Heated Steering Wheel Windshield Wiper/Washer INT : Move the lever up to INT for
intermittent wipes, then turn the x
INT band up for more frequent
wipes or down for less frequent
wipes.
OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.
1X : For a single wipe, briefly move
the wiper lever down. For several
The windshield wiper/washer lever wipes, hold the wiper lever down.
is on the right side of the steering
column. With the ignition in ACC/ n L : Pull the windshield wiper
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, move lever toward you to spray windshield
the windshield wiper lever to select washer fluid and activate the wipers.
the wiper speed. The wipers will continue until the
lever is released or the maximum
( : If equipped, press to turn the HI : Use for fast wipes. wash time is reached. When the
heated steering wheel on or off. LO : Use for slow wipes. windshield wiper lever is released,
A light next to the button displays additional wipes may occur
when the feature is turned on. depending on how long the
windshield washer had been
The steering wheel takes about
activated. See Washer Fluid 0 276
three minutes to be fully heated.
for information on filling the
windshield washer fluid reservoir.
Horn
Press a on the steering wheel pad
to sound the horn.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
If the ignition is turned to OFF while will automatically determine when

{ Warning the wipers are performing wipes due the GPS signal is restored and
to windshield washing, the wipers provide a heading again.
In freezing weather, do not use continue to run until they reach the
the washer until the windshield is
warmed. Otherwise the washer
base of the windshield. Clock
fluid can form ice on the Compass Base Radio
windshield, blocking your vision.
The vehicle has a compass display The infotainment system controls
in the Driver Information are used to access the time and
Clear snow and ice from the wiper Center (DIC). The compass receives date settings through the menu
blades and windshield before using its heading and other information system. See Operation 0 165 on
them. If frozen to the windshield, from the Global Positioning how to use the menu system.
carefully loosen or thaw them. System (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak,
Damaged blades should be Setting the Time and Date
and vehicle speed information.
replaced. See Wiper Blade When Auto Set is enabled the time
Replacement 0 281. Avoid covering the GPS antenna, cannot be manually set.
located on the roof, for long periods
Heavy snow or ice can overload the of time with objects that may 1. Press {, then touch
wiper motor. interfere with the antenna's ability to SETTINGS.
Wiper Parking receive a satellite signal. The
2. Touch Time and Date, then Set
compass system is designed to
If the ignition is turned to OFF while Time or Set Date.
operate for a certain number of
the wipers are on LO, HI, or INT, miles or degrees of turn before 3. Touch + or to adjust the
they will immediately stop. needing a signal from the GPS value.
If the windshield wiper lever is then satellites. When the compass
display shows CAL, drive the 4. Touch R or Q to adjust AM or
moved to OFF before the driver
door is opened or within 10 minutes, vehicle for a short distance in an PM for 12 hour format.
the wipers will restart and move to open area where it can receive a 5. Touch 0.
the base of the windshield. GPS signal. The compass system
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Auto Set 3. Select DD/MM/YYYY (day/ If auto timing is set, the time
month/year), MM/DD/YYYY displayed on the clock may not
1. Press {, then touch (month/day/year), or YYYY/ update immediately when driving
SETTINGS. MM/DD (year/month/day) into a new time zone.
2. Touch Time and Date, then format. To set the clock display:
Auto Set. 4. Touch 0. 1. Select SETTINGS from the
3. Select from the available Home Page, then select Time
selections. Uplevel Radio Using Faceplate and Date.
Controls
4. Touch 0. To set the time or date:
2. Select Clock Display.
Setting the 12/24 Hour Format 3. Turn the MENU knob to Off
1. Select Home Page, then select or On.
1. Press {, then touch SETTINGS.
4. Press the MENU knob to
SETTINGS. 2. Select Time and Date, then the select.
desired function.
2. Touch Time and Date, then
select 12h or 24h format. 3. Turn the MENU knob to Press o BACK to go to the last
increase or decrease the value. menu and save the changes.
3. Touch 0.
4. Press the MENU knob to go to Uplevel Radio Using
Setting the Month and Day the next value. After the last Touchscreen Controls
Format value is selected, the system The infotainment system controls
will update and return to the are used to access the time and
1. Press {, then touch
Settings menu. Press o BACK date settings through the menu
SETTINGS.
to go to the last menu and system. See Using the System
2. Touch Time and Date, then Set save the changes. under Introduction in the
Date Format. infotainment manual.
Auto Set requires OnStar
subscription.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
To set the time: 3. Touch } to go back to the Certain power accessory plugs may
1. Touch SETTINGS from the previous menu. not be compatible with the
Home Page, then touch Time accessory power outlet and could
To set the clock display: overload vehicle and adapter fuses.
and Date.
1. Touch SETTINGS and touch If a problem is experienced, see
2. Touch Set Time and touch Time and Date. your dealer.
or to increase or decrease 2. Touch Clock Display and touch
hours, minutes, and AM or PM. OFF or ON to turn the clock Caution
Touch 1224 Hr for 12 or display off or on.
24 hour clock. Adding any electrical equipment
3. Touch } to go back to the to the vehicle may damage it or
3. Touch } to go back to the previous menu. keep other components from
previous menu. working as they should. The
The clock settings can also be
Auto Set requires OnStar accessed by touching the time repairs would not be covered by
subscription. display, then touching Set. the vehicle warranty. Do not use
equipment exceeding
If auto timing is set, the time maximum amperage rating of
displayed on the clock may not Power Outlets
15 amperes. Check with your
update immediately when driving The vehicle has an accessory dealer before adding electrical
into a new time zone. power outlet on the center floor equipment.
To set the date: console in front of the cupholders.
It can be used to plug in electrical
1. Touch SETTINGS from the When adding electrical equipment,
equipment, such as a cell phone or
Home Page, then touch Time be sure to follow the proper
an MP3 player.
and Date. installation instructions included with
The accessory power outlet does the equipment. See Add-On
2. Touch Set Date and touch not work when the ignition is turned Electrical Equipment 0 254.
or to increase or decrease off and the driver door is opened.
month, day, or year. This helps to preserve the battery
life of the vehicle.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Caution { Warning Warning (Continued)

Hanging heavy equipment from Wireless charging can affect the such as coins, keys, rings,
the power outlet can cause operation of an implanted or paper clips, between the phone
damage not covered by the pacemaker or other medical and charging pad will become
vehicle warranty. The power devices. If you have one, it is very hot. On the rare occasion
outlets are designed for recommended to consult with that the charging system does not
accessory power plugs only, such your doctor before using the detect a metal object, and the
as cell phone charge cords. wireless charging system. object gets wedged between the
phone and charger, remove the
The vehicle must be in ON/RUN, phone and allow the metallic
Wireless Charging object to cool before removing it
ACC/ACCESSORY, or Retained
If equipped, the vehicle has wireless Accessory Power (RAP). The from the charging pad, to prevent
charging in the storage bin at the wireless charging feature may not burns.
back of the floor console. The correctly indicate charging when the
system wirelessly charges one PMA vehicle is in RAP. See Retained
or Qi compatible mobile device. Accessory Power (RAP) 0 221.
To check for phone or other device The operating temperature is -20 C
compatibility: (-4 F) to 60 C (140 F) for the
. In the U.S., see charging system and 0 C (32 F) to
my.chevrolet.com/learn. 35 C (95 F) for the phone.
. In Canada, see
gmtotalconnect.ca. { Warning
. Or, see your dealer for details. Remove all metal objects from the
charging pad before charging
your mobile device. Metal objects,
(Continued)
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
To charge a mobile device: Warning Lights,

1. Remove all objects from the
charging pad. The system may
Gauges, and
not charge if there are any Indicators
objects on the charging pad.
Warning lights and gauges can
2. Place the mobile device face signal that something is wrong
up on the charging pad. before it becomes serious enough
to cause an expensive repair or
3. The $ will display on the V on
replacement. Paying attention to the
the infotainment screen. This warning lights and gauges could
indicates that the mobile device prevent injury.
is properly positioned and
charging. If a phone is placed Some warning lights come on briefly
on the charging pad and $ does when the engine is started to
not display, remove the phone indicate they are working. When
from the pad, turn 180 degrees one of the warning lights comes on
and wait three seconds before and stays on while driving, or when
placing/aligning the phone on one of the gauges shows there may
the pad again. be a problem, check the section that
explains what to do. Waiting to do
repairs can be costly and even
dangerous.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Instrument Cluster
Base Level English Shown, Metric Similar

9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Uplevel English Shown, Metric Similar

9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
See the High Performance . Navigation (If Equipped)

supplement for more information. . Options or Settings
Reconfigurable Instrument Performance (Uplevel Cluster)
Cluster
Press SEL to enter the Performance
To change the theme for the uplevel menu. Use w or x to scroll
cluster:
through the available items.
1. Find the Options page in one of
Friction Bubble : A four quadrant
the interactive display zones on
visual display, indicative of the four
the cluster.
corners of the car, with a bubble
2. Press SEL to enter the showing where the most inertia is
Options menu. being exerted on the vehicle.
Use the right steering wheel control
3. Scroll down to highlight Display to open and scroll through the Performance Timer : Press p
Option, then press p to enter different items and displays. when Performance Timer is
the Display Option menu. displayed to enter the menu.
Press o to access the cluster
4. Press SEL to select the desired Press p while Set Start Speed is
applications. Use w or x to scroll
cluster configuration. through the list of applications. highlighted then use w or x to
5. Exit the Display Option menu Press SEL to select the application enter the start speed. Press SEL to
by pressing o. from the list. save it. Press p while Set End
. Info. This is where you can view Speed is highlighted then use w
Cluster Menu the Driver Information Center or x to enter the end speed. Press
There is an interactive display area (DIC) displays. See Driver SEL to save it. After the start and
in the center of the instrument Information Center (DIC) 0 128. end speeds have been entered,
cluster. . Performance (Uplevel Cluster) press o to set the Sport display to
. Audio (If Equipped) the set speeds and the performance
timer is ready to use. On the next
. Phone (If Equipped) acceleration, the performance time
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
will record the time. To reset the Transmission Fluid Navigation

timer, highlight Reset on the Temperature : Shows the
performance timer menu and temperature of the transmission fluid If equipped, press p to enter the
press SEL. in either degrees Celsius (C) or Navigation menu. This displays a
degrees Fahrenheit (F). map or turn by turn directions.
G-Force : Gives the driver an
If there is no active route, press p
indication of the vehicle Audio
performance in cornering. The to resume the last route and turn the
G-force is displayed in the center of If equipped, while the audio app is voice prompts on/off. If there is an
the DIC as a numerical value. open, use w or x to change the active route, press SEL to cancel
radio station or seek to the next or route guidance or turn the voice
Lap Timer : Use to start, stop, previous track, depending on the prompts on/off.
or reset the lap timer. A stopwatch
icon will be displayed when the lap current audio source. Press p to Options or Settings
timer is active. Press SEL while the enter the Audio menu. In the Audio Press SEL to enter the Options or
Lap Timer page is active to start the menu browse for music, select from
the favorites, or change the audio Settings menu. Use w or x to
timer. If the lamp timer is active,
source. scroll through items in the menu.
pressing SEL on any page will stop
the current lap timer and start a new Phone Units : Press p while Units is
lap. Also, pressing and holding SEL displayed to enter the Units menu.
on any page will stop the lap timer. If equipped, press p to enter the Choose US or Metric units by
Oil Temperature : Shows the Phone menu. In the Phone menu, pressing SEL while the desired item
current oil temperature in either if there is no active phone call, view is highlighted.
degrees Celsius (C) or degrees recent calls, or scroll through
contacts. If there is an active call, Speed Warning : The Speed
Fahrenheit (F). Warning display allows the driver to
mute or unmute the phone or switch
Oil Pressure : Shows the current oil to handset or hands-free operation. set a speed that they do not want to
pressure in either kilopascal (kPa) or exceed. To set the Speed Warning,
in pounds per square inch (psi). press p when Speed Warning is
displayed. Enable the speed
warning and then use w or x to
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
adjust the value. Press SEL to set Odometer Caution (Continued)

the speed. Once the speed is set,
this feature can be turned off by The odometer shows how far the
pressing SEL while viewing this vehicle has been driven, in either by the vehicle warranty. Do not
page. If the selected speed limit is kilometers or miles. operate the engine with the rpms
exceeded, a pop-up warning is in the warning area.
displayed with a chime. Trip Odometer
Display Option (Uplevel) : Press The trip odometer shows how far Fuel Gauge
SEL while Display Option is the vehicle has been driven since
highlighted to change the the trip odometer was last reset.
configuration of the uplevel cluster. The trip odometer is accessed and
See Reconfigurable Instrument reset through the Driver Information
Cluster earlier in this section. Center (DIC). See Driver
Info Pages : Press p while Info Information Center (DIC) 0 128.
Pages is highlighted to select the
items to be displayed in the DIC info Tachometer
displays. See Driver Information The tachometer displays the engine
Center (DIC) 0 128. speed in revolutions per
Software Info : Press p while minute (rpm).
Software Info is highlighted to Metric Base Level Cluster
display open source software Caution
information.
If the engine is operated with the
Speedometer rpms in the warning area at the
high end of the tachometer, the
The speedometer shows the vehicle could be damaged, and
vehicle's speed in either kilometers the damage would not be covered
per hour (km/h) or miles per
(Continued)
hour (mph).
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
An arrow on the fuel gauge Boost Gauge (Uplevel

indicates the side of the vehicle the
fuel door is on.
Cluster Only)
When the indicator nears empty, the See the High Performance
low fuel light comes on. There is still Supplement for more information.
a little fuel left, but the fuel tank
should be filled soon.
Here are four things that some
owners ask about. None of these
show a problem with the fuel gauge:
. At the service station, the fuel
English Base Level Cluster pump shuts off before the gauge
reads full.
. It takes a little more or less fuel
to fill up than the gauge
indicated. For example, the
gauge indicated the tank was Metric
half full, but it actually took a
little more or less than half the
tank's capacity to fill the tank.
. The gauge moves a little while
turning a corner or speeding up.
. The gauge takes a few seconds
to stabilize after the ignition is
Uplevel Cluster turned on, and goes back to
When the ignition is on, the fuel empty when the ignition is
gauge indicates about how much turned off.
fuel is left in the tank.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Engine Oil Pressure

Gauge (Uplevel
Cluster Only)
English English, Standard Theme Shown

If equipped, this gauge indicates The engine oil pressure gauge
vacuum during light to moderate shows the engine oil pressure
throttle and boost under heavier in kPa (kilopascals) when the engine
throttle. Metric, Standard Theme Shown is running.
It displays the air pressure level in Oil pressure can vary with engine
the intake manifold before it enters speed, outside temperature and oil
the engine's combustion chamber. viscosity.
The gauge is automatically centered On some models, the oil pump will
at zero every time the engine is vary engine oil pressure according
started. Actual vacuum or boost is to engine needs. Oil pressure may
displayed from this zero point. change quickly as the engine speed
Changes in ambient pressure, such or load varies. This is normal.
as driving in mountains and If the oil pressure warning light or
changing weather, will slightly Driver Information Center (DIC)
change the zero reading. message indicates oil pressure
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
outside the normal operating range, Engine Coolant

check the vehicle's oil as soon as
possible. See Engine Oil Messages
Temperature Gauge
0 137 and Engine Oil 0 264.
Caution
Lack of proper engine oil
maintenance can damage the
engine. Driving with the engine oil
low can also damage the engine.
The repairs would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. Check English Base Level Cluster
the oil level as soon as possible.
Add oil if required, but if the oil
level is within the operating range Metric Base Level Cluster
and the oil pressure is still low,
have the vehicle serviced. Always
follow the maintenance schedule
for changing engine oil.
Metric Uplevel Cluster

9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Voltmeter Gauge (Uplevel Readings outside the normal

operating range can also occur
Cluster Only) when a large number of electrical
accessories are operating in the
vehicle and the engine is left idling
for an extended period. This
condition is normal since the
charging system is not able to
provide full power at engine idle. As
engine speeds are increased, this
condition should correct itself as
higher engine speeds allow the
English Uplevel Cluster charging system to create maximum
power.
This gauge shows the engine
coolant temperature. The vehicle can only be driven for a
Standard Theme short time with the readings outside
If the gauge pointer moves to the the normal operating range. If the
When the ignition is on, this gauge
high end, the engine is too hot. vehicle must be driven, turn off all
indicates the battery voltage.
This reading indicates the same accessories, such as the radio and
When the engine is running, this air conditioner, and unplug all
thing as the warning light. It means
gauge shows the condition of the chargers and accessories.
that the engine coolant has
charging system. The gauge can
overheated. If the vehicle has been Readings outside the normal
transition from a higher to lower or a
operating under normal driving operating range indicate a possible
lower to higher reading. This is
conditions, pull off the road, stop the problem in the electrical system.
normal. If the vehicle is operating
vehicle, and turn off the engine as Have the vehicle serviced as soon
outside the normal operating range,
soon as possible. See Engine as possible.
the charging system light comes on.
Overheating 0 274 for more
See Charging System Light 0 121.
information.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Safety Belt Reminders Passenger Safety Belt grocery bag, laptop, or other
Reminder Light electronic device. To turn off the
Driver Safety Belt Reminder reminder light and/or chime, remove
Light There is a passenger safety belt the object from the seat or buckle
reminder light near the passenger the safety belt.
There is a driver safety belt airbag status indicator. See
reminder light on the instrument Passenger Sensing System 0 75.
cluster. Airbag Readiness Light
This light shows if there is an
electrical problem with the airbag
system. The system check includes
the airbag sensor(s), the passenger
sensing system, the pretensioners,
the airbag modules, the wiring, and
When the vehicle is started, this the crash sensing and diagnostic
When the vehicle is started, this light flashes and a chime may come module. For more information on the
light flashes and a chime may come on to remind passengers to fasten airbag system, see Airbag
on to remind the driver to fasten their safety belt. Then the light stays System 0 68.
their safety belt. Then the light stays on solid until the belt is buckled.
on solid until the belt is buckled. This cycle continues several times if
This cycle may continue several the passenger remains or becomes
times if the driver remains or unbuckled while the vehicle is
becomes unbuckled while the moving.
vehicle is moving.
If the passenger safety belt is
If the driver safety belt is buckled, buckled, neither the chime nor the
neither the light nor the chime light comes on. The airbag readiness light comes on
comes on. for several seconds when the
The front passenger safety belt vehicle is started. If the light does
reminder light and chime may turn not come on then, have it fixed
on if an object is put on the seat immediately.
such as a briefcase, handbag,
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
outboard passenger frontal airbag

{ Warning and knee airbag are allowed to
inflate.
If the airbag readiness light stays
on after the vehicle is started or If the word OFF or the off symbol is
comes on while driving, it means lit on the passenger airbag status
the airbag system might not be indicator, it means that the
working properly. The airbags in United States passenger sensing system has
the vehicle might not inflate in a turned off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag and knee
crash, or they could even inflate
airbag.
without a crash. To help avoid
injury, have the vehicle serviced If, after several seconds, both status
right away. indicator lights remain on, or if there
are no lights at all, there may be a
Canada and Mexico problem with the lights or the
If there is a problem with the airbag passenger sensing system. See
system, a Driver Information Center When the vehicle is started, the your dealer for service.
(DIC) message may also come on. passenger airbag status indicator
See Airbag System
Messages 0 141.
will light ON and OFF, or the symbol
for on and off, for several seconds
{ Warning
as a system check. Then, after If the airbag readiness light ever
Passenger Airbag Status several seconds, the status comes on and stays on, it means
Indicator indicator will light either ON or OFF, that something may be wrong
or either the on or off symbol, to let with the airbag system. To help
The vehicle has a passenger you know the status of the front
sensing system. See Passenger avoid injury to yourself or others,
outboard passenger frontal airbag
Sensing System 0 75 for important have the vehicle serviced right
and knee airbag.
safety information. The overhead away. See Airbag Readiness
console has a passenger airbag If the word ON or the on symbol is Light 0 119 for more information,
status indicator. lit on the passenger airbag status including important safety
indicator, it means that the front information.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Charging System Light Malfunction Indicator Caution

Lamp (Check Engine
Light) If the vehicle is driven continually
with this light on, the emission
This light is part of the vehicles control system may not work as
emission control on-board well, the fuel economy may be
diagnostic system. If this light is on lower, and the vehicle may not
while the engine is running, a
run smoothly. This could lead to
The charging system light comes on malfunction has been detected and
costly repairs that might not be
briefly when the ignition is turned the vehicle may require service. The
light should come on to show that it covered by the vehicle warranty.
on, but the engine is not running, as
a check to show the light is working. is working when the ignition is in
It should go out when the engine is Service Only Mode. See Ignition
started. Positions 0 216. Caution
If the light stays on or comes on
Modifications to the engine,
while driving, there may be a
transmission, exhaust, intake,
problem with the electrical charging
system. Have it checked by your or fuel system, or the use of
dealer. Driving while this light is on replacement tires that do not
could drain the battery. meet the original tire
specifications, can cause this light
When this light comes on, the Driver Malfunctions are often indicated by to come on. This could lead to
Information Center (DIC) also the system before any problem is costly repairs not covered by the
displays a message. See Battery noticeable. Being aware of the light vehicle warranty. This could also
Voltage and Charging and seeking service promptly when affect the vehicles ability to pass
Messages 0 135. it comes on may prevent damage. an Emissions Inspection/
If a short distance must be driven Maintenance test. See
with the light on, be sure to turn off Accessories and
all accessories, such as the radio Modifications 0 256.
and air conditioner.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
If the light is flashing : A The diagnostic system can

malfunction has been detected that detect if the adapter has been
could damage the emission control left installed in the vehicle,
system and increase vehicle allowing fuel to evaporate into
emissions. Diagnosis and service the atmosphere. A few driving
may be required. trips with the adapter removed
To help prevent damage, reduce may turn off the light.
The DLC is under the instrument
vehicle speed and avoid hard . Poor fuel quality can cause panel to the left of the steering
accelerations and uphill grades. inefficient engine operation and wheel. Connecting devices that are
If the light continues to flash, find a poor driveability, which may go not used to perform an Emissions
safe place to park. Turn the vehicle away once the engine is warmed Inspection/Maintenance test or to
off and wait at least 10 seconds up. If this occurs, change the service the vehicle may affect
before restarting the engine. If the fuel brand. It may require at vehicle operation. See Add-On
light is still flashing, follow the least one full tank of the proper Electrical Equipment 0 254. See
previous guidelines and see your fuel to turn the light off. See your dealer if assistance is needed.
dealer for service as soon as Fuel 0 250.
The vehicle may not pass
possible. If the light remains on, see your inspection if:
If the light is on steady : A dealer.
. The light is on when the engine
malfunction has been detected. Emissions Inspection and is running.
Diagnosis and service may be Maintenance Programs . The light does not come on
required.
If the vehicle requires an Emissions when the ignition is in Service
Check the following: Inspection/Maintenance test, the Only Mode.
. If fuel has been added to the test equipment will likely connect to . Critical emission control systems
vehicle using the capless funnel the vehicle's Data Link have not been completely
adapter, make sure that it has Connector (DLC). diagnosed. If this happens, the
been removed. See Filling the vehicle would not be ready for
Tank with a Portable Gas Can inspection and might require
under Filling the Tank 0 252. several days of routine driving
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
before the system is ready for Electric Parking Brake

inspection. This can happen if
the 12-volt battery has recently
Light
been replaced or run down, or if
the vehicle has been recently
serviced.
See your dealer if the vehicle will Metric English
not pass or cannot be made ready
This light should come on briefly
for the test. Metric English
when the engine is started. If it does
not come on then, have it fixed so it
Brake System Warning will be ready to warn you if there is This light comes on when the
Light a problem. parking brake is applied. If the light
continues flashing after the parking
The vehicle brake system consists If the light comes on and stays on, brake is released, or while driving,
of two hydraulic circuits. If one there is a brake problem. there is a problem with the Electric
circuit is not working, the remaining Parking Brake system or another
circuit can still work to stop the
vehicle. For normal braking
{ Warning system. A message may also
display in the Driver Information
performance, both circuits need to The brake system might not be Center (DIC). See Brake System
be working. working properly if the brake Messages 0 135.
If the warning light comes on, there system warning light is on. If the light does not come on,
is a brake problem. Have the brake Driving with the brake system or remains flashing, see your dealer.
system inspected right away. warning light on can lead to a
crash. If the light is still on after
the vehicle has been pulled off
the road and carefully stopped,
have the vehicle towed for
service.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Service Electric Parking Antilock Brake System If both the ABS and the brake
system warning light are on, the
Brake Light (ABS) Warning Light vehicle's antilock brakes are not
functioning and there is a problem
with the regular brakes. See your
dealer for service.
See Brake System Warning Light
0 123 and Brake System
Messages 0 135.
The service electric parking brake This light comes on briefly when the
light should come on briefly when engine is started. Traction Off Light
starting the vehicle. If it does not If the light does not come on, have it
come on, have the vehicle serviced fixed so it will be ready to warn if
by your dealer. there is a problem.
If this light stays on, there is a If the light comes on while driving,
problem with a system on the stop as soon as it is safely possible
vehicle that is causing the parking and turn off the vehicle. Then start
brake system to work at a reduced the engine again to reset the
level. The vehicle can still be driven, This light comes on briefly while
system. If the ABS light stays on, starting the engine. If it does not,
but should be taken to a dealer as or comes on again while driving, the
soon as possible. See Electric have the vehicle serviced by your
vehicle needs service. A chime may dealer. If the system is working
Parking Brake 0 232. If a message also sound when the light comes on
displays in the Driver Information normally, the indicator light then
steady. turns off.
Center (DIC), see Brake System
Messages 0 135. If the ABS light is the only light on, The traction off light comes on when
the vehicle has regular brakes, but the Traction Control System (TCS)
the antilock brakes are not has been turned off by pressing and
functioning. releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak
button.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
This light and the StabiliTrak OFF If StabiliTrak and TCS are off, the DIC messages to determine which
light come on when StabiliTrak is system does not assist in controlling feature(s) is no longer functioning
turned off. the vehicle. Turn on the TCS and and whether the vehicle requires
If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not the StabiliTrak systems, and the service. See Ride Control System
limited. Adjust driving accordingly. warning light turns off. Messages 0 140.
See Traction Control/Electronic See Traction Control/Electronic If the light is on and flashing, the
Stability Control 0 235. Stability Control 0 235. TCS and/or the StabiliTrak system
is actively working.
StabiliTrak OFF Light Traction Control System See Traction Control/Electronic
(TCS)/StabiliTrak Light Stability Control 0 235.
Tire Pressure Light
This light comes on briefly while

starting the engine. If it does not, This light comes on briefly when the
have the vehicle serviced by your engine is started.
dealer. If the light does not come on, have For vehicles with the Tire Pressure
This light comes on when the the vehicle serviced by your dealer. Monitor System (TPMS), this light
StabiliTrak system is turned off. If the system is working normally, comes on briefly when the engine is
If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction the indicator light turns off. started. It provides information
Control System (TCS) is also off. about tire pressures and the TPMS.
If the light is on and not flashing, the
TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak When the Light Is On Steady
system have been disabled. This indicates that one or more of
A Driver Information Center (DIC) the tires are significantly
message may display. Check the underinflated.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
A Driver Information Center (DIC)

Caution (Continued)
Low Fuel Warning Light
tire pressure message may also
display. See Tire Messages 0 142.
Stop as soon as possible, and by the vehicle warranty. Check
inflate the tires to the pressure value the oil level as soon as possible.
shown on the Tire and Loading Add oil if required, but if the oil
Information label. See Tire level is within the operating range
Pressure 0 300. and the oil pressure is still low,
have the vehicle serviced. Always
When the Light Flashes First and follow the maintenance schedule This light is near the fuel gauge and
Then Is On Steady for changing engine oil. comes on briefly when the ignition is
If the light flashes for about a minute turned on as a check to show it is
and then stays on, there may be a working.
problem with the TPMS. If the It also comes on when the fuel tank
problem is not corrected, the light is low on fuel. The light turns off
will come on at every ignition cycle. when fuel is added. If it does not,
See Tire Pressure Monitor have the vehicle serviced.
Operation 0 302.
Security Light
Engine Oil Pressure Light This light should come on briefly as
the engine is started. If it does not
Caution come on, have the vehicle serviced
by your dealer.
Lack of proper engine oil
If the light comes on and stays on, it
maintenance can damage the
means that oil is not flowing through
engine. Driving with the engine oil the engine properly. The vehicle
low can also damage the engine. could be low on oil and might have The security light should come on
The repairs would not be covered some other system problem. See briefly as the engine is started. If it
(Continued) your dealer. does not come on, have the vehicle
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
serviced by your dealer. If the Lamps On Reminder Door Ajar Light

system is working normally, the
indicator light turns off.
If the light stays on and the engine
does not start, there could be a
problem with the theft-deterrent
system. See Immobilizer
Operation 0 44.
This light comes on when the This light comes on when a door is
High-Beam On Light exterior lamps are in use. See open or not securely latched. Before
Exterior Lamp Controls 0 155. driving, check that all doors are
properly closed.
Cruise Control Light
This light comes on when the

high-beam headlamps are in use.
See Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer 0 155. The cruise control light is white
when the cruise control is on and
ready, and turns green when the
cruise control is set and active.
The light goes out when the cruise
control is turned off. See Cruise
Control 0 242.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Information Displays o or p : Press o to open Average Fuel Economy displays the

application menus on the left. approximate average liters per
Press p to open interaction menus 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles
Driver Information per gallon (mpg). This number is
Center (DIC) on the right.
calculated based on the number of
SEL : Press to select a menu item. L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the
The DIC displays are shown in the
Press and hold to reset values on last time this menu item was reset.
center of the instrument cluster in
certain screens. This number reflects only the
the Info application. See Instrument
approximate average fuel economy
Cluster 0 110. The Info application DIC Info Pages that the vehicle has right now, and
is only available when the vehicle is
The following is the list of all will change as driving conditions
in ON/RUN. The displays show the
possible DIC info displays. change. The Average Fuel
status of many vehicle systems. The
Depending on the vehicle, some Economy can be reset by pressing
controls for the DIC are on the right
may not be available. Some items and holding SEL while this display
steering wheel control.
may not be turned on by default but is active.
can be turned on through the Fuel Range (Base Cluster) : Fuel
Settings or Options app. Range displays the approximate
Current Speed : Displays the distance the vehicle can be driven
vehicle speed in either kilometers without refueling. LOW will be
per hour (km/h) or miles per displayed when the vehicle is low
hour (mph). on fuel. The fuel range estimate is
based on an average of the
Trip A or B/Average Fuel
vehicle's fuel economy over recent
Economy : Trip displays the current
driving history and the amount of
distance traveled, in either
fuel remaining in the fuel tank.
kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since
the trip odometer was last reset. Fuel Information (Base Cluster) or
The trip odometer can be reset by Fuel Range/Instantaneous Fuel
pressing and holding SEL while this Economy (Uplevel Cluster) : Fuel
w or x : Press to move up or display is active. Range displays the approximate
down in a list. distance the vehicle can be driven
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
without refueling. LOW will be last reset of this value. The average additional maintenance is
displayed when the vehicle is low speed can be reset by pressing and recommended. See Maintenance
on fuel. The fuel range estimate is holding SEL while this display is Schedule 0 336.
based on an average of the active. The Oil Life display must be reset
vehicle's fuel economy over recent Timer : This display can be used as after each oil change. It will not
driving history and the amount of a timer. To start/stop the timer, press reset itself. Do not reset the Oil Life
fuel remaining in the fuel tank. p while this display is active and display accidentally at any time
Instantaneous Fuel Economy then SEL to start/stop the timer. The other than when the oil has just
displays the current fuel economy in display will show the amount of time been changed. It cannot be reset
either liters per 100 kilometers that has passed since the timer was accurately until the next oil change.
(L/100 km) or miles per last reset. To reset the timer to zero, To reset the engine oil life system,
gallon (mpg). This number reflects press and hold SEL or use p to press and hold SEL for several
only the approximate fuel economy access the menu while this display seconds while the Oil Life display is
that the vehicle has right now and is active. active. See Engine Oil Life
changes frequently as driving System 0 266.
conditions change. Oil Life : Displays an estimate of
the oil's remaining useful life. Coolant Temperature : Displays
This display may also show the If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is the coolant temperature in either
number of cylinders the vehicle is displayed, that means 99% of the degrees Celsius (C) or degrees
running on. See Active Fuel current oil life remains. Fahrenheit (F).
Management 0 223. Tire Pressure : Displays the
When the remaining oil life is low,
Fuel Economy Last XXX : Displays the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON approximate pressures of all four
the average fuel economy over a message will appear on the display. tires. Tire pressure is displayed in
set number of kilometers or miles. See Engine Oil Messages 0 137. either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds
Average Speed : Displays the The oil should be changed as soon per square inch (psi). If the pressure
average speed of the vehicle in as possible. See Engine Oil 0 264. is low, the value for that tire is
kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles In addition to the engine oil life shown in amber. See Tire Pressure
per hour (mph). This average is system monitoring the oil life, Monitor System 0 301 and Tire
calculated based on the various Pressure Monitor Operation 0 302.
vehicle speeds recorded since the
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Battery Voltage : Displays the Press SEL to save it. Press p while G-Force (Base Cluster) : Gives the
current battery voltage. The battery Set End Speed is highlighted then driver an indication of the vehicle
voltage can fluctuate while viewing performance in cornering. The
use w or x to enter the end speed.
this information on the DIC. This is G-force is displayed in the center of
normal. Press SEL to save it. After the start the DIC as a numerical value. This
and end speeds have been entered, display is available in the
Speed Limit (Uplevel Cluster) : press o to set the Sport display to
Displays sign information, which Performance app on the uplevel
the set speeds and the performance cluster.
comes from a roadway database in
timer is ready to use. On the next
the onboard navigation. Transmission Fluid Temperature
acceleration, the performance time
Oil Temperature (Base Cluster) : (Base Cluster) : Shows the
will record the time. To reset the
Shows the current oil temperature in temperature of the transmission fluid
timer, highlight Reset on the
either degrees Celsius (C) or in either degrees Celsius (C) or
performance timer menu and press
degrees Fahrenheit (F). This degrees Fahrenheit (F). This
SEL. This display is available in the
display is available in the display is available in the
Performance app on the uplevel
Performance app on the uplevel Performance app on the uplevel
cluster.
cluster. cluster.
Lap Timer (Base Cluster) : Use to
Oil Pressure (Base Cluster) : Blank : Shows no information.
start, stop, or reset the lap timer.
Shows the current oil pressure in A stopwatch icon will be displayed
either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds when the lap timer is active. Press Head-Up Display (HUD)
per square inch (psi). This display is SEL while the Lap Timer page is
available in the Performance app on active to start the timer. If the lamp { Warning
the uplevel cluster. timer is active, pressing SEL on any
page will stop the current lap timer If the HUD image is too bright or
Performance Timer (Base
and start a new lap. Also, pressing too high in your field of view, it
Cluster) : Press p when and holding SEL on any page will may take you more time to see
Performance Timer is displayed to stop the lap timer. This display is things you need to see when it is
enter the menu. Press p while Set available in the Performance app on dark outside. Be sure to keep the
Start Speed is highlighted then use the uplevel cluster. HUD image dim and placed low in
w or x to enter the start speed. your field of view.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
If equipped with HUD, some The language selection is changed These displays on the HUD are
information concerning the through the radio and the units of for use when using the manual
operation of the vehicle is projected measurement is changed through paddle shift controls to shift the
onto the windshield. the instrument cluster. See Vehicle transmission. See Tap Shift
The HUD information appears as an Personalization 0 144 and Options under Manual Mode 0 227.
image focused out toward the front or Settings under Instrument . Shift Lights
of the vehicle. Cluster 0 110.
These lights are used for
performance driving to indicate
Caution that the vehicle's best
performance level has been
If you try to use the HUD image reached to shift the transmission
as a parking aid, you may into the next higher gear.
misjudge the distance and
. G-Force Gauge
damage your vehicle. Do not use HUD Display on the Vehicle
the HUD image as a parking aid. Windshield . Audio Information
The HUD may display different . Upcoming Maneuver from
The HUD information can be alerts and information for vehicles OnBoard Navigation
displayed in various languages. The equipped with these features: . Incoming Call
speedometer reading and other . Speedometer
numerical values can be displayed
in either English or metric units. . Tachometer
The language of the HUD . Transmission Positions
information displayed can be . Manual Paddle Shift Gear
changed. The speedometer reading Indicator (If Equipped)
and other numerical values can be
displayed in either English or metric
units.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
D : Lift up and hold to brighten

the display. Press down and hold to
dim the display. Hold down to turn
the display off.
The HUD image will automatically
dim and brighten to compensate for
outside lighting. The HUD Metric
brightness control can also be Speed View : This display gives the
adjusted as needed. speedometer reading, turn signal
The HUD image can temporarily indication, transmission positions
light up depending on the angle and (for automatic transmission vehicles
position of the sunlight on the HUD only), and speed alert.
The HUD control is to the left of the
display. This is normal.
steering wheel.
Polarized sunglasses could make
To adjust the HUD image:
the HUD image harder to see.
1. Adjust the driver seat.
There are four views in the HUD.
2. Start the engine. Some vehicle information and
3. Use the following settings to vehicle messages or alerts may be
displayed in any view. English
adjust the HUD.
$ : Press down or lift up to center
the HUD image. The HUD image
can only be adjusted up and down,
not side to side.
! : Press to select the display
view. Each press will change the
English
display view.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Metric Metric Metric

Audio/Phone View : This displays Navigation View : This displays the Performance View : This display
the speed view along with audio/ speed view along with Turn-by-Turn gives the speedometer reading, rpm
phone information. The current radio Navigation information. When reading, transmission positions (for
station, media type, and incoming navigation routing is not active, the automatic transmission vehicles
calls may be displayed. compass heading is displayed. only), Shift Timing Light Position,
All HUD views may briefly display and lateral acceleration (G)
audio information when the driver indicators. The radio, CD,
uses the steering wheel controls to navigation, and phone information
adjust the audio settings appearing do not appear in Performance view.
in the instrument cluster. The shift timing lights at the top of
Incoming phone calls appearing in the display will appear with
the instrument cluster may also English increases in engine rpm. The rows
display in any HUD view. of lights get closer together as the
shift point gets closer. Shift the
transmission before the lights come
together in the display. Shift
immediately if the lights are flashing.
See Manual Mode 0 227 or Manual
Transmission 0 229
English
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
All formats, except the Performance HUD Troubleshooting Vehicle Messages

View, will show Turn-by-Turn
Check that: Messages displayed on the DIC
Navigation information and provide
details about the next driving . Nothing Is covering the indicate the status of the vehicle or
maneuver to be made. HUD lens. some action that may be needed to
. HUD brightness is not too dim or correct a condition. Multiple
Care of the HUD messages may display one after the
too bright.
Clean the inside of the windshield other.
as needed to remove any dirt or film . HUD is adjusted to the proper
height. The messages that do not require
that could reduce the sharpness or immediate action can be
clarity of the HUD image. . Polarized sunglasses are acknowledged and cleared by
Clean the HUD lens with a soft cloth not worn. pressing SEL. The messages that
sprayed with glass cleaner. Wipe . Windshield and HUD lens are require immediate action cannot be
the lens gently, then dry it. clean. cleared until that action is
performed. All messages should be
If the HUD image is not correct, taken seriously and clearing the
contact your dealer. messages does not correct the
The windshield is part of the HUD problem.
system. See Windshield The following are some of the
Replacement 0 282. vehicle messages that may be
displayed depending on the vehicle
content.
See the High Performance
supplement for more information.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Battery Voltage and Brake System Messages STEP ON BRAKE TO

Charging Messages RELEASE PARK BRAKE
BRAKE FLUID LOW
This message is displayed if you
BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE This message is displayed when the attempt to release the Electric
This message displays when the brake fluid level is low. See Brake Parking Brake without the brake
vehicle has detected that the battery Fluid 0 278. pedal applied. See Electric Parking
voltage is dropping beyond a RELEASE PARKING BRAKE Brake 0 232.
reasonable point. The battery saver
system starts reducing features of This message is displayed if the Compass Messages
the vehicle that may be noticed. At Electric Parking Brake is on while
the vehicle is in motion. See Electric Dashes may be displayed if the
the point that features are disabled,
this message displays. Turn off Parking Brake 0 232. vehicle temporarily loses
unnecessary accessories to allow communication with the Global
SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST Positioning System (GPS).
the battery to recharge.
This message may be displayed
LOW BATTERY when there is a problem with the Convertible Top
This message is displayed when the brake boost assist system. When Messages
battery voltage is low. See Battery - this message is displayed, the brake
boost assist motor might be heard The following messages are for
North America 0 279. vehicles with a power
operating and you might notice
SERVICE BATTERY pulsation in the brake pedal. This is convertible top.
CHARGING SYSTEM normal under these conditions. Take ATTACH TRUNK PARTITION
This message is displayed when the vehicle to your dealer for TO OPERATE TOP
there is a fault in the battery service.
This message displays and a sound
charging system. Take the vehicle to SERVICE PARKING BRAKE will be heard if the trunk partition is
your dealer for service. not in place. Open the hatch/trunk
This message is displayed when
there is a problem with the parking and make sure the trunk partition is
brake. Take the vehicle to your secure and no objects are on the
dealer for service. trunk partition.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
BATTERY VOLTAGE TOO make sure that all objects are clear vehicle to a warmer location and
LOW TOP DISABLED of the path of the top system wait for the vehicle temperature to
components. rise. This may take several hours
This message displays when the depending on the initial vehicle
battery voltage is too low to operate ONLY MANUAL OPERATION temperature and the temperature of
the convertible top. OF TOP POSSIBLE the new location.
CLOSE TRUNK TO MOVE TOP This message indicates that the TOP NOT SECURE
position of the top cannot be fully
This message displays if the trunk is This message displays when the
determined by the power convertible
open while you are trying to operate power convertible top is not
top controls. Try moving the top in
the convertible top. Make sure the completely opened or closed. Press
the other direction. This message
trunk is closed before operating the and hold the convertible top switch
will also be displayed if a fault is
convertible top. until the top is fully opened or
detected by the convertible top
FOLDING TOP MOTION controls. See Manual Movement of closed. This is indicated by the
COMPLETE Top under Convertible Top 0 50. FOLDING TOP MOTION
COMPLETE message being
This message displays when the top REDUCE VEHICLE SPEED TO displayed.
successfully completes an open/ OPERATE TOP
close cycle. TOP POWERING DOWN
This message is displayed when the COMPLETE TOP MOTION
FOLDING TOP NOT SECURE vehicle speed exceeds or is
COMPLETE TOP MOTION approaching the convertible top This message displays when the
speed cut off. power convertible top can no longer
This message occurs if the top is hold the top in an intermediate
not secure. Several beeps will TEMPERATURE TOO LOW position. Top system components
sound. Complete the power open or TOP DISABLED may move during this time based on
power close cycle for the top. If it is external forces. Keep objects clear
This message displays and a sound
not possible to move the top to a from the normal path of movement
will be heard when the power
fully open or fully closed position, for the top system components.
convertible top switch is pressed
and it is too cold to operate the
power convertible top. Move the
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
TOP SYSTEM OVERHEATED, Door Ajar Messages compressor automatically turns off.
PLEASE WAIT When the coolant temperature
DOOR OPEN returns to normal, the air
This message displays and a sound conditioning compressor turns back
will be heard when the power A door open symbol will display on
the DIC showing which door is on. The vehicle can continue to be
convertible top switch is pressed driven.
and the power convertible top pump open. The DOOR OPEN message
motor temperature is overheated. may also display if the vehicle starts If this message continues to appear,
Wait for the power convertible top to move. Close the door completely. have the system repaired by your
pump motor to cool down before dealer as soon as possible to avoid
HOOD OPEN damage to the engine.
using the power convertible top.
This message will display along with
VALET SWITCH ACTIVE TOP a hood open symbol when the hood ENGINE OVERHEATING
DISABLED is open. Close the hood completely. IDLE ENGINE
This message displays when Valet This message displays when the
TRUNK OPEN engine coolant temperature is too
Mode is active. See Valet Mode (If
Equipped) in the infotainment This message will display along with hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to
manual. a symbol when the trunk is open. idle until it cools down.
Close the trunk completely.
Cruise Control Messages Engine Oil Messages
Engine Cooling System
CRUISE SET TO XXX CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
Messages
This message displays when the This message displays when the
cruise control is set and shows the A/C OFF DUE TO HIGH engine oil needs to be changed.
speed it was set to. See Cruise ENGINE TEMP When you change the engine oil, be
Control 0 242. This message displays when the sure to reset the Oil Life System.
engine coolant becomes hotter than See Engine Oil Life System 0 266,
the normal operating temperature. Driver Information Center (DIC)
To avoid added strain on a hot 0 128, Engine Oil 0 264, and
engine, the air conditioning Maintenance Schedule 0 336.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
ENGINE OIL HOT, IDLE UPSHIFT NOW, ENGINE Fuel System Messages
ENGINE PROTECTION ACTIVE
FUEL LEVEL LOW
This message displays when the This message indicates the engine
engine oil temperature is too hot. controls have taken action to This message displays when the
Stop and allow the vehicle to idle prevent an oil starvation condition. vehicle is low on fuel. Refuel as
until it cools down. This may reduce the available soon as possible.
engine power, or on automatic
ENGINE OIL LOW ADD OIL transmission equipped vehicles Key and Lock Messages
On some vehicles, this message force an upshift to a higher gear.
displays when the engine oil level
# KEYS PROGRAMMED
may be too low. Check the oil level Engine Power Messages This message displays when
before filling to the recommended programming new keys to the
level. If the oil is not low and this ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED vehicle.
message remains on, take the This message displays when the
vehicle to your dealer for service. NO REMOTE DETECTED
vehicle's engine power is reduced.
See Engine Oil 0 264. Reduced engine power can affect This message displays when the
the vehicle's ability to accelerate. transmitter battery may be weak.
OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP See Starting the Vehicle with a Low
If this message is on, but there is no
ENGINE reduction in performance, proceed Transmitter Battery under Remote
This message displays if low oil to your destination. The Keyless Entry (RKE) System
pressure levels occur. Stop the performance may be reduced the Operation 0 28.
vehicle as soon as safely possible, next time the vehicle is driven. The
turn off the engine, and do not vehicle may be driven at a reduced
NO REMOTE KEY WAS
operate it until the cause of the low speed while this message is on, but DETECTED PLACE KEY IN
oil pressure has been corrected. maximum acceleration and speed TRANSMITTER POCKET THEN
Check the oil as soon as possible may be reduced. Anytime this START YOUR VEHICLE
and have the vehicle serviced by message stays on, or displays This message displays when trying
your dealer. repeatedly, the vehicle should be to start the vehicle if an RKE
taken to your dealer for service as transmitter is not detected. The
soon as possible.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
transmitter battery may be weak. Lamp Messages SERVICE PARK ASSIST

See Starting the Vehicle with a Low
AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL This message displays if there is a
Transmitter Battery under Remote
problem with the Parking Assist
Keyless Entry (RKE) System ON/OFF system. Do not use this system to
Operation 0 28.
This message is displayed when the help you park. See your dealer for
NO REMOTE DETECTED automatic light control has been service.
PRESS BRAKE TO RESTART turned on or off. See Automatic
Headlamp System 0 156. SERVICE SIDE DETECTION
or NO REMOTE DETECTED SYSTEM
PRESS CLUTCH TO RESTART TURN SIGNAL ON
If this message remains on after
This message displays if the RKE This message is displayed if the continued driving, the vehicle needs
transmitter is no longer detected in turn signal has been left on. Turn off service. Side Blind Zone Alert
the vehicle. Press the brake pedal the turn signal. (SBZA), Lane Change Alert (LCA),
or clutch and the engine start/stop and Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
button to restart the vehicle. Object Detection System features will not work. Take the
REMOTE LEFT IN VEHICLE Messages vehicle to your dealer.
This message displays when LANE CHANGE ALERT OFF SIDE DETECTION SYSTEM
leaving the vehicle with the RKE UNAVAILABLE
transmitter still inside. This message indicates that the
driver has turned the Side Blind This message indicates that Side
REPLACE BATTERY IN Zone Alert (SBZA) and Lane Blind Zone Alert (SBZA), Lane
REMOTE KEY Change Alert (LCA) systems off. Change Alert (LCA), and Rear
Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) are
This message displays when the PARK ASSIST OFF disabled either because the sensor
battery in the RKE transmitter needs is blocked and cannot detect
to be replaced. This message displays when the
Parking Assist system has been vehicles in the blind zone, or the
turned off or when there is a vehicle is passing through an open
temporary condition causing the area, such as the desert, where
system to be disabled. there is insufficient data for
operation. This message may also
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
activate during heavy rain or due to MAXIMUM SPEED 129 km/h your driving accordingly. See
road spray. The vehicle does not (80 MPH) Traction Control/Electronic Stability
need service. For cleaning, see Control 0 235.
"Washing the Vehicle" under This message displays when a
Exterior Care 0 325. malfunction is present in the SERVICE TRACTION SYSTEM
Magnetic Ride Control system,
If this message displays when you
if equipped. The vehicle speed will
Ride Control System be limited to a value determined by
are driving, there is a problem with
Messages the Traction Control System (TCS)
the vehicle when the shock
and the vehicle needs service. See
absorber system has failed and the
STABILITRAK your dealer. When this message is
shocks are in their full soft mode.
COMPETITIVE MODE displayed, the system will not limit
Have the vehicle serviced by your
wheel spin. Adjust your driving
This message displays when the dealer as soon as possible.
accordingly.
Competitive Driving Mode is To acknowledge the message, press
selected. The instrument cluster The TCS/StabiliTrak light on the
the SEL button. The message
light will be on when the instrument cluster will also turn on
reappears every 10 minutes until
Competitive Driving Mode is and a sound will be heard.
this condition changes.
selected. Launch Control is When this message is displayed,
available when this mode is SERVICE STABILITRAK the computer controlled systems will
selected. The Traction Control This message displays if there is a not assist the driver in controlling
System (TCS) will not be operating problem with the StabiliTrak system the vehicle. Have the system
while in the Competitive Driving and the vehicle needs service. The repaired by your dealer as soon as
Mode. Adjust your driving Traction Control System (TCS)/ possible. Adjust your driving
accordingly. See Competitive StabiliTrak light on the instrument accordingly. See Traction Control/
Driving Mode 0 240, including the cluster also turns on and a sound Electronic Stability Control 0 235.
Launch Control information. will be heard. See your dealer. To acknowledge the message,
When this message is displayed, press SEL.
the system is not working. Adjust
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
SERVICE SUSPENSION Service Vehicle Messages Starting the Vehicle

This message displays when a PROGRAM CLUSTER Messages
malfunction is present in the
Magnetic Ride Control system, This message is displayed if there is PRESS BRAKE TO START
if equipped, which is causing the a problem with the instrument This message is displayed when
shocks to be in their full soft mode. cluster. Take the vehicle to your attempting to start an automatic
This is a warning to the driver that dealer for service. transmission equipped vehicle
the vehicle handling may be without first pressing the brake
affected. Have the vehicle serviced
SERVICE POWER STEERING
pedal.
by your dealer as soon as possible. This message displays and a chime
may sound when there may be a PRESS CLUTCH TO START
To acknowledge the message, press
problem with the power steering This message is displayed when
SEL. The message reappears every
system. If this message displays attempting to start a manual
10 minutes until this condition
and a reduction in steering transmission equipped vehicle
changes.
performance or loss of power without first pressing the clutch
steering assistance is noticed, see pedal.
Airbag System Messages your dealer.
SERVICE AIRBAG SERVICE KEYLESS START
SERVICE VEHICLE SOON SYSTEM
This message displays if there is a This message is displayed if there is
problem with the airbag system. See This message is displayed if there is
a problem with the vehicle. Take the a problem with the pushbutton start
your dealer for service. vehicle to your dealer for service. system. Take the vehicle to your
Security Messages dealer for service.
THEFT ATTEMPTED
This message displays if the vehicle
detects a tamper condition.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Tire Messages If a tire pressure message appears the life of the clutch. Fully release
on the DIC, stop as soon as the clutch pedal after each gear
SERVICE TIRE MONITOR possible. Inflate the tires by adding change.
SYSTEM air until the tire pressure is equal to
the values shown on the Tire and AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
This message displays if there is a PERFORMANCE SHIFT
Loading Information label. See Tires
problem with the Tire Pressure ACTIVE
0 292, Vehicle Load Limits 0 212,
Monitor System (TPMS). See Tire
and Tire Pressure 0 300. This message may display when the
Pressure Monitor Operation 0 302.
More than one tire pressure vehicle is in Sport or Track Mode.
TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE message can appear at a time. The
DIC also shows the tire pressure
REDUCED PERFORMANCE
This message displays when the REDUCE CLUTCH USE
system is learning new tires. See values. See Driver Information
Tire Pressure Monitor Center (DIC) 0 128. This message displays and engine
Operation 0 302. torque is momentarily limited if
Transmission Messages excessive manual transmission
TIRE PRESSURE LOW ADD clutch slip is detected while the
AIR TO TIRE 1-4 SHIFT clutch pedal is fully released.
This message displays when the This message displays on a manual Reduce clutch slip during
pressure in one or more of the tires transmission vehicle when you can acceleration from a stop and during
is low. only shift from 1 (First) to 4 (Fourth) gear changes to allow the clutch to
instead of 1 (First) to 2 (Second). cool. This should prevent further
This message also displays LEFT slips with the clutch pedal fully
FRONT, RIGHT FRONT, LEFT MANUAL TRANSMISSION released. If this message displays
REAR, or RIGHT REAR to indicate RELEASE CLUTCH PEDAL repeatedly, see your dealer.
the location of the low tire.
This message displays and a chime SERVICE TRANSMISSION
The low tire pressure warning light sounds if the manual transmission
will also come on. See Tire clutch pedal is partially applied for This message displays if there is a
Pressure Light 0 125. an extended period of time while the problem with the transmission. See
vehicle is being driven. Driving with your dealer.
the clutch pedal applied can reduce
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
SHIFT DENIED If this message is displayed during TURN WIPER CONTROL TO

normal vehicle operation on flat INTERMITTENT FIRST
This message displays when
roads, the vehicle may need
attempting to shift to a gear not This message is displayed when
service. See your dealer for an
appropriate for the vehicle speed attempting to adjust the intermittent
inspection.
and engine revolutions per wiper speed without intermittent
minute (rpm). TRANSMISSION HOT selected on the wiper control. See
SLOW DOWN Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 104.
SHIFT TO PARK
This message displays and a chime
This message displays when the
sounds if the manual transmission Vehicle Speed Messages
transmission needs to be shifted to
P (Park). This may appear when fluid is hot and if the vehicle speed SPEED LIMIT EXCEEDED
attempting to remove the key from is high. Driving with the manual
transmission fluid temperature high This message is displayed when the
the vehicle if the vehicle is not in vehicle speed is greater than the
P (Park). can cause damage to the vehicle.
Drive at a slower speed to cool the speed warning speed. See "Speed
TRANSMISSION HOT IDLE manual transmission fluid. This Warning" under Instrument
ENGINE message clears when the vehicle Cluster 0 110.
has slowed sufficiently or if the SPEED LIMIT SET TO XXX
This message displays and a chime manual transmission fluid has
sounds if the transmission fluid in cooled sufficiently. This message is displayed when the
the vehicle gets hot. Driving with the speed warning is set. See "Speed
automatic transmission fluid Warning" under Instrument
temperature high can cause
Vehicle Reminder
Cluster 0 110.
damage to the vehicle. Stop the Messages
vehicle and let it idle to allow the
transmission to cool. This message ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE
clears when the fluid temperature WITH CARE
reaches a safe level. This message is displayed when ice
conditions are possible.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Window Messages Vehicle 3. Press S BACK on the

OPEN, THEN CLOSE DRIVER/ Personalization faceplate or touch 0 to return
PASSENGER WINDOW to the previous menu or exit.
Use the audio system controls to
access the personalization menus Turn the vehicle to ON/RUN to
This message is displayed when the
for customizing vehicle features. access the Settings menu, then
window needs to be reprogrammed.
select SETTINGS from the Home
If the vehicle's battery has been The following are all possible page on the infotainment system
recharged or disconnected, you will personalization features. Depending display.
need to program each front window on the vehicle, some may not be
for the express-up feature to work. available. Personalization Menus
See Power Windows 0 47.
Base Radio Audio System The following list of menu items may
Controls be available:
. Time and Date
{ : Press to access the Home
Page Menu. . Driving Mode
Q or R : Touch to scroll through the . Language (Language)
menus or setup items. . Valet Mode
0 : Touch to exit or return to the . Teen Driver
previous screen or menu.
. Radio
Uplevel Radio Audio System
Controls . Vehicle
1. Touch the desired feature to . Bluetooth
display a list of available . Apple CarPlay
options.
. Android Auto
2. Select the desired feature
. USB Auto Launch
setting.
. Voice
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16

. Display Language (Language) Radio
. Rear Camera Select Language, then select from Press and the following may
. Return to Factory Settings the available language(s). display:
. Software Information The selected language will display . Manage Favorites
on the system, and voice . Number of Favorites Shown
Detailed information for each menu recognition will reflect the selected
follows. language. . Audible Touch Feedback
Time and Date Valet Mode . Text Scroll
Manually set the time and date. See . Tone Settings
This will lock the infotainment
Clock 0 105. system and steering wheel controls. . Auto Volume
Driving Mode It may also limit access to vehicle . Maximum Startup Volume
storage locations (if equipped).
Select and the following may . Audio Cue Volume
display: To enable valet mode:
1. Enter a four-digit code on the Manage Favorites
. Engine Sound Management
keypad. This allows favorites to be edited.
. Steering See Storing a Station as a
2. Touch Enter to go to the
Engine Sound Management confirmation screen. Favorite in AM-FM Radio 0 166 or
Manage Favorites in Settings
Select Engine Sound Management, 3. Re-enter the four-digit code. under Radio in the infotainment
then choose from the available Touch LOCK or UNLOCK to lock or manual.
options. See Driver Mode unlock the system. Touch Back to
Control 0 236. Number of Favorites Shown
go back to the previous menu.
Steering Press to set the number of favorites
Teen Driver to display.
Select Steering, then choose from
the available options. See Driver See Teen Driver under Settings
Mode Control 0 236. in the infotainment manual.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Select the desired number or select Maximum Startup Volume Climate and Air Quality
Auto and the infotainment system This feature sets the maximum Select and the following may
will automatically adjust the number startup volume. If the vehicle is display:
of favorites shown. started and the volume is greater . Auto Fan Speed
Audible Touch Feedback than this level, the volume is
adjusted to this level. To set the . Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
This allows Audible Touch maximum startup volume, turn the
Feedback to be turned on or off. . Auto Rear Defog
MENU knob or press + or to
Select Off or On. increase or decrease. Auto Fan Speed
Text Scroll Audio Cue Volume This feature will set the maximum
auto fan speed.
Select to see text scroll on the This feature sets the volume of
screen. audio files played at system startup Select Low, Medium, or High.
Select Off or On. and shutdown. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
Select On, then press + or to When on, this feature will turn the
Tone Settings increase or decrease the volume. heated seats on when using remote
Select to adjust the radio tone. See start on cold days.
Operation 0 165 or Tone Settings Vehicle
under AM-FM Radio in the Select and the following may Select On or Off.
infotainment manual. display: Auto Rear Defog
Auto Volume . Climate and Air Quality This allows the rear window
This feature adjusts the volume . Collision/Detection Systems defogger to turn on automatically
based on vehicle speed and when the interior temperature is cold
. Comfort and Convenience and the outside temperature is
ambient noise.
. Lighting about 7 C (44 F) and below. See
Select Off, Low, Medium-Low, Rear Window Defogger in
Medium, Medium-High, or High. . Power Door Locks Automatic Climate Control System
. Remote Lock, Unlock, Start 0 193 or Dual Automatic Climate
Control System 0 196.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Select On or Off. Select On or Off. See Rear Cross Chime Volume

Traffic Alert (RCTA) in Assistance This allows the selection of the
Collision/Detection Systems Systems for Parking or chime volume level.
Select and the following may Backing 0 246.
display: Turn the MENU knob, touch + or
Comfort and Convenience to adjust the volume, or select
. Park Assist Normal or High.
Select and the following may
. Lane Change Alert display: Reverse Tilt Mirror
. Rear Cross Traffic Alert . Auto Memory Recall
When on, both the driver and
Park Assist . Easy Exit Options passenger outside mirrors will tilt
. Chime Volume downward when the vehicle is
If equipped, this feature can assist
shifted to R (Reverse) to improve
in backing up and parking the . Reverse Tilt Mirror visibility of the ground near the rear
vehicle. See Assistance Systems for
Auto Memory Recall wheels. They will return to their
Parking or Backing 0 246.
previous driving position when the
Select On or Off. This feature automatically recalls vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)
the current drivers previously stored or the engine is turned off. See
Lane Change Alert 1 or 2 button positions when Reverse Tilt Mirrors 0 46.
This allows the Lane Change Alert entering the vehicle. See Memory
Seats 0 58. Select Off, On - Driver and
feature to be turned on or off. See
Passenger, On - Driver, or On -
Lane Change Alert (LCA) 0 248. Select Off or On. Passenger.
Select On or Off.
Easy Exit Options Lighting
Rear Cross Traffic Alert This feature automatically recalls Select and the following may
This allows the Rear Cross Traffic the current drivers previously stored display:
Alert feature to be turned on or off. exit button position when exiting the
. Vehicle Locator Lights
vehicle. See Memory Seats 0 58.
. Exit Lighting
Select Off or On.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Vehicle Locator Lights Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out . Remote Lock Feedback
This feature will flash the exterior When on, this feature will keep the . Remote Door Unlock
lamps and allows some of the driver door from locking until the . Remote Start Auto Cool Seats
exterior lamps and most of the door is closed. If this feature is
interior lamps to turn on briefly when turned on, the Delayed Door Lock . Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
it is dark outside, and K on the menu will not be available. . Remote Window Operation
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Select Off or On. . Passive Door Unlock
transmitter is pressed to locate the
vehicle. Auto Door Unlock . Passive Door Lock
Select Off or On. This allows selection of which of the . Remote Left in Vehicle Alert
doors will automatically unlock when
Exit Lighting the vehicle is shifted into P (Park) Remote Unlock Light Feedback
This allows the selection of how with an automatic transmission or When on, the exterior lamps will
long the exterior lamps stay on when the vehicle is turned off with a flash when unlocking the vehicle
when leaving the vehicle when it is manual transmission. with the RKE transmitter.
dark outside. Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door. Select Off or Flash Lights.
Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Delayed Door Lock Remote Lock Feedback
Seconds, or 120 Seconds.
When on, this feature will delay the This allows selection of what type of
Power Door Locks locking of the doors. To override the feedback is given when locking the
Select and the following may delay, press the power door lock vehicle with the RKE transmitter.
display: switch on the door.
Select Off, Lights and Horn, Lights
. Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out Select Off or On. Only, or Horn Only.
. Auto Door Unlock Remote Lock, Unlock, Start Remote Door Unlock
. Delayed Door Lock Select and the following may This allows selection of which doors
display: will unlock when pressing K on the
. Remote Unlock Light Feedback RKE transmitter.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Select All Doors or Driver Door. Select All Doors or Driver Door. . Text Message Alerts
Remote Start Auto Cool Seats Passive Door Lock Pair New Device
If equipped and turned on, this This allows passive locking to be Select to pair a new device. See
feature will turn the ventilated seats turned on or off, or feedback can be Pairing in Infotainment Controls
on when using remote start on selected. See Remote Keyless under Bluetooth (Overview) 0 182 or
warm days. Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 28. Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls)
Select Off or On. Select Off, On with Horn 0 184 or Pairing in Infotainment
Chirp, or On. Controls under Bluetooth in the
Remote Start Auto Heat Seats infotainment manual.
If equipped and turned on, this Remote Left in Vehicle Alert
Discoverable
feature will turn the heated seats on This feature sounds an alert when
when using remote start on the RKE transmitter is left in the This allows the system to find a
cold days. vehicle. This menu also enables device.
Select Off or On. Remote No Longer in Vehicle Alert. Select Off or On.
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
Remote Window Operation System Operation 0 28. Device Management
This allows the windows to be Select Off or On. Select to connect to a different
phone source, disconnect a phone,
opened when pressing K on the Bluetooth or delete a phone.
RKE transmitter. See Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System Select and the following may Ringtones
Operation 0 28. display: Press to change the ring tone for
Select Off or On. . Pair New Device the specific phone. The phone does
. Discoverable not need to be connected to change
Passive Door Unlock the ring tones.
This allows the selection of what . Device Management
doors will unlock when using the . Ringtones
button on the driver door to unlock . Voice Mail Numbers
the vehicle.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Voice Mail Numbers Manage Apple CarPlay Devices Voice

This feature displays the voice mail Select to manage Apple devices. Select and the following may
number for all connected phones. Apple CarPlay must be on for this display:
To change the voice mail number, feature to be accessed. . Confidence Threshold
select EDIT or press the EDIT
button. Type a new number, then Android Auto . Prompt Length
select SAVE or press the SAVE Select and the following may . Audio Feedback Speed
button. display:
. Display What Can I Say? Tips
Text Message Alerts . Android Auto
Confidence Threshold
This allows the feature to be turned . Manage Android Auto Devices
on or off. This feature allows the adjustment
Android Auto of the sensitivity of the speech
Select Off or On. recognition system.
This feature allows Android devices
Apple CarPlay to be connected to the infotainment Select Confirm More or
system through a USB port. Confirm Less.
display: Select Off or On. Prompt Length
. Apple CarPlay Manage Android Auto Devices This feature adjusts the voice
. Manage Apple CarPlay Devices Select to manage Android devices. prompt length.
Android Auto must be on for this Select Short or Long.
Apple CarPlay feature to be accessed.
This feature allows Apple devices to Audio Feedback Speed
be connected to the infotainment USB Auto Launch
This feature adjusts the audio
system through a USB port. This allows Android and Apple feedback speed.
Select Off or On. CarPlay devices to automatically
connect when plugged into the Select Slow, Medium, or Fast.
USB port.
Select Off or On.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Display What Can I Say? Tips Guidance Lines Restore Radio Settings
This feature gives tips on what to Select Off or On. See Assistance This allows selection to restore
say when using voice recognition. Systems for Parking or radio settings.
Select Off or On. Backing 0 246. Select Restore or Cancel.
Rear Park Assist Symbols
Display Software Information
Select Off or On. See Assistance
Select and the following may Select to view the infotainment
Systems for Parking or
display: system current software information.
Backing 0 246.
. Calibrate Touchscreen
Return to Factory Settings
. Turn Display Off
Calibrate Touchscreen display:
Select to calibrate the touchscreen, . Restore Vehicle Settings
then follow the prompts.
. Clear All Private Data
Turn Display Off . Restore Radio Settings
Select to turn the display off. Press
anywhere on the display area or any Restore Vehicle Settings
faceplate button to turn the This allows selection of restoring
display on. vehicle settings.
Rear Camera Select Restore or Cancel.
Select and the following may Clear All Private Data
display: This allows selection to clear all
. Guidance Lines private information from the vehicle.
. Rear Park Assist Symbols Select Delete or Cancel.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Universal Remote reverse feature. This includes any Programming the Universal
garage door opener model Remote System
System manufactured before April 1, 1982.
For questions or help programming
See Radio Frequency Read these instructions completely the Universal Remote system, call
Statement 0 364. before programming the Universal 1-800-355-3515 or see
Remote system. It may help to have www.homelink.com.
Universal Remote System another person assist with the
Programming involves
programming process.
Programming time-sensitive actions, and may time
Keep the original hand-held out causing the procedure to be
transmitter for use in other vehicles repeated.
as well as for future programming.
Erase the programming when To program up to three devices:
vehicle ownership is terminated. 1. Hold the end of the hand-held
See Erasing Universal Remote transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1
System Buttons later in this to 3 in) away from the
section. Universal Remote system
If equipped, these buttons are in the buttons with the indicator light
overhead console. To program a garage door opener,
park outside directly in line with and in view. The hand-held
This system can replace up to three facing the garage door opener transmitter was supplied by the
remote control transmitters used to receiver. Clear all people and manufacturer of the garage
activate devices such as garage objects near the garage door. door opener receiver.
door openers, security systems, and 2. At the same time, press and
home automation devices. These Make sure the hand-held transmitter
has a new battery for quick and hold both the hand-held
instructions refer to a garage door transmitter button and one of
opener, but can be used for other accurate transmission of the
radio-frequency signal. the three Universal Remote
devices. system buttons to be used to
Do not use the Universal Remote operate the garage door. Do
system with any garage door opener not release either button until
that does not have the stop and
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
the indicator light changes from for five seconds. If the light 5. Press and release the Learn or
a slow to a rapid flash. Then stays on or the garage door Smart button. Step 6 must be
release both buttons. moves, programming is completed within 30 seconds of
Some garage door openers complete. pressing this button.
may require substitution of . If the indicator light blinks 6. Inside the vehicle, press and
Step 2 with the procedure in rapidly for two seconds, hold the newly programmed
Radio Signals for Canada and then changes to a solid light Universal Remote system
Some Gate Operators later in and the garage door does button for two seconds and
this section. not move, continue with then release it. If the garage
3. Press and hold the newly programming Steps 46. door does not move or the
programmed Universal Remote lamp on the garage door
system button for five seconds opener receiver does not flash,
while watching the indicator press and hold the same
light and garage door button a second time for
activation. two seconds, then release it.
Again, if the door does not
. If the indicator light stays on move or the garage door lamp
continuously or the garage does not flash, press and hold
door moves when the the same button a third time for
button is pressed, then Learn or Smart Button two seconds, then release it.
programming is complete.
There is no need to 4. After completing Steps 13, The Universal Remote system
complete Steps 46. locate the Learn or Smart should now activate the
button inside garage on the garage door.
. If the indicator light does
garage door opener receiver. Repeat the process for
not come on or the garage
The name and color of the programming the two remaining
door does not move, a
button may vary by buttons.
second button press may
manufacturer.
be required. For a second
time, press and hold the
newly programmed button
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Radio Signals for Canada and Universal Remote System Reprogramming a Single
Some Gate Operators Operation Universal Remote System
For questions or programming help Button
call 1-800-355-3515 or see Using the Universal Remote To reprogram any of the system
www.homelink.com. System buttons:
Canadian radio-frequency laws and Press and hold the appropriate 1. Press and hold any one of the
some U.S. gate operators require Universal Remote system button for buttons. Do not release the
transmitter signals to time out or quit at least one-half second. The button.
after several seconds of indicator light will come on while the
signal is being transmitted. 2. The indicator light will begin to
transmission. This may not be long
flash after 20 seconds. Without
enough for the Universal Remote Erasing Universal Remote releasing the button, proceed
system to pick up the signal during
programming.
System Buttons with Step 1 under
Erase all programmed buttons when Programming the Universal
If the programming did not work, Remote System.
vehicle ownership is terminated.
replace Step 2 under Programming
the Universal Remote System with To erase:
the following: 1. Press and hold the two outside
Press and hold the Universal buttons until the indicator light
Remote system button while begins to flash. This should
pressing and releasing the take about 10 seconds.
hand-held transmitter button every 2. Release both buttons.
two seconds until the signal has
been successfully accepted by the
Universal Remote system. The
Universal Remote system indicator
light will flash slowly at first and then
rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under
Programming the Universal Remote
System to complete.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Lighting 155
Lighting Exterior Lighting ; : Turns on the parking lamps

including all lamps, except the
Exterior Lamp Controls headlamps.
Exterior Lighting 5 : Turns on the headlamps
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 155 together with the parking lamps and
Headlamp High/Low-Beam instrument panel lights.
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 A warning chime sounds if the driver
Daytime Running door is opened when the ignition
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 switch is off and the headlamps or
Automatic Headlamp parking lamps are on.
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 157 Headlamp High/
Turn and Lane-Change
The exterior lamp control is on the Low-Beam Changer
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
left side of the steering wheel. Push the turn signal lever away
Interior Lighting There are four positions: from you and release to turn the
Instrument Panel Illumination high beams on. To return to low
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 P : Briefly turn to this position to beams, push the lever again or pull
Interior Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 turn the automatic light control off or it toward you and release.
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 on again. When released, the
control returns to the AUTO
Lighting Features position.
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
AUTO : Automatically turns the
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
exterior lamps on and off,
Theater Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
depending on outside lighting.
Battery Load Management . . . 160
Battery Power Protection . . . . . 160 AUTO also controls the Daytime
Exterior Lighting Battery Running Lamps (DRL). See This indicator light turns on in the
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Daytime Running Lamps instrument cluster when the
(DRL) 0 156. high-beam headlamps are on.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
156 Lighting
Flash-to-Pass . The engine is running and the Automatic Headlamp

transmission is not in P (Park).
The flash-to-pass feature works with System
the low beams or Daytime Running When the DRL are on, the
headlamps, taillamps, sidemarker When it is dark enough outside and
Lamps (DRL) on or off. the headlamp switch is in AUTO,
lamps, instrument panel lights, and
To flash the high beams, pull the other lamps will not be on. the automatic headlamp system will
turn signal lever all the way toward turn on the headlamps at the normal
you, then release it. The headlamps automatically brightness along with other lamps
change from DRL to the regular such as the taillamps, sidemarker
Daytime Running headlamps depending on the lamps, parking lamps, license plate
darkness of the surroundings. The lamps, and the instrument panel
Lamps (DRL) other lamps that come on with the lights. The radio lights will also
DRL can make it easier for others to headlamps will also come on. be dim.
see the front of your vehicle during When it is bright enough outside, To turn off the automatic headlamp
the day. DRL are required on all the headlamps will go off and the system, turn the exterior lamps
vehicles first sold in Canada. DRL will come on. switch to the P position and then
A light sensor on top of the To turn the DRL off or on again, turn release. For vehicles first sold in
instrument panel makes the DRL the exterior lamps control to P and Canada, the transmission must be
work, so be sure it is not covered. in P (Park), before the automatic
then release. For vehicles first sold
The dedicated DRL will come on in Canada, the DRL cannot be headlamp system can be turned off.
when all of the following conditions turned off.
are met:
The regular headlamp system
. The ignition is in the ON/RUN should be turned on when needed.
position.
. The exterior lamps control is in
AUTO, or has been briefly
turned to P to turn the
automatic light control on again.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Lighting 157
The vehicle has a light sensor on instrument cluster may not be as Hazard Warning Flashers
the top of the instrument panel. Do bright as usual. Make sure the
not cover this sensor, otherwise the instrument panel brightness control
system will come on whenever the is in the full bright position. See
ignition is on. Instrument Panel Illumination
The system may also turn on the Control 0 158.
headlamps when driving through a Lights On with Wipers
parking garage, heavy overcast
weather, or a tunnel. This is normal. If the windshield wipers are
activated in daylight with the engine
There is a delay in the transition on, and the exterior lamp control is
between the daytime and nighttime in AUTO, the headlamps, parking
operation of the Daytime Running lamps, and other exterior lamps | : Press to make the front and
Lamps (DRL) and the automatic come on. The transition time for the rear turn signal lamps flash on and
headlamp system so that driving lamps coming on varies based on off. This warns others that you are
under bridges or bright overhead wiper speed. When the wipers are having trouble. Press again to turn
street lights does not affect the not operating, these lamps turn off. the flashers off.
system. The DRL and automatic
Move the exterior lamp control to P
headlamp system will only be
affected when the light sensor sees or ; to disable this feature.
a change in lighting lasting longer
than the delay.
If the vehicle is started in a dark
garage, the automatic headlamp
system comes on immediately. If it
is light outside when the vehicle
leaves the garage, there will be a
slight delay before the automatic
headlamp system changes to the
DRL. During that delay, the
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
158 Lighting
Turn and Lane-Change If after signaling a turn or lane Interior Lighting

change, the arrow flashes rapidly or
Signals does not come on, a signal bulb
may be burned out. Instrument Panel
Replace any burned out bulbs. If a
Illumination Control
bulb is not burned out, check the
fuse. See Fuses and Circuit
Breakers 0 286.
Move the lever all the way up or

down to signal a turn.
An arrow on the instrument cluster
flashes in the direction of the turn or
lane change.
Raise or lower the lever until the The knob for this feature is on the
arrow starts to flash to signal a lane left side of the instrument panel.
change. Hold it there until the lane Turn the knob clockwise or
change is completed. If the lever is counterclockwise to brighten or dim
briefly pressed and released, the the instrument panel lights at night.
turn signal flashes three times. Turn the knob completely clockwise
The turn and lane-change signal to turn on the interior lamps.
can be turned off manually by
moving the lever back to its original
position.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Lighting 159
Interior Lamps LINK TO DRIVE MODE : The light Lighting Features

color is matched to the color being
Interior Spectrum Lighting used for the drive mode.
Entry Lighting
If equipped, this feature allows for
choosing the color of the interior Reading Lamps Some exterior lamps and interior
lighting in the vehicle. lamps turn on briefly at night, or in
areas with limited lighting, when K
To access, press { on the
is pressed on the Remote Keyless
faceplate, then touch LIGHTING to Entry (RKE) transmitter. When a
display the settings screen. door is opened, the interior lamps
Touch to select from the following: come on. They stay on for about
OFF : Turns the feature off. 20 seconds. When all of the doors
have been closed or the ignition is
LIGHT STRIPS : Turns on standard turned to ON/RUN, they gradually
mode. Touch the light strip color to fade out.
select a color for the interior lighting. The reading lamps are in the
This feature can be changed. See
SHOW MODE : When the shift overhead console. The lamps go on
Vehicle Locator Lights under
lever is in P (Park) (automatic when a door is opened. When the
transmission) or the park brake is doors are closed, press m or n to
applied (manual transmission), turn on each lamp. Exit Lighting
touch to turn the feature on in colors
chosen by the vehicle. When the Some exterior lamps and interior
shift lever is not in P (Park) or the lights come on at night, or in areas
park brake is not applied, the with limited lighting, when the driver
interior color will default to the last door is opened after the ignition is
active color selected in light turned off. The interior lamps come
strips mode. on after the ignition is changed to
the OFF position. The exterior
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
160 Lighting
lamps and interior lamps remain on prevent overcharging. If the vehicle needed. It can temporarily reduce
for a set amount of time, then has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage the power demands of some
automatically turn off. display on the Driver Information accessories.
The exterior lamps turn off Center (DIC), you may see the Normally, these actions occur in
immediately by turning the exterior voltage move up or down. This is steps or levels, without being
lamp control off. normal. If there is a problem, an noticeable. In rare cases at the
alert will be displayed. highest levels of corrective action,
This feature can be changed. See
Vehicle Personalization 0 144. The battery can be discharged at this action may be noticeable to the
idle if the electrical loads are very driver. If so, a DIC message might
high. This is true for all vehicles. be displayed, and it is
Theater Dimming This is because the generator recommended that the driver reduce
This feature allows for a three to five (alternator) may not be spinning fast the electrical loads as much as
second fade out of the interior enough at idle to produce all of the possible. See Battery Voltage and
lamps instead of having them turn power needed for very high Charging Messages 0 135.
off immediately. electrical loads.
A high electrical load occurs when Battery Power Protection
Battery Load several of the following are on, such This feature shuts off the interior
Management as: headlamps, high beams, fog lights if they are left on for more
lamps, rear window defogger, than 10 minutes when the ignition is
The vehicle has Electric Power climate control fan at high speed,
Management (EPM) that estimates in OFF. This helps to prevent the
heated seats, engine cooling fans, battery from running down.
the battery's temperature and state trailer loads, and loads plugged into
of charge. It then adjusts the voltage accessory power outlets.
for best performance and extended Exterior Lighting Battery
life of the battery. EPM works to prevent excessive Saver
discharge of the battery. It does this
When the battery's state of charge by balancing the generator's output The exterior lamps turn off about
is low, the voltage is raised slightly and the vehicle's electrical needs. 10 minutes after the ignition is
to quickly bring the charge back up. It can increase engine idle speed to turned off, if the parking lamps or
When the state of charge is high, generate more power whenever headlamps have been manually left
the voltage is lowered slightly to on. This protects against draining
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Lighting 161
the battery. To restart the 10-minute

timer, turn the exterior lamp control
to the off position and then back to
the parking lamp or headlamp
position.
To keep the lamps on for more than
10 minutes, the ignition must be in
the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN
position.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
162 Infotainment System
Infotainment Phone
Bluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . . 182
Introduction
System Bluetooth (Infotainment
Controls) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Infotainment
Apple CarPlay and Base radio information is included in
Introduction Android Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 this manual. See the infotainment
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Hands-Free Phone . . . . . . . . . . . 188 manual for information on other
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . 163 available infotainment systems.
Trademarks and License
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Read the following pages to
Home Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Agreements
Trademarks and License become familiar with these features.
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Radio { Warning
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Taking your eyes off the road for
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 too long or too often while using
Antenna (Convertible Only) . . . 169 any infotainment feature can
Backglass Antenna cause a crash. You or others
(Coupe Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 could be injured or killed. Do not
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 170 give extended attention to
infotainment tasks while driving.
Audio Players
Limit your glances at the vehicle
Avoiding Untrusted Media
Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 displays and focus your attention
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 on driving. Use voice commands
Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 whenever possible.
Performance Data
The infotainment system has built-in
Recorder (PDR) features intended to help avoid
Performance Data
distraction by disabling some
Recorder (PDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
functions when driving. These
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Infotainment System 163
functions may gray out when they Theft-Deterrent Feature

are unavailable. Many infotainment
features are also available through The infotainment system has an
the instrument cluster and steering electronic security system installed
wheel controls. to prevent theft.
Before driving: The infotainment system only works
in the vehicle in which it was first
. Become familiar with the installed, and cannot be used in
operation, faceplate buttons, and another vehicle.
screen buttons.
. Set up the audio by presetting
favorite stations, setting the
tone, and adjusting the
speakers.
. Set up phone numbers in
advance so they can be called
easily by pressing a single
button or by using a single voice
command if equipped with
Bluetooth phone capability.
See Defensive Driving 0 201.
To play the infotainment system with
the ignition off, see Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 221.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Overview 1. {
. Press to go to the Home
Page. See Home
Page 0 165.
2. g
. Radio: Press and release to
fast seek the strongest
previous station or channel.
. USB/Music/Pictures: Press
to go to the previous
content. Press and hold to
fast rewind.
3. O
. Press to turn the power on.
. Press and hold to turn the
power off.
. Press to mute/unmute the
system when on.
. Turn to decrease or
increase the volume.
4. d
. Radio: Press and release to
fast seek the next strongest
station or channel.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16

. USB/Music/Pictures: Press Home Page Features Climate : If equipped, touch to
to go to the next content. access the Climate menu. See
Press and hold to fast Automatic Climate Control System
forward. 0 193 or Dual Automatic Climate
Control System 0 196.
5. 5
OnStar : If equipped, touch to
. Press and release to access the OnStar menu. See
access the phone screen, OnStar Overview 0 368.
answer an incoming call,
or access the device home Lighting : If equipped, touch to
screen. access the Lighting menu. See
Press { to go to the Home Page.
Home Page
Audio : Touch to select AM, FM, Operation
Touchscreen Buttons SiriusXM (if equipped), USB/iPod/
Bluetooth Audio, or AUX. Radio Controls
Touchscreen buttons show on the
screen when available. When a Gallery : Touch to view a picture. The infotainment system is operated
function is unavailable, the button by using the pushbuttons, menus
Phone : Touch to activate the shown on the display, and steering
may gray out. When a function is phone features (if equipped). See
selected, the button may highlight. wheel controls.
Bluetooth (Overview) 0 182 or
Bluetooth (Infotainment Turning the System On or Off
Controls) 0 184. O : Press to turn the radio on.
Projection : Touch to access Press and hold to turn the radio off.
supported devices when connected. Automatic Switch-Off
See USB Port 0 170.
If the infotainment system has been
Settings : Touch to access the turned on after the ignition is turned
Personalization menu. See Vehicle off, the system will turn off
Personalization 0 144. automatically after 10 minutes.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Volume Control Custom Tone Settings Radio

O : Turn to increase or decrease. 1. Touch SETTINGS from the
Press when the system is on to home screen. AM-FM Radio
mute and unmute the system. 2. Select Radio.
Playing the Radio
System Settings 3. Select Tone Settings.
Audio Source Menu
Auto Volume . Bass, Midrange, or Treble:
Touch or +. { : Press to go to the Home Page.
This feature automatically adjusts
the radio volume to compensate for . Fader or Balance: Adjust O : Press to turn on, mute,
road and wind noise. the front/rear or left/right or unmute the system. Press and
speakers by dragging the hold to turn off the system.
The level of volume compensation
can be selected, or the feature can dot in the vehicle image on Selecting a Band
be turned off. the screen.
1. Press {.
Tone Settings 4. Touch 3 to go back to the
source screen. 2. Touch AUDIO.
The tone settings can be set for
each radio band and each audio 3. Touch Source.
player source. 4. Select AM, FM, or SXM (if
equipped).
The last station that was playing
starts playing again.
Selecting a Station
Seek Tuning
If the radio station is not known:
Press g or d to automatically
search for available radio stations.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Direct Tune Menu Satellite Radio

From the AM or FM menu: Touch to choose between available If equipped, vehicles with an
1. Touch Tune. menus for the current source. SiriusXM Satellite Radio tuner and
Storing a Station as a Favorite a valid SiriusXM Satellite Radio
2. Enter the station number.
subscription can receive SiriusXM
3. Touch Go. Stations from all bands can be programming.
stored in any order in the favorite
Favorites pages. SiriusXM Satellite Radio
1. Touch S or T to scroll through Service
Up to 25 stations can be stored.
the favorite pages. SiriusXM is a satellite radio service
Storing Stations based in the 48 contiguous United
2. Touch the station to select it.
To store the station to a position in States and 10 Canadian provinces.
Update Station List the list, touch the corresponding SiriusXM Satellite Radio has a wide
. From the AM or FM menu, touch button 15 until a beep is heard. variety of programming and
commercial-free music, coast to
Menu, then touch Update Station 1. Select the desired station.
coast, and in digital-quality sound.
List. The broadcasting list
updating will begin. 2. Touch S or T to select the During your trial or when you
desired page of saved subscribe, you will get unlimited
. During the AM or FM access to SiriusXM Radio Online for
favorites.
broadcasting list update, touch when you are not in the vehicle.
Cancel to stop the updates. 3. Touch and hold any of the A service fee is required to receive
preset buttons to save the the SiriusXM service. If SiriusXM
Station List current radio station to that service needs to be reactivated, the
1. From the AM or FM menu, button of the selected radio will display "No Subscription
touch Menu. favorites page. Please Renew" on channel SXM1.
2. Select Station List. To change a preset button, tune to For more information, contact
the new desired radio station and SiriusXM at www.siriusxm.com or
3. Touch Q or R to scroll through touch and hold the preset button. 1-866-635-2349 (U.S.), and
the list. Touch the station to www.xmradio.ca or 1-877-209-0079
select it. (Canada).
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Listening to SiriusXM Radio Listening to Preset Channels Tone Settings

1. Press {. 1. Touch S or T repeatedly to 1. Touch Tone Settings. See
select the desired Tone Settings under
2. Touch AUDIO. Operation 0 165.
favorites page.
3. Touch Source. 2. Touch 0.
2. Touch the preset button to
4. Touch SXM and the most listen to the channel.
recent listened to SiriusXM Auto Volume
channel will display. Using the SiriusXM Menu 1. Touch Auto Volume. See Auto
Operation Volume under
Selecting a Category Operation 0 165.
From Menu, touch Categories, then 1. Touch MENU on the SXM radio
touch the desired category or from screen. 2. Touch 0.
Categories, touch Q or R to find the 2. Touch the menu to select the Categories
desired channel. Touch the channel desired item or to display the
detail menu item. 1. Touch Categories.
to select it.
3. Touch 0 to return to the 2. Touch Q or R to find the
Selecting a Channel desired category. Touch the
previous menu.
Press g or d to seek the previous category to select it.
or next channel. Channel List
Explicit Content Filter
1. Touch Channel List from the
Using the Preset Buttons SXM menu. The channel list is When on, only a filtered list of
Up to five favorites pages can be displayed. channels will be received. When off,
saved, and each page can store up all regular SXM programming
to five channels. 2. Touch Q or R to find the subscribed to will be received.
desired channel. Touch the 1. Touch SXM Explicit Filter.
To change a preset button, tune to channel to select it.
the new desired channel and hold 2. Select to enable or disable.
the button.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Radio Reception interfere with radio reception. When Antenna

this happens, try reducing the treble
Frequency interference and static on the radio.
(Convertible Only)
can occur during normal radio The AM-FM antenna is integrated in
reception if items such as mobile SiriusXM Satellite Radio the rear spoiler.
phone chargers, vehicle Service
convenience accessories, and No maintenance or adjustments are
SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service needed. Do not place loads on the
external electronic devices are
gives digital radio reception from spoiler.
plugged into the accessory power
coast to coast in the 48 contiguous
outlet. If there is interference or If the spoiler is replaced, be sure it
United States, and in Canada. Just
static, unplug the item from the is replaced with the correct GM
as with FM, tall buildings or hills can
accessory power outlet. parts for the best AM or FM
interfere with satellite radio signals,
causing the sound to fade in and reception.
FM
out. In addition, traveling or standing
FM signals only reach about 16 to under heavy foliage, bridges, Backglass Antenna
65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the
radio has a built-in electronic circuit
garages, or tunnels may cause loss (Coupe Only)
of the SiriusXM signal for a period
that automatically works to reduce of time. The AM-FM antenna is integrated
interference, some static can occur, with the rear window defogger in the
especially around tall buildings or Cell Phone Usage rear window. Do not scratch the
hills, causing the sound to fade in inside surface or damage the lines
Cell phone usage, such as making
and out. in the glass. If the inside surface is
or receiving phone calls, charging,
or just having the phone on may damaged, it could interfere with
AM radio reception. For proper radio
cause static interference in the
The range for most AM stations is radio. Unplug the phone or turn it off reception, the antenna connector
greater than for FM, especially at if this happens. needs to be properly attached to the
night. The longer range can cause post on the glass.
station frequencies to interfere with If attaching a cell phone antenna to
each other. Static can occur when the glass, attach it between the grid
things like storms and power lines lines.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Caution
Multi-Band Antenna Audio Players
The multi-band antenna is on the
Using a razor blade or sharp roof of the vehicle. The antenna is Avoiding Untrusted Media
object to clear the inside rear used for OnStar, the SiriusXM Devices
window can damage the rear Satellite Radio Service System, and
window antenna and/or the rear GPS (Global Positioning System), When using media devices such as
window defogger. Repairs would if the vehicle has these features. CDs, DVDs, Blu-Ray Discs, SD
not be covered by the vehicle Keep the antenna clear of cards, USB drives, and mobile
warranty. Do not clear the inside obstructions for clear reception. devices, consider the source.
Untrusted media devices could
rear window with sharp objects. If the vehicle has a sunroof, and it is contain files that affect system
open, reception can also be operation or performance. Avoid use
affected. if the content or origin cannot be
Caution trusted.
Do not apply aftermarket glass USB Port

tinting with metallic film. The
metallic film in some tinting Using the USB Port
materials will interfere with or The infotainment system can play
distort the incoming radio music by connecting an auxiliary
reception. Any damage caused to device to the USB port.
the backglass antenna due to
USB Support
metallic tinting materials will not
be covered by the vehicle The USB ports are in the center
warranty. console, and use the USB 2.0
standard.
USB Supported Devices
. USB Flash Drives
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16

. iPods/iPhones USB Supported File and Folder Audio System Information
. Portable USB Hard Drives Structure
The infotainment system can play
Not all iPods and USB drives are The infotainment system supports: the music files contained in the USB
compatible with the USB port. . FAT16. storage device or iPod/iPhone
products.
Make sure the iPod has the latest . FAT32.
firmware from Apple for proper Using MP3/WMA/OGG/WAV Files
. exFAT.
operation. iPod firmware can be . Music files with .mp3, .wma,
updated using the latest iTunes Connecting a USB Storage .ogg, and .wav file name
application. See www.apple.com/ Device or iPod/iPhone extensions can be played.
itunes. . MP3 files that can be played: Bit
To connect a USB storage device,
For help with identifying your iPod, connect the device to the USB port. rate: 8 kbps to 320 kbps.
go to www.apple.com/support. Sampling frequency: 48 kHz,
To connect an iPod/iPhone, connect
The USB port can play both lower 44.1 kHz, 32 kHz, 24 kHz, 22.05
one end of the devices cable to the
and upper case .mp3, .wma, .ogg, kHz, and 16 kHz.
iPod/iPhone and the other end to
and .wav files stored on a USB the USB port. . Files with a bit rate above
storage device. 128 kbps will result in higher
The iPod/iPhone charges while it is
quality sound.
Supported Apple Devices connected to the vehicle if the
vehicle is in ACC/ACCESSORY or . ID3 Tag information for MP3
To view supported devices in the
ON/RUN. See Ignition Positions files, such as the album name
U.S., see www.my.chevrolet.com
0 216. When the vehicle is turned and the artist, can be played.
\learned.
off, the iPod/iPhone automatically . To display album title, track title,
To view supported devices in powers off and will not charge or and artist information, the file
Canada, see draw power from the vehicle's should be compatible with the
www.chevroletowner.ca. battery. ID3 Tag V1 and V2 formats.
To view supported devices in For more information on USB
Mexico, see your dealer. usage, see Audio System
Information following.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Using USB Storage Devices and . Some USB storage device files . Do not use the USB terminal to
iPod/iPhone may not be compatible. charge USB accessory
. Use a USB or flash memory type . Up to two USB devices and one equipment. The heat generated
storage device. Do not connect iPod can be played through a may cause performance issues
using a USB adaptor. USB hub. All devices may not be or damage.
. Do not connect and reconnect supported, depending on the . Music files to which Digital Right
the USB device repeatedly in a performance of the USB hub. Management (DRM) is applied
short time, as this may cause If there is not enough power cannot be played.
static electricity and problems supply, it may not operate . USB storage device that has a
using the device. normally. capacity limit of no more than
. Use a USB device with a metal . Do not disconnect the USB 5,000 files, such as music,
connecting terminal. storage device while it is playing. photo, video, 15 levels of folder
This may cause damage to the structure. Normal usage cannot
. Connection with i-Stick Type product or affect the be guaranteed for a storage
USB storage devices may be performance of the USB device. device that exceeds this limit.
faulty due to vehicle vibration. The iPod/iPhone can play all
. Disconnect the USB storage
. Do not touch the USB device when the ignition is music files that are supported.
connecting terminal. turned off. If the ignition is turned The music file lists will only
on while the USB device is display up to 5,000 files on the
. Only USB storage devices screen. These files are sorted in
formatted in FAT16/32 or exFAT connected, the USB device may
be damaged or may not operate alphabetical order.
file systems are recognized.
NTFS and other file systems are normally. . Some iPod/iPhone product
not recognized. . USB storage devices can only models may not support the
be connected for playing music, connectivity or functionality of
. The time it takes to process files this product.
will depend on the USB storage viewing photo files,
device type and capacity, and or upgrading.
the type of files stored.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16

. Only connect the iPod/iPhone
with connection cables
supported by iPod/iPhone
products. Other connection
cables cannot be used.
. The iPod/iPhone may be
damaged if it is connected to the
vehicle with the ignition on.
When not in use, disconnect the . Refer to the table for the If the USB device is already
iPod/iPhone.
classification items related to the connected:
. When the iPod/iPhone is search function provided by the
connected to the USB port by iPod/iPhone. 1. Press {.
using the iPod/iPhone cable, the
USB Player 2. Touch AUDIO.
Bluetooth music is not
supported. Playing Music from a USB Device 3. Touch Source.
. The iPod/iPhone playback . Connect the USB device to the 4. Touch USB.
functions and the information USB port. To stop the USB device and select
displayed may be different when . Play will start automatically after another media source, touch
played on the infotainment Source, then select the other
the system has finished reading
system. source.
the USB device.
. If a non-readable USB device is To remove the USB device, select
connected, an error message another function, then remove the
displays and the system will USB device.
switch to the previous audio Pause
function.
. Touch j to pause.
. Touch r to resume.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Changing to Next/Previous Files Using the USB Music Menu Auto Volume
. Touch l to change to the Touch Auto Volume. The Auto
next file. Volume menu is displayed. See
Auto Volume under Radio
. Touch g within five seconds of Controls in Operation 0 165
the playback time to play the Traffic Program (If Equipped)
previous file.
Touch On or Off.
Returning to the Beginning of the
Current File MTP (Media Transfer Protocol)
Touch g after five seconds of the . Connect an MTP supported
. Touch Menu during playback. device.
playback time.
. Touch the desired menu. . Play will start automatically after
Scanning Forward or Backward
. Applicable audio extensions are the system has finished reading
Touch and hold g or l during asx, m3u, .pls, .wpl, b4s, the MTP device.
playback to rewind or fast forward. and .xspf. . If a non-readable MTP device is
Release the button to resume Browse Music connected, an error message
playback at normal speed. displays and the system will
1. Touch Browse Music.
Playing Files Randomly switch to the previous audio
2. Touch the desired music. function.
Touch Z during playback.
Tone Settings iPod/iPhone Player
. ON: Plays all files randomly.
Touch Tone Settings. The Tone This feature is limited to models
. OFF: Returns to normal Settings menu is displayed. See supporting the iPod/iPhone
playback. Tone Settings under Radio connection.
Controls in Operation 0 165 To stop
the device and select another media Playing Music Files
source, touch Source, then select . Connect the iPod/iPhone to the
the other source. USB port.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16

. Play will start from the previously Changing to Next/Previous Song Browse Music
played point after the system 1. Touch Browse Music.
has finished reading the USB . Touch l to change to the
device. next song. 2. Touch the desired music.
. If a non-readable USB device is . Touch g within two seconds of Tone Settings
connected, an error message the playback time to play the Touch Tone Settings. The Tone
displays and the system will previous file. Settings menu is displayed. See
switch to the previous audio Tone Settings under Radio
Returning to the Beginning of the
function. Controls in Operation 0 165
Current File
If the iPod/iPhone is already Auto Volume
connected: Touch g after two seconds of the
playback time. Touch Auto Volume. The Auto
1. Press {. Scanning Forward or Backward
Volume menu is displayed. See
2. Touch AUDIO. Auto Volume under Radio
Touch and hold g or l during Controls in Operation 0 165.
3. Touch Source. playback to rewind or fast forward. Picture System Information
4. Touch iPod. Release the button to resume
playback at normal speed. The infotainment system can view
To stop the device and select picture files stored on a USB
another media source, touch Playing Files Randomly
storage device and devices that
Source, then select the other
source. Touch Z during playback. support Media Transfer
Protocol (MTP).
. ON: Plays all files randomly.
To remove the device, select . Supported file extensions: .jpg,
another function, then remove the . OFF: Returns to normal .bmp, .png, .gif.
device. playback.
. Animated GIF files are not
Pause Using the iPod Menu supported.
. Touch j to pause. . Touch Menu during playback. . Some files may not operate due
. Touch the appropriate to a different recording format or
. Touch r to resume. the condition of the file.
play mode.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Viewing Pictures Rotating a Picture Auxiliary Devices

1. Connect the USB device to the Touch w from the picture screen. Using the Auxiliary Input Jack
USB port.
Enlarging a Picture Settings menus and functions may
2. Touch the screen to open to full
vary depending on vehicle options.
screen. Touch the screen again Touch x from the picture screen.
to return to the previous The auxiliary input jack can be used
screen. Using the USB Picture Menu to connect external audio devices
1. Touch MENU from the picture such as an iPod, iPhone, MP3
If the USB device is already
screen. player, CD player, and other
connected:
supported devices for use as
2. Touch the appropriate menu:
1. Press {. another source for audio listening.
. Slide Show Time: Allows This input jack is not an audio
2. Touch GALLERY. selection of the slide show output; do not plug headphones into
Some features are disabled while interval. the front auxiliary input jack.
the vehicle is in motion. . Clock, Temp. Display: The auxiliary input jack is on the
Viewing a Slide Show Allows selection of On or center console. The infotainment
Off to show the clock and system can play music connected
1. Touch z from the picture temperature on the full by the auxiliary device.
screen. screen. Play will begin when the system has
2. Touch the screen to cancel the . Display Settings: Adjusts finished reading the information on
slide show during the slide for Brightness and Contrast. the device.
show playback.
3. Touch 0 to exit.
Viewing a Previous or Next
Picture
Touch S or T from the picture
screen.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Playing Music .
Performance Data Notify other drivers of your
vehicle of the above rules and
To play music from the device, if the
device is already connected:
Recorder (PDR) require them to comply.
If equipped, the PDR icon displays . General Motors does not accept
1. Press {. on the Home screen. any responsibility or liability in
2. Touch AUDIO. connection with use that is not
Important Information permitted.
3. Touch Source.
Use of the PDR may be prohibited . Law enforcement authorities
4. Touch AUX. or legally restricted in certain may have the right to seize
countries and situations. Ensure video recordings and use them
5. Touch 0. compliance with applicable laws and as evidence of criminal/driving
To adjust the tone settings, see regulations, including, but not offenses against you or third
Tone Settings in Operation 0 165. limited to: privacy laws, laws related parties.
to camera surveillance and
recordings, road traffic and security The PDR records video, audio, and
laws, and laws on the protection of vehicle data. This data is stored on
publicity and personality rights. a removable SD card. The SD card
reader is located below the
. Do not use the PDR if it causes
instrument panel to the left of the
distraction. steering wheel and just above the
. Do not rely on camera footage to hood release.
steer the vehicle. The recorded data is not stored
. Comply with any notice and anywhere else and is only
consent requirements before accessible from the SD card.
capturing and/or recording the To begin, insert a FAT32 formatted
voices or images of other SD card, Class 10 required, 8, 16,
persons or before collecting or 32 GB recommended, into the SD
other personal data. card reader.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Touch the PDR icon to access the To delete a recording, go to the

PDR menu. The options Recorded Sessions menu and touch
displayed are: z next to the item. See Recorded
Sessions later in this section.
Start Recording
The elapsed time will show when

recording. To define a finish line,
see Define Finish Line later in this
section.
If the system is unable to begin If no SD card is inserted, a message

recording, the Start Recording displays.
button is grayed out. Define Finish Line
Touch Start Recording to begin To track and record the vehicles lap
recording. After recording begins, times, the starting point of a lap
this button changes to Stop must be set. Crossing this point
Recording. Touch to stop the activates the lap timer when
recording session. recording.
The recording must be stopped and If there is no available space on the
the file closed before removing the SD card, a message displays.
SD card, or the recording cannot be Delete or transfer recordings on the
reviewed. SD card or use another SD card
with free space.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
A list of recordings displays. Delete Recording : Touch to delete

Select the recording to start the video. A confirmation screen
playback. displays. Touch Yes to delete or No
to cancel.
Touch z next to an item to delete Pause/Play : Touch to play or
that recording, Touch Yes to delete pause the video. The button will
or No to cancel on the confirmation change when pressed.
screen. Touch Dismiss to exit.
Back : Touch to display the
Video playback is not allowed while previous screen.
To set the finish line, position the the vehicle is in motion.
vehicle with the front bumper at the Exit : Touch to exit the current
start/finish point. From the PDR Tap on the screen while the video is display.
menu, touch Define Finish Line and playing to display the video controls:
then touch Mark Finish Line. This Choose Video Overlay
Video Scrubber : Changes the
can be done with the vehicle position and playback. The length of
moving. the bar corresponds to the time of
Recorded Sessions the video. Advance or rewind the
video by dragging along the bar.
To view recorded videos, touch
Recorded Sessions.
Touch the Choose Video Overlay

screen button to display the menu
screen.
Select one:
. No Overlay
. Sport
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16

. Track . Transmission State (Current . GPS Tracking Map: Shows the
. Performance Timing Gear): Automatic and manual vehicles current position relative
transmissions display 1, 2, etc. to a known route.
No Overlay:
. Lateral G-Force Graphic: Left . Engine Rotations Per Minute
No vehicle data displays on top of and Right G-Forces are (RPMs): The vertical line and
the recorded video. Vehicle data is displayed. The graphic fills to the triangle indicate current RPMs.
still available with the video when left or the right depending on the As the RPMs increase, the
accessed in the toolbox software. measure value. The measured orange backfill follows.
Sport: G-Force displays as a number at . Transmission State (Current
the top of the graphic. Gear): Same as Sport.
. Event Odometer: Displays the . Friction Bubble Graphic: Lateral
distance driven since the and longitudinal G-Forces are
recording began. displayed as a dot within a
Track: bubble. A red dot displays when
the vehicle starts braking and
turns green when the vehicle
accelerates. The dot is white
when the vehicle is not moving.
A white dot is the default.
Displays these vehicle metrics:
. Brake and Throttle Graphic:
. Vehicle Speed: Up to three digits
Displays the percentage value of
are displayed in km/h or MPH brake and throttle pedal position
depending on vehicle settings. from 0100%.
. Engine Rotations Per Minute .
Displays these vehicle metrics: Steering Angle: The graphic fills
(RPMs): The vertical line and from the center to the left or right
triangle show current RPMs. As . Vehicle Speed: Same as Sport. depending on the direction of
the RPMs increase, the green
backfill follows.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
steering. The numerical steering Performance Timing: . Throttle Position: Displays

angle displays below the the percentage of throttle applied
graphic. from 0100%.
. StabiliTrak Active Indicator: The . StabiliTrak Active Indicator: The
graphic only displays if the graphic only displays if the
active handling systems are active handling systems are
activated. activated.
. Performance Traction Naming Convention
Management (PTM) Mode: The recorded video file name is
Displays the current PTM mode. stored as the recorded date and the
The options are Wet, Dry, Sport Displays these vehicle metrics: length of the recording.
1, Sport 2, or Race.
. Vehicle Speed: Same as Sport. If the recorded session was
. Current Lap Time: Displays the
. Engine Rotations Per Minute recorded while the system was in
elapsed lap time if the finish line Valet Mode, the file name will
is defined and the vehicle has (RPMs): Same as Sport.
display the mode, date, and length
crossed the defined finish line at . Transmission State (Current of time.
least once. Gear): Same as Sport.
. Event Odometer: Displays the Settings
. 0100 km/h (060 mph), 0
distance driven since the 200 km/h (0100 mph), 400 m
recording began. (1/4 mi), and 02000 km/h (0
. Drive Mode: Displays the 1000 mph): The timer starts
vehicles current drive mode. recording as soon as the vehicle
accelerates. As the vehicle
passes each speed and distance
milestone, it is displayed on the
overlay.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Touch the Settings button from the Audio will not record during Phone
PDR menu to display settings. Valet Mode.
Record Audio : Allows audio to be Bluetooth (Overview)
recorded along with video.
If equipped with Bluetooth
Audio will not record during capability, the system can interact
Valet Mode. with many Bluetooth phones, PDAs,
Software Information : Displays or other devices to:
PDR software information and . Place and receive hands-free
version numbers. calls.
Toolbox Software : Allows for the . Transmit hands-free data.
evaluation of the driver and the
vehicle performance on a personal . Play audio streaming files.
Valet Mode Recording : Allows
recording preferences to be computer after a recorded event. The device must be paired first. See
selected. It is recommended that a See www.chevrolet.com or your Pairing under Bluetooth
blank SD card be used. Available dealer for details to download the (Infotainment Controls) later in this
choices are: software. section.
. Automatically record when in To minimize driver distraction,
Valet Mode: Enables the PDR to before driving, and with the vehicle
begin recording as soon as the parked:
vehicle is in Valet Mode. . Become familiar with the
. Overwrite existing data when features of the cell phone.
memory full: Allows manual Organize the phone book and
overwriting of previous contact lists clearly and delete
recordings, one at a time starting duplicate or rarely used entries.
with the oldest, when the current If possible, program speed dial
recording requires additional or other shortcuts.
storage to continue.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16

. Review the controls and functions and not all phones work Bluetooth Controls
operation of the infotainment with the Bluetooth system. In the
If equipped with Bluetooth capability,
system. U.S. and Canada, see
use the buttons on the infotainment
. Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle. www.gm.com/bluetooth for more
system and the steering wheel to
The system may not work with information about compatible
operate the system.
all cell phones. See Pairing phones.
under Bluetooth (Infotainment The Bluetooth system range can be Steering Wheel Controls
Controls) later in this section. up to 9.1 m (30 ft).
There may be restrictions on using
{ Warning Bluetooth wireless technology in
some locations.
When using a cell phone, it can
be distracting to look too long or Due to the variety of Bluetooth
too often at the screen of the devices and their firmware versions,
phone or the infotainment system. the device may respond differently
Taking your eyes off the road too when performing over Bluetooth.
long or too often could cause a On a current phone call, an image
crash resulting in injury or death. of the current contact from the
Focus your attention on driving. phone's contact list may be
displayed. Not all phones are
compatible with this feature.
Vehicles with a Bluetooth system g : Press to interact with Bluetooth
can use a Bluetooth-capable cell Refer to the cell phone or OnStar, if equipped. See
phone with a Hands-Free Profile to manufacturers user guide for Bluetooth (Overview) 0 182 or
make and receive phone calls. The questions about the phone's Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls)
infotainment system is used to Bluetooth functionality. 0 184 or OnStar Overview 0 368.
control the system. The system can
be used while in ACC/ACCESSORY
i : Press to decline an incoming
call or end a current call. Press to
or ON/RUN. See Ignition Positions
mute or unmute the infotainment
0 216. Not all phones support all
system when not on a call.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Bluetooth (Infotainment . Pairing only needs to be 2. Touch PHONE, press 5 on the

completed once, unless the
Controls) faceplate, or press g on the
pairing information on the cell
To use infotainment controls to phone changes or the cell phone steering wheel without OnStar.
access the menu system, see is deleted from the system. 3. Touch Search Device.
Overview 0 164. . Only one paired cell phone can 4. Touch the desired device to
Pairing be connected to the Bluetooth pair on the searched list
system at a time. screen.
A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
must be paired to the Bluetooth . If multiple paired cell phones are 5. Touch Yes on the pop-up
system and then connected to the within range of the system, the screen of the Bluetooth device
vehicle before it can be used. See system connects to the first and infotainment system.
your cell phone manufacturer's user available paired cell phone in the 6. When the Bluetooth device and
guide for Bluetooth functions before order that they were first paired.
infotainment system are
pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth When the Bluetooth device and successfully paired, the phone
phone is not connected, calls will be infotainment system are screen is displayed on the
made using OnStar Hands-Free successfully paired, the phone book infotainment system.
Calling, if available. See OnStar is downloaded automatically. This is
Overview 0 368. dependent on the type of phone Pairing a Phone SSP and Paired
paired. If the automatic download Device
Pairing Information
does not occur, proceed with the When a paired device is on the
. A Bluetooth phone with MP3 phone book download on the infotainment system and SSP is
capability cannot be paired to phone. supported:
the vehicle as a phone and an
MP3 player at the same time. Pairing a Phone SSP and No 1. Press {.
Paired Device
. Up to 10 cell phones can be 2. Touch SETTINGS.
paired to the Bluetooth system. When there is no paired device on
the infotainment system and Simple 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device
. The pairing process is disabled Secure Pairing (SSP) is supported: Management.
when the vehicle is moving.
1. Press {.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
4. Touch the desired device to Pairing a Phone No SSP and No If a Bluetooth device was previously
pair. When the Bluetooth Paired Device connected, the infotainment system
device and infotainment system When there is no paired device on executes the auto connection.
are successfully paired, Z / 5 the infotainment system and SSP is However, if the Bluetooth setting on
is displayed on the pair device not supported: the Bluetooth device is turned off, a
screen. If no desired device is failure message is displayed on the
available go to Step 5. 1. Press {. infotainment system.
5. Touch Search Device to search 2. Touch PHONE, press 5 on the Pairing a Phone No SSP and
for the desired device. Paired Device
faceplate, or press g on the
6. Touch the desired device to steering wheel without OnStar. When a paired device is on the
pair on the searched list infotainment system and SSP is not
3. Touch Search Device. supported:
screen.
4. Touch the desired device to
7. Touch Yes on the pop-up pair on the searched list 1. Press {.
screen of the Bluetooth device screen. 2. Touch SETTINGS.
and infotainment system.
5. Input the Personal 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device
. The connected phone is Identification Number (PIN) Management.
highlighted by 5. code (default: 1234) to the
4. Touch the desired device to
Bluetooth device. When the
. Z / 5 indicates the hands-free Bluetooth device and
pair. When the Bluetooth
and phone music functions are device and infotainment system
infotainment system are
enabled. successfully paired, the are successfully paired, Z / 5
. 5 indicates only the hands-free PHONE screen is displayed on is displayed on the pair device
the infotainment system. screen. If no desired device is
function is enabled.
available go to Step 5.
When the connection fails, a failure
. Z indicates only Bluetooth message is displayed on the 5. Touch Search Device to search
music is enabled. infotainment system. for the desired device.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
6. Touch the desired device to 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device
pair on the searched list Management. Management.
screen. 4. Touch the device to be 4. Touch the device to delete.
7. Input the Personal connected.
Identification Number (PIN) 5. Touch Y.
code (default: 1234) to the Checking the Bluetooth
Connection 6. Touch Delete.
Bluetooth device. When the
Bluetooth Music
Bluetooth device and 1. Press {.
infotainment system are Before playing Bluetooth music,
2. Touch SETTINGS.
successfully paired, Z / 5 is read the following information:
displayed on the pair device 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device . A cell phone or Bluetooth device
screen. Management. that supports Advanced Audio
. The connected phone is 4. The paired device will show. Distribution Profile (A2DP)
highlighted by 5. versions over 1.2 must be
Disconnecting a Bluetooth Device registered and connected to the
. Z / 5 indicates the hands-free 1. Press {. product.
and phone music functions are . From the cell phone or Bluetooth
2. Touch SETTINGS.
enabled. device, find the Bluetooth device
3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device type to set/connect the item as a
. 5 indicates only the hands-free Management. stereo headset.
function is enabled.
4. Touch the name of the device
. Z indicates only Bluetooth to be disconnected.
. e will appear on the screen if
the stereo headset is
music is enabled. 5. Touch Disconnect. successfully connected.
Connecting a Paired Bluetooth Deleting a Bluetooth Device . The sound played by the
Device Bluetooth device is delivered
1. Press {. through the infotainment system.
1. Press {.
2. Touch SETTINGS.
2. Touch SETTINGS.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16

. Bluetooth music can be played Pause Do not change the track too quickly
only when a Bluetooth device when playing Bluetooth music.
has been connected. To play Touch j to pause.
Conditions that may occur when
Bluetooth music, connect the Touch r to resume. playing Bluetooth music:
Bluetooth phone to the
infotainment system. Playing the Next Song . It takes time to transmit data
from the Bluetooth device to the
. If the Bluetooth device is Touch l. infotainment system.
disconnected while playing
phone music, the music is Playing the Previous Song . If the cell phone or Bluetooth
discontinued. The audio device is not in the waiting
Touch g within two seconds of screen mode, it may not
streaming function may not be
supported in some Bluetooth playback time to play the automatically play.
phones. Only one function can previous song.
. The infotainment system
be used at a time between the Returning to the Beginning of the transmits the order to play from
Bluetooth hands-free or Phone Current Song the Bluetooth device in the
music function. For example, Bluetooth music play mode.
if you convert to Bluetooth Touch g after two seconds of
If this is done in a different
hands-free while playing Phone playback time. mode, then the device transmits
music, the music is Search the order to stop. Depending on
discontinued. Playing music from the Bluetooth device options,
the car is not possible when Touch and hold g or l to rewind this order to play/stop may take
there are no music files stored in or fast forward. time to activate.
the cell phone.
Playing Music Randomly . If the Bluetooth music playback
Playing Bluetooth Music is not functioning, then check to
Touch Z during playback. Touch see if the Bluetooth device is in
1. Press {. again to return to normal play. the waiting screen mode.
2. Touch AUDIO. This function may not be supported . Sounds may be cut off during
3. Touch Source. depending on the Bluetooth device. the Bluetooth music playback.
4. Touch Bluetooth.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16

. The infotainment system outputs the devices factory-provided change or suspend availability at
the audio from the cell phone or USB cable. Aftermarket or any time. Android Auto is a
Bluetooth device as it is third-party cables may trademark of Google Inc.; Apple
transmitted. not work. CarPlay is a trademark of Apple Inc.
The PROJECTION icon on the
Apple CarPlay and Home Page will change to Android Hands-Free Phone
Android Auto Auto or Apple CarPlay depending General Information
on the phone. Android Auto and/or
If equipped, Android Auto and/or Vehicles with a Hands-Free Phone
Apple CarPlay may automatically
Apple CarPlay capability may be system can use a Bluetooth-capable
launch upon USB connection. If not,
available through a compatible cell phone with a hands-free profile
press the ANDROID AUTO and/or
smartphone. If available, a to make and receive phone calls.
APPLE CARPLAY icon on the
PROJECTION icon will appear as The infotainment system and voice
Home Page to launch.
Android Auto or Car Play on the control are used to operate the
Home Page of the infotainment For further information on how to set
system. Not all phones support all
display. up Android Auto and Apple CarPlay
functions and not all phones work
in the vehicle, see
To use Android Auto and/or Apple with the Hands-Free Phone system.
www.my.chevrolet.com for U.S. and
CarPlay:
Canada only or Customer Hands-Free Phone Controls
1. Download the Android Auto Assistance Offices 0 356.
app to your phone from the Use the buttons on the infotainment
Android Auto is provided by Google system and the steering wheel to
Google Play store. There is
and is subject to Googles terms operate the Hands-Free Phone
no app required for Apple
and privacy policy. CarPlay is system.
CarPlay. Use the latest
provided by Apple and is subject to
available operation system. Steering Wheel Controls
Apples terms and privacy policy.
2. Connect your Android phone or For Android Auto support see Steering wheel controls can be
Apple iPhone by using the https://support.google.com/ used to:
compatible phone USB cable androidauto or Apple CarPlay . Answer incoming calls.
and plugging into a USB data support at https://www.apple.com/
port. For best performance, use ios/carplay/. Apple or Google may . Confirm system information.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16

. End a call. 2. Touch 0 again to switch back To decline the call, press i on the
. Decline a call. to hands-free. steering wheel controls or touch
Reject on the screen.
. Cancel an operation. Turning the Microphone On
. Make outgoing calls using the and Off Using the Contacts Menu
call list. Touch 3 to turn the microphone on 1. Touch contacts on the phone
g : Press to answer incoming calls. or off. screen.
i : Press to end a call, decline a Calling by Redial 2. Touch Q or R to scroll through

call, or cancel an operation. the list.
To call by using redial:
Making a Call by Entering a Phone 3. Touch the phone book entry
. Press i on the steering wheel to call.
Number
controls to display the redial
4. If there is more than one
. Press 5 on the faceplate. guidance screen.
number associated with the
. Press {, then touch PHONE on . Touch 5 on the screen. name, touch the number
the screen. to dial.
Redialing is not possible when there
. Press g on the steering wheel. is no call history. Searching for Contacts Entries
If a wrong number is entered, touch Taking Calls 1. Touch contacts on the phone
} to delete the number one digit at screen.
When a phone call comes through
a time, or touch and hold } to the connected Bluetooth cell phone, 2. Touch 9 on the contacts
delete all digits of the number. the audio system will be muted or screen.
paused and the phone will ring with
Switching a Call to the Cell Phone the relevant information displayed. 3. Use the keypad to input the
(Private Mode) name to search. For details,
Press i on the steering wheel see Searching for a Name
To switch the call from the cell following.
phone to hands-free: controls, touch 5 on the screen,
or press 5 on the faceplate. 4. Touch the phone book entry
1. Touch 0. to call.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
5. If there is more than one 3. Touch (def) two times to select Making a Call with Speed Dial
number associated with the the third character. Numbers
name, touch the number 4. Touch (wxy) two times to select Touch and hold the speed dial
to dial. the fourth character. number using the keypad on the
When the Bluetooth device and phone screen.
infotainment system are Making a Call from Call History
Only speed dial numbers already
successfully paired, the phone book 1. Touch Call History on the stored on the cell phone can be
will download. Some phones may phone screen. used for speed dial calls. Up to
not download automatically. If this 2. Touch one of the following for: two-digit speed dial numbers are
happens, connect it again or supported.
proceed with the phone book . W All calls history.
download on the phone. For two-digit speed dial numbers,
. [ Dialed calls. touch and hold the second digit to
Searching for a Name make a call to the speed dial
Select characters by using the
. Y Missed calls. number.
keypad on the phone book screen. . X Received calls.
As characters are selected, the
names that include those characters 3. Select the contact entry to call.
will display on the phone book
screen. As more characters of the
name are entered, the list of
possible names is shortened.
To search for the name Alex:
1. Touch (abc) to select the first
character.
2. Touch (jkl) three times to select
the second character.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Trademarks and DivX, DivX Certified and Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee,
associated logos are trademarks of taxes, one time activation fee, and
License Agreements Rovi Corporation or its subsidiaries other fees may apply. Subscription
and are used under license. fee is consumer only. All fees and
FCC Information programming subject to change.
See Radio Frequency Subscriptions subject to Customer
Statement 0 364. Agreement available at
www.siriusxm.com or
Bluetooth www.siriusxm.ca. SiriusXM service
The Bluetooth word mark and logos only available in the 48 contiguous
are owned by the Bluetooth SIG, United States and Canada.
Inc. and any use of such marks by In Canada: Some deterioration of
General Motors is under license. Made for iPod and Made for
iPhone mean that an electronic service may occur in extreme
Other trademarks and trade names northern latitudes. This is beyond
are those of their respective owners. accessory has been designed to
connect specifically to iPod or the control of SiriusXM Satellite
iPhone and has been certified by Radio.
the developer to meet Apple It is prohibited to copy, decompile,
performance standards. disassemble, reverse engineer,
iPod and iPhone are trademarks of hack, manipulate, or otherwise
Apple Computer, Inc., registered in make available any technology or
the U.S. and other countries. software incorporated in receivers
compatible with the SiriusXM
DivX Certified to play DivX video,
Satellite Radio System or that
including premium content.
support the SiriusXM website, the
Covered by one or more of the Online Service or any of its content.
following U.S. patents: 7,295,673; Furthermore, the AMBER voice
7,460,668; 7,515,710; 7,519,274. compression software included in
this product is protected by
intellectual property rights including
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
patent rights, copyrights, and trade FreeType 2

secrets of Digital Voice Portions of this software are
Systems, Inc.
copyright 2007-2012 The
General Requirements: FreeType Project
1. A License Agreement from (www.freetype.org). All rights
SiriusXM is required for any reserved.
product that incorporates Libjpeg
SiriusXM Technology and/or for
use of any of the SiriusXM The navigation software is based in
marks to be manufactured, part on the work of the independent
distributed, or marketed in the JPEG Group.
SiriusXM Service Area.
2. For products to be distributed,
marketed, and/or sold in
Canada, a separate agreement
is required with Canadian
Satellite Radio Inc. (operating
as SiriusXM Canada).
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Climate Controls 193
Climate Controls Climate Control Systems
Climate Control Systems Automatic Climate Control System

Automatic Climate Control The heating, cooling, defrosting, and ventilation for the vehicle can be
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 controlled with this system.
Dual Automatic Climate
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
1. Temperature Control 6. Recirculation

2. Air Delivery Mode Controls 7. Fan Control
3. O (Power) 8. Rear Window Defogger
4. AUTO (Automatic Operation) 9. Defrost
5. A/C (Air Conditioning)
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
194 Climate Controls
Automatic Operation Fan Control : Turn the outer ring of 0 : Clears the windshield of fog or
The system automatically controls the air vent clockwise or frost more quickly. Air is only
the fan speed, air delivery, air counterclockwise to increase or directed to the windshield and side
conditioning, and recirculation in decrease the fan speed. window outlets. The air conditioning
order to heat or cool the vehicle to Air Delivery Mode Controls : may turn on automatically to
the desired temperature: Press X, Y, or [ to change the remove fog.
When AUTO is lit, all four functions direction of the airflow. Any For best results, clear all snow and
operate automatically. Each function combination of the three buttons ice from the windshield before
can also be manually set and the can be selected. The indicator light defrosting.
setting is displayed. Functions not in the button will turn on. The Do not drive the vehicle until all
manually set will continue to be current mode appears in the display windows are clear.
automatically controlled, even if the screen. Pressing any of the three
AUTO indicator is not lit. buttons cancels automatic air Air Conditioning
delivery control and the direction of A/C : Press to turn the air
For automatic operation: the airflow is controlled manually. conditioning on or off. An indicator
1. Press AUTO. Press AUTO to return to automatic
light turns on. If the fan is turned off
2. Set the temperature. Allow the operation.
or the outside temperature falls
system time to stabilize. Adjust To change the current mode, select below freezing, the air conditioning
the temperature as needed for one or more of the following: will not run, but the indicator light
best comfort. X : Clears the windows of fog or will be lit.
O : Press to turn the fan off or on. moisture. Air is directed to the The air conditioning might
Temperature Control : Turn the windshield and side window outlets. automatically come on when 0 is
outer ring of the air vent clockwise Y : Air is directed to the instrument selected.
or counterclockwise to increase or panel outlets. @ : Press to turn on recirculation.
decrease the temperature setting. [ : Air is directed to the floor An indicator light comes on. Air is
outlets. recirculated inside the vehicle.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
It helps to quickly cool the air inside The rear window defogger can be Remote Start Climate Control
the vehicle or reduce the outside air set to automatic operation. See Operation, If Equipped : The
and odors that may enter. Climate and Air Quality under climate control system may run
Operation in the recirculation mode Vehicle Personalization 0 144. when the vehicle is started remotely.
while the air conditioner is off When Auto Rear Defog is selected, See Remote Vehicle Start 0 35. The
increases humidity and may cause the rear window defogger turns on system uses the drivers previous
the windows to fog. automatically when the interior settings to heat or cool the inside of
temperature is cold and the outside the vehicle. The rear defog may
Recirculation is not available in the temperature is about 7 C (44 F) come on during remote start based
defrost or defog modes. and below. on cold ambient conditions. The
To improve fuel efficiency and to The heated outside rearview mirrors rear defog indicator light does not
cool the vehicle faster, recirculation turn on when the rear window come on during a remote start.
may be automatically selected in defogger button is on and help to When enabled, the front heated
warm weather. The recirculation clear fog or frost from the surface of seats, if equipped, will turn on
automatically if it is cold outside.
light will not come on. Press @ to the mirrors.
See Vehicle Personalization 0 144.
select recirculation; press it again to Do not drive the vehicle until all The heated seat indicator lights do
select outside air. windows are clear. not come on during a remote start.
Rear Window Defogger
Caution
1 : Press to turn the rear window
defogger on or off. An indicator light Do not use a razor blade or sharp
on the button comes on to show that object to clear the inside rear
the rear window defogger is on. The window. Do not adhere anything
defogger turns off if the ignition is to the defogger grid lines in the
turned to ACC/ACCESSORY
rear glass. These actions may
or OFF.
damage the rear defogger.
Repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Dual Automatic Climate Control System Automatic Operation
The heating, cooling, defrosting, and ventilation for the vehicle can be The system automatically controls
controlled with this system. the fan speed, air delivery, air
conditioning, and recirculation in
order to heat or cool the vehicle to
the desired temperature:
When AUTO is lit, all four functions
operate automatically. Each function
can also be manually set and the
setting is displayed. Functions not
manually set will continue to be
automatically controlled, even if the
AUTO indicator is not lit.
For automatic operation:
1. Press AUTO.
2. Set the temperature. Allow the
1. Driver and Passenger 8. Driver and Passenger Heated system time to stabilize. Adjust
Temperature Controls and Ventilated Seats the temperature as needed for
2. Air Delivery Mode Controls (If Equipped) best comfort.
9. Defrost Driver and Passenger
3. O (Power) Temperature Controls : The
10. Rear Window Defogger
4. SYNC (Synchronized temperature can be adjusted
Temperature) 11. Fan Control separately for the driver and the
5. AUTO (Automatic Operation) passenger. Turn the outer ring of the
air vents clockwise or
6. A/C (Air Conditioning) counterclockwise to increase or
7. Recirculation
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
decrease the driver or passenger To change the current mode, select below freezing, the air conditioning
temperature setting. The setting will one or more of the following: will not run, but the indicator light
appear on the temperature display. X : Clears the windows of fog or will be lit.
SYNC : Press to link the passenger moisture. Air is directed to the The air conditioning might
climate temperature settings to the windshield and side window outlets. automatically come on when 0 is
driver setting. The SYNC indicator Y : Air is directed to the instrument selected.
light will turn on. When the panel outlets.
passenger settings are adjusted, the @ : Press to turn on recirculation.
SYNC indicator light turns off. [ : Air is directed to the floor An indicator light comes on. Air is
outlets. recirculated inside the vehicle.
Manual Operation It helps to quickly cool the air inside
0 : Clears the windshield of fog or the vehicle or reduce the outside air
O : Press to turn the fan off or on. frost more quickly. Air is only and odors that may enter.
h or i : Press to increase or directed to the windshield and side
decrease the fan speed. window outlets. The air conditioning Operation in the recirculation mode
may turn on automatically to while the air conditioner is off
Air Delivery Mode Controls : remove fog. increases humidity and may cause
Press X, Y, or [ to change the the windows to fog.
direction of the airflow. Any For best results, clear all snow and
ice from the windshield before Recirculation is not available in the
combination of the three buttons defrost or defog modes.
can be selected. The indicator light defrosting.
in the button will turn on. The Do not drive the vehicle until all To improve fuel efficiency and to
current mode appears in the display windows are clear. cool the vehicle faster, recirculation
screen. Pressing any of the three may be automatically selected in
buttons cancels automatic air Air Conditioning warm weather. The recirculation
delivery control and the direction of A/C : Press to turn the air light will not come on. Press @ to
the airflow is controlled manually. conditioning on or off. An indicator select recirculation; press it again to
Press AUTO to return to automatic light turns on. If the fan is turned off select outside air.
operation. or the outside temperature falls
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Rear Window Defogger rear defog indicator light does not

Caution come on during a remote start.
1 : Press to turn the rear window When enabled, the front heated
defogger on or off. An indicator light Do not use a razor blade or sharp seats, if equipped, will turn on
on the button comes on to show that object to clear the inside rear automatically if it is cold outside.
the rear window defogger is on. The window. Do not adhere anything See Vehicle Personalization 0 144.
defogger turns off if the ignition is to the defogger grid lines in the The heated seat indicator lights do
turned to ACC/ACCESSORY rear glass. These actions may not come on during a remote start.
or OFF. damage the rear defogger.
The rear window defogger can be Repairs would not be covered by
set to automatic operation. See the vehicle warranty.
Climate and Air Quality under
When Auto Rear Defog is selected,
L or M (If Equipped) : Press L or
the rear window defogger turns on
M to heat the driver or
passenger seat.
automatically when the interior
temperature is cold and the outside Press { or C, if equipped, to
temperature is about 7 C (44 F) ventilate the driver or passenger
and below. seat. See Heated and Ventilated
The heated outside rearview mirrors Front Seats 0 60.
turn on when the rear window Remote Start Climate Control
defogger button is on and help to Operation, If Equipped : The
clear fog or frost from the surface of climate control system may run
the mirrors. when the vehicle is started remotely.
Do not drive the vehicle until all See Remote Vehicle Start 0 35. The
windows are clear. system uses the drivers previous
settings to heat or cool the inside of
the vehicle. The rear defog may
come on during remote start based
on cold ambient conditions. The
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Air Vents Maintenance never be repaired or replaced by

one from a salvage vehicle.
Use the air outlets in the center and It should only be replaced by a new
on the side of the instrument panel Passenger Compartment evaporator to ensure proper and
to direct the airflow. Use the center Air Filter safe operation.
knobs on the air outlets to open or
The passenger compartment air During service, all refrigerants
close off the airflow.
filter reduces dust, pollen, and other should be reclaimed with proper
Operation Tips airborne irritants from outside air equipment. Venting refrigerants
. In defog or defrost mode, warm that is pulled into the vehicle. The directly to the atmosphere is harmful
filter will need to be replaced to the environment and may also
air flows from side air outlets. To
periodically. See Maintenance create unsafe conditions based on
improve side window defogging
Schedule 0 336. inhalation, combustion, frostbite,
or defrosting, direct side air
or other health-based concerns.
outlets toward the side windows. Using the climate control system
. Clear away any ice, snow, without an air filter installed is not
or leaves from air inlets at the recommended. Water or other
base of the windshield that could debris could enter the system and
block the flow of air into the result in leaks or noises. Always
vehicle. install a new filter when removing
the old filter.
. Keep the path under the front
seats clear of objects to help For more information on filter
circulate the air inside of the replacement, see your dealer.
vehicle more effectively.
Service
. Use of non-GM approved hood
deflectors can adversely affect All vehicles have a label underhood
the performance of the system. that identifies the refrigerant used in
Check with your dealer before the vehicle. The refrigerant system
adding equipment to the outside should only be serviced by trained
of the vehicle. and certified technicians. The air
conditioning evaporator should
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
200 Driving and Operating
Driving and Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Parking over Things
223 Cruise Control
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Operating That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Active Fuel Management . . . .
223
223 Driver Assistance Systems
Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Driver Assistance Systems . . . 245
Assistance Systems for
Driving Information Engine Exhaust Parking or Backing . . . . . . . . . . 246
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Side Blind Zone
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Running the Vehicle While Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . 248
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Automatic Transmission Fuel
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 225 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 California Fuel
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Track Events and Competitive Manual Transmission Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 251
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . 229 Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 208 Active Rev Match . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 209 Brakes Filling a Portable Fuel
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Antilock Brake Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 211 System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Trailer Towing
Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 232 General Towing
Starting and Operating Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 215 Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 234
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Conversions and Add-Ons
Ride Control Systems Add-On Electrical
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Traction Control/Electronic
Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Retained Accessory Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . 236
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 Competitive Driving Mode . . . . 240
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 Limited-Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . . 242
Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 222
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Driving and Operating 201

.
Driving Information Become familiar with vehicle
features before driving, such as
Refer to the infotainment section for
more information on using that
programming favorite radio system and the navigation system,
Distracted Driving stations and adjusting climate if equipped, including pairing and
Distraction comes in many forms control and seat settings. using a cell phone.
and can take your focus from the Program all trip information into
task of driving. Exercise good any navigation device prior to Defensive Driving
judgment and do not let other driving.
Defensive driving means always
activities divert your attention away . Wait until the vehicle is parked expect the unexpected. The first
from the road. Many local to retrieve items that have fallen step in driving defensively is to wear
governments have enacted laws to the floor. the safety belt. See Safety
regarding driver distraction. Become
. Stop or park the vehicle to tend Belts 0 62.
familiar with the local laws in
your area. to children. . Assume that other road users
. Keep pets in an appropriate (pedestrians, bicyclists, and
To avoid distracted driving, always
carrier or restraint. other drivers) are going to be
keep your eyes on the road, hands
careless and make mistakes.
on the wheel, and mind on the drive. . Avoid stressful conversations Anticipate what they might do
. Do not use a phone in while driving, whether with a and be ready.
demanding driving situations. passenger or on a cell phone.
. Allow enough following distance
Use a hands-free method to
between you and the driver in
place or receive necessary { Warning front of you.
phone calls.
Taking your eyes off the road too . Focus on the task of driving.
. Watch the road. Do not read,
long or too often could cause a
take notes, or look up
information on phones or other
crash resulting in injury or death. Drunk Driving
Focus your attention on driving.
electronic devices. Death and injury associated with
. Designate a front seat drinking and driving is a global
passenger to handle potential tragedy.
distractions.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Average driver reaction time is Steering

{ Warning about three-quarters of a second. In
that time, a vehicle moving at Electric Power Steering
Drinking and then driving is very 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m
dangerous. Your reflexes, The vehicle has electric power
(66 ft), which could be a lot of steering. It does not have power
perceptions, attentiveness, and distance in an emergency.
judgment can be affected by even steering fluid. Regular maintenance
a small amount of alcohol. You Helpful braking tips to keep in mind is not required.
can have a serious or even include: If power steering assist is lost due
fatal collision if you drive after . Keep enough distance between to a system malfunction, the vehicle
drinking. you and the vehicle in front can be steered, but may require
of you. increased effort.
Do not drink and drive or ride with
a driver who has been drinking. . Avoid needless heavy braking. See your dealer if there is a
Ride home in a cab; or if you are . problem.
Keep pace with traffic.
with a group, designate a driver If the steering wheel is turned until it
If the engine ever stops while the
who will not drink. reaches the end of its travel and is
vehicle is being driven, brake
held against that position for an
normally but do not pump the
extended period of time, power
Control of a Vehicle brakes. Doing so could make the
steering assist may be reduced.
pedal harder to push down. If the
Braking, steering, and accelerating engine stops, there will be some If the steering assist is used for an
are important factors in helping to power brake assist but it will be extended period of time, power
control a vehicle while driving. used when the brake is applied. assist may be reduced.
Once the power assist is used up, it Normal use of the power steering
Braking can take longer to stop and the assist should return when the
Braking action involves perception brake pedal will be harder to push. system cools down.
time and reaction time. Deciding to See specific vehicle steering
push the brake pedal is perception messages under Service Vehicle
time. Actually doing it is Messages 0 141. See your dealer if
reaction time. there is a problem.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Curve Tips Off-Road Recovery 3. Turn the steering wheel to go

. straight down the roadway.
Take curves at a reasonable
speed.
Loss of Control
. Reduce speed before entering a
curve. Skidding
. Maintain a reasonable steady There are three types of skids that
speed through the curve. correspond to the vehicle's three
. control systems:
Wait until the vehicle is out of
the curve before accelerating . Braking Skid wheels are not
gently into the straightaway. rolling.
Steering in Emergencies . Steering or Cornering Skid
too much speed or steering in a
. There are some situations when curve causes tires to slip and
steering around a problem may The vehicle's right wheels can drop lose cornering force.
be more effective than braking. off the edge of a road onto the
shoulder while driving. Follow . Acceleration Skid too much
. Holding both sides of the throttle causes the driving
steering wheel allows you to turn these tips:
wheels to spin.
180 degrees without removing 1. Ease off the accelerator and
a hand. then, if there is nothing in the Defensive drivers avoid most skids
way, steer the vehicle so that it by taking reasonable care suited to
. The Antilock Brake System existing conditions, and by not
(ABS) allows steering while straddles the edge of the
pavement. overdriving those conditions. But
braking. skids are always possible.
2. Turn the steering wheel about
one-eighth of a turn, until the If the vehicle starts to slide, follow
right front tire contacts the these suggestions:
pavement edge. . Ease your foot off the
accelerator pedal and steer the
way you want the vehicle to go.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
The vehicle may straighten out. Track Events and Caution (Continued)
Be ready for a second skid if it
occurs.
Competitive Driving
If the vehicle is an HP model, see Be sure to check the oil level
. Slow down and adjust your often during racing or other
driving according to weather the additional items in the HP
Supplement. competitive driving and keep the
conditions. Stopping distance level at or near the upper mark
can be longer and vehicle Track events or competitive driving that shows the proper operating
control can be affected when may affect the vehicle warranty. See range on the engine oil dipstick.
traction is reduced by water, the warranty manual before using
snow, ice, gravel, or other the vehicle for racing or other
material on the road. Learn to competitive driving. 2.0L (LTG) Turbo Engine
recognize warning clues such Keep the oil level at or near 1 L
The Engine Sound Management
as enough water, ice, or packed (1 qt) above the upper mark on the
setting (if equipped) should not be
snow on the road to make a engine oil dipstick which shows the
set to Stealth Mode during track
mirrored surface and slow proper operating range.
events and competitive driving. See
down when you have any doubt.
Driver Mode Control 0 236. 6.2L (LT1) Engine
. Try to avoid sudden steering,
acceleration, or braking, Engine Oil Change the engine oil to 0W-40 or
including reducing vehicle speed 5W-40 that meets the dexos2
by shifting to a lower gear. Any Caution specification. If this oil is not
sudden changes could cause available, the following oils can be
the tires to slide. If you use the vehicle for racing or used as an alternative: Valvoline
other competitive driving, the SYNPOWER MST 5W-40, Mobil 1
Remember: Antilock brakes help
engine may use more oil than it ESP Formula M 5W-40. See
avoid only the braking skid.
would with normal use. Low oil Capacities and Specifications 0 351.
levels can damage the engine.
Automatic Transmission Fluid
For information on how to add oil,
see Engine Oil 0 264. Have the transmission fluid set to
(Continued) the track specific oil level prior to
track usage. Transmission fluid
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
should be changed after 30 hours of

track usage. Any transmission level Caution (Continued) Caution
set or change should be performed
at your dealer. long or as fast the first time the These procedures are specific to
vehicle is driven on the track or the Camaro SS, or LT with Y4Q
Rear Axle Fluid raced. Heavy Duty Cooling System that
Axles must have 2 400 km is equipped with J55 brakes. This
(1,500 mi) before being used in procedure should not be run on
Brake Fluid
track driving. other Camaro models as damage
For track events or competitive may result.
The rear axle fluid temperatures driving, it is recommended that the
may be higher than when driving in brake fluid be replaced with a high
severe conditions. Drain and refill performance brake fluid that has a
with new fluid after the first racing or dry boiling point greater than 279 C Caution
competitive driving event, and then (534 F). After conversion to the
after every 24 hours of racing or high performance brake fluid, follow The new vehicle break-in period
competitive driving. See the brake fluid service should be completed before
Recommended Fluids and recommendations outlined by the performing the brake burnishing
Lubricants 0 346. fluid manufacturer. Do not use procedure or damage may occur
silicone or DOT-5 brake fluids. to the powertrain/engine. See
Caution New Vehicle Break-In 0 215.
Brake Burnishing
During a first time track or racing To prepare the Camaro brake
event, high rear axle When performed as instructed, this
systems for track events and racing, procedure will not damage the
temperatures can occur. Damage complete the appropriate high brakes. During the burnishing
could be caused to the rear axle performance brake burnishing procedure, the brake pads will
and would not be covered by the procedure described below. smoke and produce an odor. The
vehicle warranty. Do not drive as New brake pads must be burnished braking force and pedal travel may
(Continued) before racing or competitive driving.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
increase. After the procedure is This first step may be skipped Front Tire Deflectors, Lower
complete, the brake pads may if there are more than 320 km Control Arm Deflectors, and
appear white at the rotor contact. (200 mi) on the brake pads. Disc Splash Shields (SS Only)
Run this procedure in a safe 2. Repeatedly apply the brakes Before any racing event, remove the
manner and in compliance with all from 100 km/h (60 mph) to tire deflectors in the front of the
local and state ordinances/laws 25 km/h (15 mph) while vehicle, and replace the original
regarding motor vehicle operation. decelerating at 0.8 g. This is a deflector and splash shield with the
Run this procedure only on dry hard brake application, without tall deflector and small splash
pavement. activating the Antilock Brake shield.
System (ABS). Drive for at
Racing/Track Brake Burnishing least 1 km (0.6 mi) between
Procedure stops. Repeat until the brake Caution
pedal travel starts to increase. Race track driving with the
Caution Depending on conditions, this
original front disc brake splash
should take no longer than 25
Brake pedal fade will occur during shield and front tire deflector may
brake applications.
this track burnish procedure and result in brake pedal fade due to
can cause brake pedal travel and 3. Cool down: Drive at 100 km/h high rotor temperatures.
force to increase. This could (60 mph) for approximately
extend stopping distance until the 15 km (10 mi) without using the
brakes.
brakes are fully burnished.
4. Apply the brakes 25 times from
100 km/h (60 mph) to 50 km/h
1. Apply the brakes 25 times
(30 mph) while decelerating at
starting at 100 km/h (60 mph) to
0.4 g. This is a medium brake
50 km/h (30 mph) while
application. Drive for at least
decelerating at 0.4 g. This is a
1 km (0.6 mi) between
medium brake application.
applications.
Drive for at least 1 km (0.6 mi)
between applying the brakes.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
To install the tall deflector and small

splash shield:
3. Remove the calipers (3) from 8. Install the small splash shields
the knuckle. with two screws (2) per corner.
4. Remove the brake rotors (2). Torque to 9 Y (80 lb inch).
1. Remove the tire deflector.
5. Remove the original front Caution
2. Remove the front wheels. splash shields (1).
6. Remove the lower control arm Failure to reattach the engine
deflectors. harness clips correctly could
cause possible interference with
7. Detach the engine harness
the wheel speed sensor and
clips from the lower control arm
deflector. vehicle damage.
9. Re-attach the engine harness

clips by pushing them from the
bottom up, on the back tab. On
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
the original deflector, the push the calipers with two screws (1)
pins are pushed from the per corner. Torque the caliper Caution (Continued)
top down. bolts to 200 Y (148 lb ft).
parts may lead to corrosion, loss
10. Install the tall deflectors with 13. Reinstall the front wheels using of output, noise, premature brake
three screws (1) per corner. the wheel nut torque. See pad and rotor wear, reduced
Torque to 3.3 Y (29 lb inch). Capacities and high-speed wet braking, and
For new control arms, torque Specifications 0 351. damage to the tall deflector.
the three screws to 5.5 Y
(44 lb inch).
14. After a track event, repeat the
11. Install the front rotors with one steps to reinstall the original
screw per corner. Torque to lower control arm deflectors
9 Y (80 lb inch). and splash shields.
15. Reinstall the tire deflectors.
Driving on Wet Roads

Rain and wet roads can reduce
vehicle traction and affect your
ability to stop and accelerate.
Always drive slower in these types
Caution of driving conditions and avoid
driving through large puddles and
After a track event, remove the deep-standing or flowing water.
tall deflector and the small splash
shield and reinstall the original
12. Apply liquid thread adhesive to deflector and splash shield.
the caliper bolts (GM Part No. Failure to reinstall the original
9985399 Loctite 272 (Continued)
Goodwrench 12345493). Install
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Hydroplaning Hill and Mountain Roads

{ Warning Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water Driving on steep hills or through
Wet brakes can cause crashes. can build up under the vehicle's mountains is different than driving
They might not work as well in a tires so they actually ride on the on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include:
quick stop and could cause water. This can happen if the road is
. Keep the vehicle serviced and in
pulling to one side. You could wet enough and you are going fast
enough. When the vehicle is good shape.
lose control of the vehicle.
hydroplaning, it has little or no . Check all fluid levels and brakes,
After driving through a large contact with the road. tires, cooling system, and
puddle of water or a car/vehicle transmission.
wash, lightly apply the brake There is no hard and fast rule about
hydroplaning. The best advice is to . Shift to a lower gear when going
pedal until the brakes work
slow down when the road is wet. down steep or long hills.
normally.
Other Rainy Weather Tips
Flowing or rushing water creates
strong forces. Driving through Besides slowing down, other wet
{ Warning
flowing water could cause the weather driving tips include: Using the brakes to slow the
vehicle to be carried away. If this . Allow extra following distance. vehicle on a long downhill slope
happens, you and other vehicle can cause brake overheating, can
occupants could drown. Do not . Pass with caution. reduce brake performance, and
ignore police warnings and be . Keep windshield wiping could result in a loss of braking.
very cautious about trying to drive equipment in good shape. Shift the transmission to a lower
through flowing water. . Keep the windshield washer fluid gear to let the engine assist the
reservoir filled. brakes on a steep downhill slope.
. Have good tires with proper
tread depth. See Tires 0 292.
. Turn off cruise control.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Winter Driving clear roads in shaded areas.

{ Warning The surface of a curve or an
Driving on Snow or Ice overpass can remain icy when
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) the surrounding roads are clear.
or with the ignition off is Snow or ice between the tires and
the road creates less traction or Avoid sudden steering
dangerous. This can cause maneuvers and braking while
overheating of the brakes and grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can
occur at about 0 C (32 F) when on ice.
loss of steering. Always have the
freezing rain begins to fall. Avoid . Turn off cruise control.
engine running and the vehicle
driving on wet ice or in freezing rain
in gear. Blizzard Conditions
until roads can be treated.
For Slippery Road Driving: Stop the vehicle in a safe place and
. Drive at speeds that keep the signal for help. Stay with the vehicle
vehicle in its own lane. Do not . Accelerate gently. Accelerating unless there is help nearby.
swing wide or cross the too quickly causes the wheels to If possible, use Roadside
center line. spin and makes the surface Assistance. See Roadside
. Be alert on top of hills; under the tires slick. Assistance Program 0 358. To get
something could be in your lane . Turn on Traction Control. See help and keep everyone in the
(e.g., stalled car, accident). Traction Control/Electronic vehicle safe:
. Pay attention to special road Stability Control 0 235. . Turn on the hazard warning
signs (e.g., falling rocks area, . The Antilock Brake System flashers.
winding roads, long grades, (ABS) improves vehicle stability . Tie a red cloth to an outside
passing or no-passing zones) during hard stops, but the mirror.
and take appropriate action. brakes should be applied sooner
than when on dry pavement.
See Antilock Brake System
(ABS) 0 232.
. Allow greater following distance
and watch for slippery spots. Icy
patches can occur on otherwise
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
If stuck too severely for the traction

{ Warning Warning (Continued) system to free the vehicle, turn the
traction system off and use the
Snow can trap engine exhaust the fan speed to the highest rocking method. See Traction
under the vehicle. This may setting. See Climate Control/Electronic Stability
cause exhaust gases to get Control Systems. Control 0 235.
inside. Engine exhaust contains For more information about CO,
carbon monoxide (CO), which
cannot be seen or smelled. It can
see Engine Exhaust 0 224. { Warning
cause unconsciousness and even If the vehicle's tires spin at high
death. To save fuel, run the engine for
short periods to warm the vehicle speed, they can explode, and you
If the vehicle is stuck in snow: and then shut the engine off and or others could be injured. The
partially close the window. Moving vehicle can overheat, causing an
. Clear snow from the base of
about to keep warm also helps. engine compartment fire or other
the vehicle, especially any
damage. Spin the wheels as little
blocking the exhaust pipe. If it takes time for help to arrive, as possible and avoid going
. Open a window about 5 cm when running the engine, push the above 56 km/h (35 mph).
(2 in) on the vehicle side accelerator pedal slightly so the
that is away from the wind, engine runs faster than the idle
to bring in fresh air. speed. This keeps the battery Rocking the Vehicle to Get
charged to restart the vehicle and to it Out
. Fully open the air outlets on signal for help with the headlamps.
or under the instrument Do this as little as possible, to Turn the steering wheel left and
panel. save fuel. right to clear the area around the
front wheels. Turn off any traction
. Adjust the climate control
system. Shift back and forth
system to circulate the air If the Vehicle Is Stuck between R (Reverse) and a low
inside the vehicle and set forward gear, spinning the wheels
Slowly and cautiously spin the
(Continued) wheels to free the vehicle when as little as possible. To prevent
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. transmission wear, wait until the
wheels stop spinning before shifting
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
gears. Release the accelerator Tire and Loading Information

pedal while shifting, and press { Warning Label
lightly on the accelerator pedal
when the transmission is in gear. Do not load the vehicle any
Slowly spinning the wheels in the heavier than the Gross
forward and reverse directions Vehicle Weight Rating
causes a rocking motion that could (GVWR), or either the
free the vehicle. If that does not get maximum front or rear Gross
the vehicle out after a few tries, it Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
might need to be towed out. If the This can cause systems to
vehicle does need to be towed out, break and change the way the
see Towing the Vehicle 0 323. vehicle handles. This could
cause loss of control and a
Vehicle Load Limits crash. Overloading can also
It is very important to know how reduce stopping distance, Label Example
much weight the vehicle can damage the tires, and shorten
carry. This weight is called the A vehicle-specific Tire and
the life of the vehicle.
vehicle capacity weight and Loading Information label is
includes the weight of all attached to the vehicle's center
occupants, cargo, and all pillar (B-pillar). The Tire and
nonfactory-installed options. Loading Information label shows
Two labels on the vehicle may the number of occupant seating
show how much weight it may positions (1), and the maximum
properly carry: the Tire and vehicle capacity weight (2) in
Loading Information label and kilograms and pounds.
the Certification label. The Tire and Loading
Information label also shows the
tire size of the original
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
equipment tires (3) and the 2. Determine the combined exceed the available cargo
recommended cold tire inflation weight of the driver and and luggage load capacity
pressures (4). For more passengers that will be calculated in Step 4.
information on tires and inflation riding in your vehicle. 6. If your vehicle will be towing
see Tires 0 292 and Tire 3. Subtract the combined a trailer, load from your
Pressure 0 300. weight of the driver and trailer will be transferred to
There is also important loading passengers from XXX kg or your vehicle. Consult this
information on the Certification XXX lbs. manual to determine how
label. It may show the Gross 4. The resulting figure equals
this reduces the available
Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) cargo and luggage load
the available amount of
and the Gross Axle Weight capacity of your vehicle.
cargo and luggage load
Rating (GAWR) for the front and This vehicle is neither designed
capacity. For example, if the
rear axle. See Certification nor intended to tow a trailer.
"XXX" amount equals
Label later in this section.
1400 lbs. and there will be
Steps for Determining Correct five 150 lb passengers in
Load Limit your vehicle, the amount of
1. Locate the statement "The
available cargo and luggage
load capacity is 650 lbs.
combined weight of
(1400-750 (5 x 150) =
occupants and cargo should
650 lbs.)
never exceed XXX kg or
XXX lbs." on your vehicles 5. Determine the combined
placard. weight of luggage and cargo
being loaded on the vehicle.
That weight may not safely
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Example 1 Example 2 Example 3
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight

for Example 1 = 453 kg for Example 2 = 453 kg for Example 3 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs). (1,000 lbs). (1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant 2. Subtract Occupant 2. Subtract Occupant
Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) Weight @ 91 kg
2 = 136 kg (300 lbs). 5 = 340 kg (750 lbs). (200 lbs) 5 = 453 kg
3. Available Occupant and 3. Available Cargo Weight (1,000 lbs).
Cargo Weight = 317 kg = 113 kg (250 lbs). 3. Available Cargo Weight
(700 lbs). = 0 kg (0 lbs).
Refer to the vehicle's Tire and
Loading Information label for
specific information about the
vehicle's capacity weight and
seating positions. The combined
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
weight of the driver, passengers, Starting and

and cargo should never exceed { Warning
the vehicle's capacity weight. Operating
Things inside the vehicle can
Certification Label strike and injure people in a New Vehicle Break-In
sudden stop or turn, or in a
crash.
Caution
. Put things in the cargo
area of the vehicle. In the Follow these recommended
cargo area, put them as guidelines during the first
far forward as possible. 2 414 km (1,500 mi) of driving this
Try to spread the weight vehicle. Parts have a break-in
evenly. period and performance will be
better in the long run.
. Never stack heavier . Avoid full throttle starts and
things, like suitcases, abrupt stops.
inside the vehicle so that
Label Example . Do not exceed 4000
some of them are above
engine rpm.
A vehicle-specific Certification the tops of the seats.
. Avoid driving at any one
label is attached to the vehicle's . Do not leave an constant speed, fast or slow.
center pillar (B-pillar). The label unsecured child restraint
may show the gross weight . Do not drive above
in the vehicle.
capacity of the vehicle, called 129 km/h (80 mph).
. Secure loose items in the
the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating . Avoid downshifting to brake
(GVWR). The GVWR includes vehicle. or slow the vehicle when the
the weight of the vehicle, all . Do not leave a seat engine speed will exceed
occupants, fuel, and cargo. folded down unless 4000 rpm.
needed. (Continued)
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued)

Ignition Positions
. Do not let the engine labor. . New brake linings also need
Never lug the engine in high a break-in period. Avoid
gear at low speeds. With a making hard stops during
manual transmission, shift the first 322 km (200 mi).
to the next lower gear. This This is recommended every
rule applies at all times, not time brake linings are
just during the break-in replaced.
period. . Should the vehicle be used
. Do not participate in racing for racing or competitive
events, sport driving driving (after break-in), the
schools, or similar activities rear axle lubricant must be
during this break-in period. replaced beforehand.
. The vehicle has an electronic
Check engine oil with every
keyless ignition with pushbutton
refueling and add if See Track Events and Competitive start.
necessary. Oil and fuel Driving 0 204.
consumption may be higher Pressing the button cycles it through
than normal during the first three modes: ACC/ACCESSORY,
2 414 km (1,500 mi). ON/RUN/START, and Stopping the
. Engine/OFF.
To break in new tires, drive
at moderate speeds and The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
avoid hard cornering for the transmitter must be in the vehicle for
first 322 km (200 mi). New the system to operate. If the
tires do not have maximum pushbutton start is not working, the
traction and may tend vehicle may be near a strong radio
to slip. antenna signal causing interference
(Continued)
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
to the Keyless Access system. See Manual Transmission 3. Come to a complete stop. Shift
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) If the vehicle is stationary, the to P (Park) with an automatic
System Operation 0 28. ignition will turn off, and Retained transmission, or N (Neutral)
To shift out of P (Park), the vehicle Accessory Power (RAP) will remain with a manual transmission.
must be in ON/RUN and the brake active. See Retained Accessory Turn the ignition to OFF.
pedal must be applied. Power (RAP) 0 221. 4. Set the parking brake. See
Stopping the Engine/OFF (No Do not turn the engine off when the Electric Parking Brake 0 232.
Indicator Lights) : When the vehicle is moving. This will cause a
vehicle is stopped, press ENGINE loss of power assist in the brake { Warning
START/STOP once to turn the and steering systems and disable
engine off. the airbags. Turning off the vehicle while
moving may cause loss of power
If the vehicle is in P (Park), the If the vehicle must be shut off in an assist in the brake and steering
ignition will turn off, and Retained emergency: systems and disable the airbags.
Accessory Power (RAP) will remain 1. Brake using a firm and steady While driving, only shut the
active. See Retained Accessory pressure. Do not pump the vehicle off in an emergency.
Power (RAP) 0 221. brakes repeatedly. This may
Automatic Transmission deplete power assist, requiring
increased brake pedal force. If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,
If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the and must be shut off while driving,
ignition will return to ACC/ 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). press and hold ENGINE START/
ACCESSORY and display a This can be done while the STOP for longer than two seconds,
message in the Driver Information vehicle is moving. After shifting or press twice within five seconds.
Center (DIC). See Transmission to N (Neutral), firmly apply the
brakes and steer the vehicle to ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber
Messages 0 142. When the vehicle Indicator Light) : This mode allows
is shifted into P (Park), the ignition a safe location.
the use of some electrical
system will switch to OFF. accessories when the engine is off.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
With the ignition off, pressing the the vehicle in Service Only Mode.
button one time without the brake The instruments and audio systems Caution
pedal applied will place the ignition will operate as they do in ON/RUN,
system in ACC/ACCESSORY. but the vehicle will not be able to be Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the
driven. The engine will not start in vehicle is moving. If you do, you
The ignition will switch from ACC/ could damage the transmission.
ACCESSORY to OFF after Service Only Mode. Press the
button again to turn the vehicle off. Shift to P (Park) only when the
five minutes to prevent battery vehicle is stopped.
rundown.
Starting the Engine
ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator
Place the transmission in the For a manual transmission, place
Light) : This mode is for driving and the shift lever in Neutral with the
starting. With the ignition off, and proper gear.
parking brake engaged. Hold the
the brake pedal applied, pressing clutch pedal down to the floor and
the button once will place the Caution start the engine.
ignition system in ON/RUN/START.
Once engine cranking begins, If you add electrical parts or The RKE transmitter must be inside
release the button. Engine cranking accessories, you could change the vehicle for the ignition to work.
will continue until the engine starts. the way the engine operates. Any Cell phone chargers can interfere
See Starting the Engine 0 218. The resulting damage would not be with the operation of the Keyless
ignition will then remain in ON/RUN. covered by the vehicle warranty. Access system. Battery chargers
Service Only Mode See Add-On Electrical should not be plugged in when
Equipment 0 254. starting or turning off the engine.
This power mode is available for
service and diagnostics, and to To start the vehicle:
verify the proper operation of the For an automatic transmission,
1. For vehicles with an automatic
malfunction indicator lamp as may move the shift lever to P (Park) or
transmission, press the brake
be required for emission inspection N (Neutral). To restart the vehicle
pedal, then press ENGINE
purposes. With the vehicle off, and when it is already moving, use
START/STOP on the
the brake pedal not applied, N (Neutral) only.
instrument panel. For vehicles
pressing and holding the button for with a manual transmission,
more than five seconds will place
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
press the clutch pedal first, POCKET THEN START YOUR repeat these steps. This clears
then press ENGINE VEHICLE under Key and Lock the extra gasoline from the
START/STOP. Messages 0 138. engine.
If there is no RKE transmitter in 3. Do not race the engine
the vehicle or if there is immediately after starting it. Caution
something causing interference Operate the engine and
with it, the DIC will display a transmission gently until the oil Cranking the engine for long
message. See Key and Lock warms up and lubricates all periods of time, by returning the
Messages 0 138. moving parts. ignition to the START position
immediately after cranking has
2. When the engine begins 4. If the engine does not start and ended, can overheat and damage
cranking, let go of the button no DIC message is displayed,
the cranking motor, and drain the
and the engine cranks wait 15 seconds before trying
battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
automatically until it starts. again to let the cranking motor
If the battery in the RKE cool down. between each try, to let the
transmitter is weak, the DIC will cranking motor cool down.
If the engine does not start
display a message. The vehicle after five to 10 seconds,
can still be driven. especially in very cold weather Stopping the Engine
See Starting the Vehicle with a (below 18 C or 0 F), it could If the vehicle has an automatic
Low Transmitter Battery under be flooded with too much transmission, move the shift lever to
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) gasoline. Try pushing the P (Park) and press and hold
System Operation 0 28. If the accelerator pedal all the way to ENGINE START/STOP on the
RKE transmitter battery is the floor while cranking for up instrument panel, until the engine
dead, insert it into the rear to 15 seconds maximum. Wait shuts off. If the shift lever is not in
cupholder to enable engine at least 15 seconds between P (Park), the engine shuts off and
starting. See NO REMOTE each try, to allow the cranking the vehicle goes into the accessory
KEY WAS DETECTED PLACE motor to cool down. When the mode. The DIC displays SHIFT TO
KEY IN TRANSMITTER engine starts, let go of the PARK. Once the shift lever is moved
accelerator. If the vehicle starts to P (Park), the vehicle turns off.
briefly but then stops again, If the vehicle has a manual
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
transmission, move the shift lever to 2. Open the hood and unwrap the
R (Reverse) and set the parking electrical cord. { Warning
brake after turning off the engine by
pressing and holding ENGINE Improper use of the heater cord
START/STOP. or an extension cord can damage
the cord and may result in
If the RKE transmitter is not overheating and fire.
detected inside the vehicle when it
is turned to OFF, the DIC displays a . Plug the cord into a
message. See Key and Lock three-prong electrical utility
Messages 0 138. receptacle that is protected
by a ground fault detection
Engine Heater function. An ungrounded
outlet could cause an
On vehicles with the 3.6L electric shock.
V6 engine, if equipped. The engine
. Use a weatherproof,
coolant heater can help in cold
weather conditions at or below The electrical cord is on the heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated
18 C (0 F) for easier starting and passenger side of the engine extension cord if needed.
better fuel economy during engine compartment, next to the Failure to use the
warm-up. Plug in the coolant heater engine compartment fuse recommended extension
block. cord in good operating
at least four hours before starting
Check the heater cord for condition, or using a
the vehicle. An internal thermostat
damage. If it is damaged, do damaged heater or
in the plug end of the cord will
not use it. See your dealer for extension cord, could make
prevent engine coolant heater
operation at temperatures above a replacement. Inspect the (Continued)
18 C (0 F). cord for damage yearly.
Using the Engine Coolant 3. Plug it into a normal, grounded
Heater 110-volt AC outlet.
1. Turn off the engine.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Warning (Continued)
away from moving engine Shifting Into Park
parts. If you do not it could be
damaged. To shift into P (Park):
it overheat and cause a fire,
property damage, electric The length of time the heater should 1. Hold the brake pedal down and
shock, and injury. remain plugged in depends on set the parking brake.
several factors. Ask a dealer in the See Electric Parking
. Do not operate the vehicle area where you will be parking the Brake 0 232.
with the heater cord vehicle for the best advice on this.
permanently attached to the 2. Hold the button on the shift
vehicle. Possible heater lever and push the lever toward
cord and thermostat Retained Accessory the front of the vehicle into
damage could occur. Power (RAP) P (Park).
. While in use, do not let the These vehicle accessories may be 3. Turn the ignition to OFF.
heater cord touch vehicle used for up to 10 minutes after the
parts or sharp edges. Never engine is turned off: Leaving the Vehicle with the
close the hood on the Engine Running
. Audio System
heater cord.
. Before starting the vehicle,
. Power Windows { Warning
unplug the cord, reattach . Sunroof (if equipped)
It can be dangerous to leave the
the cover to the plug, and The power windows and sunroof will vehicle with the engine running.
securely fasten the cord. continue to work for up to
Keep the cord away from It could overheat and catch fire.
10 minutes or until any door is
any moving parts. opened. The radio will work when It is dangerous to get out of the
the ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
4. Before starting the engine, be ACCESSORY. Once the ignition is in P (Park) with the parking brake
sure to unplug and store the turned from ON/RUN to OFF, the firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
cord as it was before to keep it radio will continue to work for (Continued)
10 minutes, or until the driver door is
opened.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
done properly and then it is difficult To shift out of P (Park):

Warning (Continued) to shift out of P (Park). To prevent 1. Apply the brake pedal.
torque lock, set the parking brake
Do not leave the vehicle when the and then shift into P (Park). To find 2. Turn the ignition to the ON/
engine is running. If you have left out how, see Shifting Into Park RUN position.
the engine running, the vehicle previously in this section. 3. Release the parking brake.
can move suddenly. You or others
If torque lock does occur, the See Electric Parking
could be injured. To be sure the
vehicle may need to be pushed Brake 0 232.
vehicle will not move, even when
uphill by another vehicle to relieve 4. Press the shift lever button.
you are on fairly level ground,
the parking pawl pressure, so you
always set the parking brake and 5. Move the shift lever to the
can shift out of P (Park).
move the shift lever to P (Park). desired position.
See Shifting Into Park 0 221.
Shifting out of Park If still unable to shift out of P (Park):
This vehicle is equipped with an 1. Fully release the shift lever
If you have to leave the vehicle with button.
electronic shift lock control system.
the engine running, the vehicle must
The shift lock release is designed to 2. Hold the brake pedal down and
be in P (Park) and the parking
prevent movement of the shift lever press the shift lever button
brake set.
out of P (Park), unless the ignition is again.
Release the button and check that in ON/RUN and the brake pedal is
the shift lever cannot be moved out applied. 3. Move the shift lever to the
of P (Park). desired position.
The shift lock release is always
Torque Lock functional except in the case of an If the shift lever still cannot be
uncharged or low voltage (less than moved from P (Park), see your
Torque lock is when the weight of 9-volt) battery. dealer.
the vehicle puts too much force on
the parking pawl in the If the vehicle has an uncharged
transmission. This happens when battery or a battery with low voltage,
parking on a hill and shifting the try charging or jump starting the
transmission into P (Park) is not battery. See Jump Starting - North
America 0 320.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Parking Active Fuel Management Extended Parking

If the vehicle has a manual Vehicles with V6 and V8 engines It is better not to park with the
transmission, before getting out of and an automatic transmission have vehicle running. If the vehicle is left
the vehicle, move the shift lever into Active Fuel Management. This while running, follow the proper
R (Reverse), and firmly apply the system allows the engine to operate steps to be sure the vehicle will not
parking brake. Once the shift lever on either all or four of its cylinders, move and there is adequate
has been placed into R (Reverse) depending on the driving conditions. ventilation. See Shifting Into Park
with the clutch pedal pressed in, When less power is required, such 0 221 and Engine Exhaust 0 224.
turn the ignition to OFF, and release as cruising at a constant vehicle If the vehicle is left in P (Park) while
the clutch. speed, the system will operate in running and the Remote Keyless
four cylinder mode, allowing the Entry (RKE) transmitter is outside
Parking over Things vehicle to achieve better fuel the vehicle, the vehicle will turn off
That Burn economy. When greater power after one hour.
demands are required, such as If the vehicle is left in P (Park) while
{ Warning accelerating from a stop, passing,
or merging onto a freeway, the
running and the RKE transmitter is
inside, the vehicle will run for two
Things that can burn could touch system will maintain full-cylinder hours. At the end of the second
hot exhaust parts under the operation. hour, the vehicle will turn off.
vehicle and ignite. Do not park
The timer will reset if the vehicle is
over papers, leaves, dry grass,
taken out of P (Park) while it is
or other things that can burn. running.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Engine Exhaust Warning (Continued)

Running the Vehicle
While Parked
{ Warning . There are holes or openings
in the vehicle body from
It is better not to park with the
engine running.
Engine exhaust contains carbon damage or aftermarket
monoxide (CO), which cannot be modifications that are not If the vehicle is left with the engine
seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed. running, follow the proper steps to
can cause unconsciousness and be sure the vehicle will not move.
If unusual fumes are detected or
even death. See Shifting Into Park 0 221 and
if it is suspected that exhaust is Engine Exhaust 0 224. If the vehicle
Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: coming into the vehicle: has a manual transmission, see
. The vehicle idles in areas . Drive it only with the Parking 0 223.
with poor ventilation windows completely down.
(parking garages, tunnels, . Have the vehicle repaired
deep snow that may block immediately.
underbody airflow or tail
pipes). Never park the vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed
. The exhaust smells or
area such as a garage or a
sounds strange or different.
building that has no fresh air
. The exhaust system leaks ventilation.
due to corrosion or damage.
. The vehicle exhaust system
has been modified,
damaged, or improperly
repaired.
(Continued)
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Automatic P : This position locks the rear

wheels. It is the best position to use
shifting from P (Park) when the
ignition is in ON/RUN. If you cannot
Transmission when starting the engine because shift out of P (Park), ease pressure
the vehicle cannot move easily. on the shift lever, then push the shift
If the vehicle has a 10-speed
lever all the way into P (Park) as
automatic transmission, see the
Camaro High Performance { Warning you maintain brake application.
Then press the shift lever button
supplement.
It is dangerous to get out of the and move the shift lever into
The Driver Information Center (DIC) vehicle if the shift lever is not fully another gear. See Shifting out of
displays the current gear selected in in P (Park) with the parking brake Park 0 222.
the lower right corner. When Sport firmly set. The vehicle can roll. R : Use this gear to back up.
Mode is active, an S is displayed.
If Manual Mode is active, an M and Do not leave the vehicle when the
the current gear selected is engine is running. If you have left Caution
displayed next to the M. the engine running, the vehicle
can move suddenly. You or others Shifting to R (Reverse) while the
could be injured. To be sure the vehicle is moving forward could
vehicle will not move, even when damage the transmission. The
you are on fairly level ground, repairs would not be covered by
always set the parking brake and the vehicle warranty. Shift to
move the shift lever to P (Park). R (Reverse) only after the vehicle
See Shifting Into Park 0 221. is stopped.
Make sure the shift lever is fully in To rock the vehicle back and forth to
P (Park) before starting the engine. get out of snow, ice, or sand without
The vehicle has an automatic damaging the transmission, see If
transmission shift lock control the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 211.
system. The regular brake must be N : In this position, the engine does
fully applied first and then the shift not connect with the wheels. To
lever button must be pressed before restart the engine when the vehicle
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
is already moving, use N (Neutral) D : This position is for normal

only. Also, use N (Neutral) when the driving. It provides the best fuel Caution
vehicle is being towed. economy.
If the vehicle does not shift gears,
If more power is needed for the transmission could be
{ Warning passing, and the vehicle is: damaged. Have the vehicle
Shifting into a drive gear while the . Going less than 56 km/h serviced right away.
engine is running at high speed is (35 mph), push the accelerator
dangerous. Unless your foot is pedal about halfway down.
Performance Shifting
firmly on the brake pedal, the . Going about 56 km/h (35 mph) or
While driving in Sport Mode (L4 and
vehicle could move very rapidly. more, push the accelerator all
V6), or Sport Mode and Track Mode
You could lose control and hit the way down.
(V8), if Tap Shift has not been
people or objects. Do not shift Powertrain Braking activated, the transmission
into a drive gear while the engine determines when the vehicle is
is running at high speed. When driving on steep descents
being driven in a competitive
with the shift lever in D (Drive)
manner. The transmission may
where frequent braking is required,
remain in a gear longer than it
the transmission will shift down a
would in the normal driving mode
Caution gear to help hold vehicle speed and
based on throttle input and vehicle
reduce brake wear. If the driver
Shifting out of P (Park) or lateral acceleration. If there is a
continues to press the brake, the
N (Neutral) with the engine rapid reduction in throttle from a
transmission will downshift until
running at high speed may heavy throttle position at high rpm,
3 (Third) gear is reached.
the transmission will maintain the
damage the transmission. The If the brake is released for some current gear up to near redline rpm.
repairs would not be covered by time, the transmission will upshift a While braking, the transmission will
the vehicle warranty. Be sure the gear. If the road levels out and the automatically downshift to the next
engine is not running at high accelerator pedal is pressed, the lower gear keeping engine speed
speed when shifting the vehicle. transmission will upshift until the above approximately 3000 rpm.
appropriate gear is reached. If the vehicle is then driven for a
short time at a steady speed, and
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
without high cornering loads, the The transmission will only allow you
transmission will upshift one gear at to shift into gears appropriate for the
a time, until 8 (Eighth) gear. After vehicle speed and engine
shifting to 8 (Eighth) gear, or coming revolutions per minute (rpm). The
to a complete stop, the transmission transmission will not automatically
will return to normal Sport Mode shift to the next lower gear if the
shifting. engine rpm is too high, nor to the
next higher gear when the maximum
Manual Mode engine rpm is reached.
Driver Shift Control (DSC) While in the DSC mode, the

transmission will automatically
downshift as the vehicle comes to a
Caution DSC allows shifting an automatic stop. This will allow for more power
transmission similar to a manual during take-off.
Driving with the engine at a high
rpm without upshifting while using transmission. To use the DSC When accelerating the vehicle from
feature: a stop in snowy and icy conditions,
Driver Shift Control (DSC), could
damage the vehicle. Always 1. Move the shift lever to the left you may want to shift into second
upshift when necessary while from D (Drive) into the side gear. A higher gear allows the
using DSC. gate marked with +/. vehicle to gain more traction on
slippery surfaces.
2. Press the shift lever forward to
upshift or rearward to
downshift.
While using the DSC feature, the
vehicle will have firmer, quicker
shifting. You can use this for sport
driving or when climbing or
descending hills, to stay in gear
longer, or to downshift for more
power or engine braking.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Tap Shift Holding the left paddle for an See Head-Up Display (HUD) 0 130.
extended time will downshift the Temporary Tap Shift Mode allows
transmission to the lowest brief entry into Tap Shift Mode while
available gear. in D (Drive). Tapping either the
While in Manual Mode, the upshift or downshift control will
transmission will prevent shifting to place the transmission in Tap Shift
a lower gear if the engine speed is Mode. Exit Tap Shift Mode by
too high. If the tap down (Minus) holding the upshift control for
paddle is held while the vehicle two seconds. The system will return
slows down, the M in the DIC will to automatic shifting after
flash, and the downshift will be seven seconds of driving at a
allowed when vehicle speed is low steady speed, or when the vehicle
enough. Continuing to hold the tap comes to a stop.
down (Minus) paddle will not This may be used for sport driving
Tap Shift allows you to manually cause the transmission to continue or when climbing or descending
control the automatic transmission. downshifting. Each downshift must hills, to stay in gear longer, or to
To use Tap Shift, the shift lever must be requested separately by downshift for more power or engine
be in DSC Mode. Vehicles with this releasing and reapplying the tap braking. The transmission will only
feature have indicators on the down (Minus) paddle. allow you to shift into gears
steering wheel. The paddles are on Vehicles equipped with a Head-Up appropriate for the vehicle speed
the back of the steering wheel. Tap Display (HUD) may also have shift and engine revolutions per minute
the left paddle () to downshift, and timing lights across the top of the (rpm). The transmission will not
the right paddle (+) to upshift. The display. automatically shift to the next higher
Driver Information Center (DIC) gear if the engine rpm is too high.
display indicates the gear the The rows of lights get closer
together as the shift point gets If shifting is prevented for any
vehicle is in. reason, the message SHIFT
closer. Shift the transmission before
the lights come together in the DENIED will appear in the DIC,
display. Shift immediately if the indicating that the transmission has
lights are flashing. not shifted gears. While in the Tap
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Shift Mode, the transmission will not Manual Transmission

automatically downshift on hard
acceleration.
When accelerating the vehicle from
a stop in snowy and icy conditions,
you may want to shift into
2 (Second) gear. A higher gear ratio
allows you to gain more traction on
slippery surfaces.
Shift Pattern L4 and V6 Engines
Shift Pattern V8 Engine These are the shift patterns for the
6-speed manual transmissions.
To operate the transmission:
1 : Press the clutch pedal and shift
into 1 (First). Then slowly let up on
the clutch pedal while pressing the
accelerator pedal.
Shift into 1 (First) when going less
than 64 km/h (40 mph). If the vehicle
comes to a complete stop and it is
hard to shift into 1 (First), put the
shift lever in Neutral and let up on
the clutch. Press the clutch pedal
back down. Then shift into 1 (First).
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
2 : Press the clutch pedal while One to Four Shift Message

letting up on the accelerator pedal (V8 Only) Caution
and shift into 2 (Second). Then,
slowly let up on the clutch pedal Forcing the shift lever into any
while pressing the accelerator gear except 4 (Fourth) when the
pedal. 1-4 SHIFT message comes on
may damage the transmission.
3, 4, 5, and 6 : Shift into 3 (Third), Shift only from 1 (First) to
4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth), and 6 (Sixth) the 4 (Fourth) when the message
same way as for 2 (Second). Slowly
comes on.
let up on the clutch pedal while
pressing the accelerator pedal.
To stop, let up on the accelerator This message will come on when:
pedal and press the brake pedal. . The engine coolant temperature
Just before the vehicle stops, press is higher than 76 C (169 F).
the clutch pedal and the brake . The vehicle is accelerating from
pedal, and shift to Neutral. When this message comes on, the a stop and going 24 to 31 km/h
vehicle can only be shifted from (15 to 19 mph).
Neutral : Use this position when
1 (First) to 4 (Fourth) instead of
starting or idling the engine. The . The vehicle is at 33% throttle
1 (First) to 2 (Second). The message
shift lever is in Neutral when it is or less.
will display in the Driver Information
centered in the shift pattern, not in
Center (DIC). Vehicles equipped with a Head-Up
any gear.
Complete the shift into 4 (Fourth) to Display (HUD) may also have shift
R : To back up, press the clutch timing lights across the top of the
turn off this feature. This helps to
pedal and shift into R (Reverse). On display.
get the best possible fuel economy.
V8 models, apply pressure to get
the lever past 5 (Fifth) and 6 (Sixth) After shifting to 4 (Fourth), downshift The rows of lights get closer
into R (Reverse). Let up on the to a lower gear, if desired. together as the shift point gets
clutch pedal slowly while pressing closer. Shift the transmission before
the accelerator pedal.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
the lights come together in the disabled, and the malfunction

display. Shift immediately if the indicator lamp will be on. See
lights are flashing. Malfunction Indicator Lamp
See Head-Up Display (HUD) 0 130. (Check Engine Light) 0 121. The
clutch and manual transmission
will continue to operate normally.
Active Rev Match
ARM will also:
Vehicles equipped with a V8 engine
and a manual transmission have . Be active above 25 km/h
Active Rev Match (ARM). ARM aids (16 mph).
in smoother shifting by matching the . Match engine speed up to
engine speed to the next selected 5400 rpm.
gear. By monitoring shift lever and
The system is activated and . Not operate when the
clutch operation, ARM adjusts
deactivated by pressing either of the accelerator pedal is applied.
engine speed to match a calibrated
paddles marked REV MATCH on . Be disabled when the coolant
value based on gear selection. On
the steering wheel. The system
upshifts and downshifts, engine temperature is below
must be activated with each new
speed will be decreased and 0 C (32 F).
ignition cycle.
increased to match vehicle road
speed and transmission gear A gear indicator in the instrument
position. ARM is maintained for a cluster displays the current gear
few seconds between shifts, then selected:
deactivates if the shift is not . When ARM is activated, the
completed. gear number is amber.
. When ARM is deactivated, the
gear number is white.
. If no gear number is displayed
while the shift lever is in gear,
service is required. ARM will be
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Brakes If driving safely on a wet road and it

becomes necessary to slam on the
Using ABS
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
brakes and continue braking to
Antilock Brake avoid a sudden obstacle, a
the brake pedal down firmly and let
System (ABS) ABS work. You may hear the ABS
computer senses the wheels are
pump or motor operating and feel
slowing down. If one of the wheels
This vehicle has an Antilock Brake the brake pedal pulsate. This is
is about to stop rolling, the computer
System (ABS), an advanced normal.
will separately work the brakes at
electronic braking system that helps
each wheel. Braking in Emergencies
prevent a braking skid.
ABS can change the brake pressure ABS allows you to steer and brake
When the vehicle begins to drive
to each wheel, as required, faster at the same time. In many
away, ABS checks itself.
than any driver could. This can help emergencies, steering can help
A momentary motor or clicking noise
you steer around the obstacle while more than even the very best
may be heard while this test is going
braking hard. braking.
on, and it may even be noticed that
the brake pedal moves a little. This As the brakes are applied, the
is normal. computer keeps receiving updates Electric Parking Brake
on wheel speed and controls
braking pressure accordingly.
Remember: ABS does not change
the time needed to get a foot up to
the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too
close to the vehicle in front of you,
If there is a problem with ABS, this there will not be enough time to
warning light stays on. See Antilock apply the brakes if that vehicle
Brake System (ABS) Warning suddenly slows or stops. Always
Light 0 124. leave enough room up ahead to
stop, even with ABS.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
The vehicle has an Electric Parking 2. Lift up the EPB switch held up. If the switch is held up until
Brake (EPB). The switch is on the momentarily. the vehicle comes to a stop, the
center console. The EPB can The red parking brake status light EPB will remain applied.
always be activated, even if the will flash and then stay on once the The vehicle may automatically apply
ignition is off. To prevent draining EPB is fully applied. If the red the EPB in some situations when
the battery, avoid repeated cycles of parking brake status light flashes the vehicle is not moving. This is
the EPB when the engine is not continuously, then the EPB is only normal, and is done to periodically
running. partially applied or there is a check the correct operation of the
The system has a red parking brake problem with the EPB. A DIC EPB system.
status light and an amber parking message will display. Release the If the EPB fails to apply, the rear
brake warning light. See Electric EPB and try to apply it again. If the wheels should be blocked to
Parking Brake Light 0 123 and light does not come on, or keeps prevent vehicle movement.
Service Electric Parking Brake Light flashing, have the vehicle serviced.
0 124. There are also parking Do not drive the vehicle if the red EPB Release
brake-related Driver Information parking brake status light is flashing.
To release the EPB:
Center (DIC) messages. See Brake See your dealer. See Electric
System Messages 0 135. In case of Parking Brake Light 0 123. 1. Place the ignition in the ACC/
insufficient electrical power, the EPB ACCESSORY or ON/RUN
If the amber parking brake warning
cannot be applied or released. position.
light is on, lift up on the EPB switch
Before leaving the vehicle, check and hold it up. Continue to hold the 2. Apply and hold the brake
the red parking brake status light to switch until the red parking brake pedal.
ensure that the parking brake is status light remains on. If the amber 3. Push down momentarily on the
applied. parking brake warning light remains EPB switch.
on, see your dealer.
EPB Apply The EPB is released when the red
If the EPB is applied while the parking brake status light is off.
To apply the EPB: vehicle is moving, the vehicle will
1. Be sure the vehicle is at a decelerate as long as the switch is
complete stop.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
If the amber parking brake warning Brake Assist Hill Start Assist (HSA)
light is on, release the EPB by
pushing down on the EPB switch This vehicle has a brake assist If equipped, Hill Start Assist (HSA)
and holding it down. Continue to feature designed to assist the driver may automatically activate when the
hold the switch until the red parking in stopping or decreasing vehicle vehicle is stopped on a grade. This
brake status light is off. If either light speed in emergency driving feature is designed to prevent the
stays on after release is attempted, conditions. This feature uses the vehicle from rolling, either forward or
see your dealer. stability system hydraulic brake rearward, during vehicle drive off.
control module to supplement the During the transition from releasing
Automatic EPB Release power brake system under the brake pedal to accelerating to
The EPB will automatically release if conditions where the driver has drive off on a grade, HSA holds the
the vehicle is running, placed into quickly and forcefully applied the braking pressure to prevent rolling.
gear, and an attempt is made to brake pedal in an attempt to quickly HSA will not activate if the vehicle is
drive away. Avoid rapid acceleration stop or slow down the vehicle. The in a drive gear and facing downhill
when the EPB is applied, to stability system hydraulic brake or if the vehicle is facing uphill and
preserve parking brake lining life. control module increases brake in R (Reverse).
pressure at each corner of the
The EPB can also be used to vehicle until the ABS activates.
prevent roll back for vehicles with a Minor brake pedal pulsation or
manual transmission taking off on a pedal movement during this time is
hill. When no roll back is desired, an normal and the driver should
applied EPB will allow both feet to continue to apply the brake pedal as
be used for the clutch and the driving situation dictates. The
accelerator pedals in preparation for brake assist feature will
starting the vehicle moving in the automatically disengage when the
intended direction. In this case, brake pedal is released or brake
there is no need to push the switch pedal pressure is quickly
to release the EPB. decreased.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Ride Control Systems vehicle wheel brakes to assist the

driver in keeping the vehicle on the
intended path.
Traction Control/
If cruise control is being used and
Electronic Stability traction control or StabiliTrak begins
Control to limit wheel spin, cruise control will
disengage. Cruise control may be The indicator light for both systems
System Operation turned back on when road is in the instrument cluster. This
The vehicle has a Traction Control conditions allow. light will:
System (TCS) and StabiliTrak, an Both systems come on . Flash when TCS is limiting
electronic stability control system. automatically when the vehicle is wheel spin.
These systems help limit wheel slip started and begins to move. The
and assist the driver in maintaining . Flash when StabiliTrak is
systems may be heard or felt while activated.
control, especially on slippery road they are operating or while
conditions. performing diagnostic checks. This . Turn on and stay on when either
TCS activates if it senses that any is normal and does not mean there system is not working.
of the drive wheels are spinning or is a problem with the vehicle. If either system fails to turn on or to
beginning to lose traction. When this It is recommended to leave both activate, a message displays in the
happens, TCS applies the brakes to systems on for normal driving Driver Information Center (DIC),
the spinning wheels and reduces conditions, but it may be necessary and d comes on and stays on to
engine power to limit wheel spin. to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets indicate that the system is inactive
StabiliTrak activates when the stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. and is not assisting the driver in
vehicle senses a difference between See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 211 maintaining control. The vehicle is
the intended path and the direction and Turning the Systems Off and safe to drive, but driving should be
the vehicle is actually traveling. On later in this section. adjusted accordingly.
StabiliTrak selectively applies
braking pressure to any one of the If d comes on and stays on:
1. Stop the vehicle.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
2. Turn the engine off and wait To turn TCS and StabiliTrak on
15 seconds. Caution again, press Y. The traction off
3. Start the engine. Do not repeatedly brake or light i and StabiliTrak OFF light g
accelerate heavily when TCS is in the instrument cluster turn off.
Drive the vehicle. If d comes on
and stays on, the vehicle may need off. The vehicle driveline could be Adding accessories can affect the
more time to diagnose the problem. damaged. vehicle performance. See
If the condition persists, see your Accessories and
dealer. To turn off only TCS, press and Modifications 0 256.
Turning the Systems Off release Y. The traction off light i Engine Drag Control (EDC)
and On displays in the instrument cluster.
EDC improves vehicle stability by
To turn TCS on again, press Y. sensing if there is a difference in
The traction off light i displayed in speed between the free rolling front
wheels and the rear drive wheels
the instrument cluster will turn off.
that often occurs when the driver
If TCS is limiting wheel spin takes their foot off the accelerator
when Y is pressed, the system will pedal on slippery surfaces (snow,
not turn off until the wheels stop ice, etc.). When this is detected,
spinning. EDC sends more torque to the rear
wheels to make sure all four wheels
To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak, are spinning at similar speeds,
press and hold Y until the traction making the vehicle more stable.
off light i and StabiliTrak OFF
light g come on and stay on in the Driver Mode Control
instrument cluster. Driver Mode Control attempts to add
a sportier feel, provide a more
comfortable ride, or assist in
different weather conditions or
terrain. This system simultaneously
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
changes the software calibration of Tour Mode

various sub-systems. Depending on
Use for normal city and highway
the option package, available
driving to provide a smooth,
features, and mode selected, the
soft ride.
suspension, steering, and
powertrain will change calibrations When selected, the Tour Mode
to achieve the desired mode indicator will display in the Driver
characteristics. If the vehicle is Information Center (DIC).
equipped with Magnetic Ride
Control, selecting the various Driver Sport Mode
Modes adjusts the ride of the Use where road conditions or
vehicle to enhance the ride personal preference demand a more
performance for the road conditions Driver Mode Control Switch controlled response.
and the selected mode.
The Driver Mode Control has three When selected, the Sport Mode
While in the Sport and/or Track or four modes: Tour, Sport, Snow/ indicator will display in the DIC.
Modes, the vehicle monitors driving
behavior and automatically enables Ice, and Track. Press or z on When in Sport Mode, the vehicle will
the MODE switch on the center shift automatically but hold a lower
Performance Shift Features when
console to make a mode selection. gear longer than it would in the
spirited driving is detected. These
Pressing the switch will display a normal driving mode based on
features maintain lower
graphic of all available ride modes braking, throttle input, and vehicle
transmission gears to increase
and change to the next mode. The lateral acceleration. See Automatic
available engine braking and
Tour and Sport Modes will feel Transmission 0 225. The steering
improve acceleration response. The
similar on a smooth road. Select a will change to provide more precise
vehicle will exit these features and
new setting whenever driving control. If the vehicle has Magnetic
return to normal operation after a
conditions change. Ride Control, the suspension will
short period when no spirited driving
change to provide better cornering
is detected.
performance. If the vehicle is
equipped with Active Exhaust, the
exhaust valves will open earlier and
more often. Competitive Driving
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Mode can be accessed through this Track Mode There are attributes that vary by
mode by pressing the button with mode shown below. Not all vehicles
Use when maximum vehicle
this g icon twice. have all features, depending on the
handling is desired.
vehicle options.
Snow/Ice Mode When selected, the Track Mode
Use when more traction is needed indicator will display in the DIC.
during slippery conditions. The When in Track Mode, the automatic
vehicle will upshift normally when transmission and steering will
the vehicle is moving. The function similar to Sport Mode. The
acceleration will adjust to help accelerator pedal is adjusted to give
provide a smoother launch. The maximum control during the highest
transmission will also shift differently level of spirited driving. The
to assist in maintaining traction. Magnetic Ride Control will be set to
When selected, the Snow/Ice Mode the optimum level for vehicle
indicator will display in the DIC. responsiveness. If the vehicle is
equipped with Active Exhaust, the
This feature is not intended for use exhaust valves will open.
when the vehicle is stuck in sand, Competitive Driving Mode can be
mud, ice, snow, or gravel. If the accessed through this mode by
vehicle becomes stuck, see If the pressing the button with this g icon.
Vehicle Is Stuck 0 211.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Modes: SNOW/ICE TOUR SPORT TRACK

Default
Throttle Progression Weather Normal Normal Track
Transmission Shift Mode (Automatic Only) Normal Normal Sport Track
Engine Sound Management (if equipped) Stealth Tour Sport Track
not on all
models
Engine Sound Management (turbo 4) Tour Tour Sport N/A
Steering Tour Tour Sport Track
StabiliTrak - Competitive Driving Mode (if N/A N/A Available Available
equipped)
Magnetic Ride Control (if equipped) Tour Tour Sport Track
Launch Control (when in Competitive NA NA Available Available
Driving Mode)
Throttle Progression Engine Sound Management Steering

Adjusts throttle sensitivity by (if equipped) Adjusts from a lighter steering feel
selecting how quickly or slowly the Changes when variable exhaust in Tour mode to reduced assist for
throttle reacts to input. valves open. more steering feel.
Transmission Shift Mode Engine Sound Management StabiliTrak - Competitive Driving
(if equipped) (turbo 4) Mode (if equipped)
Adjusts to either a smoother or Allows the ability to turn Engine Available in Sport and Track Modes.
firmer shift. Sound Enhancement off.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Magnetic Ride Control (if and suspension are advised to turn

equipped) the normal TCS and StabiliTrak
Adjusts the shock damping firmness systems on.
based on driving conditions to
improve comfort and performance. Caution
Launch Control (when in Attempting to shift when the drive
Competitive Driving Mode) wheels are spinning and do not
Available only in Sport and Track have traction may cause damage
Modes for maximum off-the-line to the transmission. Damage
acceleration when in Competitive caused by misuse of the vehicle
Driving Mode. is not covered by the vehicle
warranty. Do not attempt to shift
These lights are on when the
Competitive Driving Mode when the drive wheels do not
vehicle is in the Competitive
have traction.
Competitive Driving Mode and Driving Mode.
Launch Control are systems
designed to allow increased Competitive Driving Mode allows full
performance while accelerating and/ engine power while the StabiliTrak
or cornering. This is accomplished system helps maintain directional
by regulating and optimizing the control of the vehicle by selective
engine, brakes, and suspension brake application. In this mode, TCS
performance. These modes are for is off and Launch Control is
use at a closed course race track available. Adjust your driving style
and are not intended for use on to account for the available engine
public roads. They will not power. See Launch Control later in
compensate for a drivers this section.
inexperience or lack of familiarity
with the race track. Drivers who
prefer to allow the system to have
more control of the engine, brakes,
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
This optional handling mode can be Launch Control is only available Automatic Transmissions
selected by pressing the TCS/ when the following criteria are met: . The brake pedal must be firmly
StabiliTrak button on the console . Competitive Driving Mode is pressed to the floor, equivalent
two times. The appropriate message selected. to a panic brake event.
displays in the Driver Information
Center (DIC). See Ride Control . The vehicle is not moving. . The accelerator pedal is rapidly
System Messages 0 140. . The steering wheel is pointing applied to wide open throttle. (If
straight. the vehicle rolls due to wide
When the TCS/StabiliTrak button is open throttle, release the
pressed again, the TCS and Manual Transmissions throttle, press the brake pedal
StabiliTrak systems are on. The more firmly, and re-apply the
appropriate message displays . The clutch is pressed and the
vehicle is in 1 (First) gear. accelerator to wide open
briefly in the DIC. throttle.)
. The accelerator pedal is rapidly
Launch Control After the vehicle is launched, the
applied to wide open throttle.
A Launch Control feature is system continues in Competitive
available, within Competitive Driving The Launch Control feature will Driving Mode.
Mode, to allow the driver to achieve initially limit engine speed as the
driver rapidly applies the accelerator Competitive Driving Mode and
high levels of vehicle acceleration in Launch Control are systems
a straight line. Launch Control is a pedal to wide open throttle. Allow
the engine rpm to stabilize. designed for a closed course race
form of traction control that track and not intended for use on
manages tire spin while launching A smooth, quick release of the
clutch, while maintaining the fully public roads. The systems are not
the vehicle. This feature is intended intended to compensate for lack of
for use during closed course race pressed accelerator pedal, will
manage wheel slip. Complete shifts driver experience or familiarity with
events where consistent zero to the race track.
sixty and quarter mile times are are described in Manual
desirable. Transmission 0 229.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Limited-Slip Rear Axle Cruise Control shifted. The cruise is disengaged if

the clutch is pressed for several
Vehicles with a limited-slip rear axle If equipped with cruise control, the seconds.
can give more traction on snow, vehicle can maintain a speed of
mud, ice, sand, or gravel. When If the StabiliTrak system begins to
about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more
traction is low, this feature allows limit wheel spin while using cruise
without keeping your foot on the
the drive wheel with the most control, the cruise control
accelerator. Cruise control does not
traction to move the vehicle. The automatically disengages. See
work at speeds below 40 km/h
limited-slip rear axle also gives the Traction Control/Electronic Stability
(25 mph).
driver enhanced control when Control 0 235. When road
cornering hard or completing a conditions allow you to safely use it
maneuver, such as a lane change.
{ Warning again, cruise control can be turned
For vehicles with limited-slip back on.
Cruise control can be dangerous
differential, driven under severe where you cannot drive safely at If the brakes are applied, cruise
conditions, the rear axle fluid should a steady speed. Do not use control disengages.
be changed. See Competitive
cruise control on winding roads or
Driving Mode 0 240 and
in heavy traffic.
Maintenance Schedule 0 336.
Cruise control can be dangerous
on slippery roads. On such roads,
fast changes in tire traction can
cause excessive wheel slip, and
you could lose control. Do not use
cruise control on slippery roads.
If equipped with a manual

transmission, the cruise control will
remain active when the gears are Cruise Control with Cancel Button
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
SET : Press briefly to set the if equipped; the cruise control is

speed and activate cruise control. disengaged without erasing the set
If cruise control is already active, speed from memory.
use to decrease speed. Once the vehicle speed reaches
Setting Cruise Control about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more,
briefly press RES+. The vehicle
If 1 is on when not in use, SET or returns to the previous set speed.
RES+ could get bumped and go into
Increasing Speed While Using
cruise when not desired. Keep 1 off
Cruise Control
when cruise control is not
being used. If the cruise control system is
already activated:
Cruise Control without Cancel 1. Press 1 to turn cruise
. Press and hold RES+ until the
Button control on.
desired speed is reached, and
1 : If equipped, press to turn the 2. Get up to the speed desired. then release it.
system on and off. A white indicator 3. Press and release SET. . To increase the vehicle speed in
appears in the instrument cluster small increments, briefly press
when cruise is turned on. 4. Remove your foot from the
accelerator. RES+. For each press, the
* : If equipped, press to disengage vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h
cruise control without erasing the The cruise control indicator on the (1 mph) faster.
set speed from memory. instrument cluster turns green after
cruise control has been set to the The speedometer reading can be
RES+ : If there is a set speed in desired speed. See Instrument displayed in either English or metric
memory, press briefly to resume to Cluster 0 110. units. See Options or Settings
that speed or hold upward to under Instrument Cluster 0 110. The
accelerate. If cruise control is Resuming a Set Speed increment value used depends on
already active, use to increase If the cruise control is set at a the units displayed.
vehicle speed. desired speed and then the brakes
are applied or * is pressed,
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Reducing Speed While Using pressing SET will result in cruise . Press *, if equipped.
Cruise Control control set to the current vehicle
speed. . To turn off cruise control,
If the cruise control system is
press 1.
already activated: Using Cruise Control on Hills
. Press and hold SET until the How well the cruise control works Erasing Speed Memory
desired lower speed is reached, on hills depends upon the vehicle The cruise control set speed is
then release it. speed, load, and the steepness of erased from memory if 1 is pressed
. To decrease the vehicle speed in the hills. When going up steep hills, or if the vehicle is turned off.
small increments, briefly press you might have to step on the
SET. For each press, the accelerator pedal to maintain the
vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h vehicle speed. When going
(1 mph) slower. downhill, you might have to brake or
shift to a lower gear to keep your
The speedometer reading can be speed down. If the brake pedal is
displayed in either English or metric applied, cruise control will
units. See Options or Settings disengage.
under Instrument Cluster 0 110. The
increment value used depends on Ending Cruise Control
the units displayed. There are five ways to end cruise
Passing Another Vehicle While control:
Using Cruise Control . Step lightly on the brake pedal
Use the accelerator pedal to (manual and automatic
increase the vehicle speed. When transmissions).
you take your foot off the pedal, the . Press the clutch pedal for
vehicle slows down to the previously several seconds or shift to
set cruise control speed. While Neutral (manual transmissions).
pressing the accelerator pedal or
. Shift to N (Neutral) (automatic
shortly following the release to
override cruise control, briefly transmissions).
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Driver Assistance Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)

Systems .
Under many conditions, these Work if the detection sensor
This vehicle may have features that systems will not: is covered up, such as with
work together to help avoid crashes a sticker, magnet, or metal
or reduce crash damage while . Detect children,
pedestrians, bicyclists, plate.
driving, backing, and parking. Read
this entire section before using or animals. . Work if the area surrounding
these systems. . Detect vehicles or objects the detection sensor is
outside the area monitored damaged or not properly
repaired.
{ Warning by the system.
. Work at all driving speeds. Complete attention is always
Do not rely on the Driver required while driving, and you
Assistance Systems. These . Warn you or provide you should be ready to take action
systems do not replace the need with enough time to avoid a and apply the brakes and/or steer
for paying attention and driving crash.
the vehicle to avoid crashes.
safely. You may not hear or see . Work under poor visibility or
alerts or warnings provided by bad weather conditions.
Audible Alert
these systems. Failure to use . Work if the detection sensor
proper care when driving may Some driver assistance features
is not cleaned or is covered
result in injury, death, or vehicle alert the driver of obstacles by
by ice, snow, mud, or dirt.
damage. See Defensive beeping. To change the volume of
(Continued) the warning chime, see Comfort
Driving 0 201.
and Convenience under Vehicle
(Continued) Personalization 0 144.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Assistance Systems for Displayed images may be farther or

closer than they appear. The area
Parking or Backing displayed is limited and objects that
If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera are close to either corner of the
(RVC), Rear Parking Assist (RPA), bumper or under the bumper do not
and Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) display.
may help the driver park or avoid A warning triangle may display on
objects. Always check around the the RVC screen to show that Rear
vehicle when parking or backing. Parking Assist (RPA) has detected
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) an object. This triangle changes
from amber to red and increases in
When the vehicle is shifted into size the closer the object.
R (Reverse), the RVC displays an
image of the area behind the vehicle 1. View Displayed by the
in the center stack display. The Camera { Warning
previous screen displays when the
The camera(s) do not display
vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)
children, pedestrians, bicyclists,
after a short delay. To return to the
previous screen sooner, press a crossing traffic, animals, or any
button on the infotainment system, other object outside of the
shift into P (Park), or reach a vehicle cameras field of view, below the
speed of 8 km/h (5 mph). bumper, or under the vehicle.
Shown distances may be different
Press MENU to adjust the display from actual distances. Do not
brightness while viewing the rear
drive or park the vehicle using
camera display.
1. View Displayed by the only these camera(s). Always
Camera check behind and around the
2. Corners of the Rear Bumper vehicle before driving. Failure to
use proper care may result in
injury, death, or vehicle damage.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Parking Assist very close (<0.6 m (2 ft) in the

Warning (Continued) vehicle rear), five beeps will sound
With RPA, as the vehicle backs up
at speeds of less than 8 km/h from the rear.
or vehicle damage, even with
(5 mph), the sensors on the rear parking assist, always check the Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
bumper may detect objects up to area around the vehicle and
2.5 m (8 ft) behind the vehicle within If equipped, RCTA displays a red
check all mirrors before moving warning triangle with a left or right
a zone 25 cm (10 in) high off the forward or backing.
ground and below bumper level. pointing arrow on the RVC screen to
These detection distances may be warn of traffic coming from the left
shorter during warmer or humid or right. This system detects objects
weather. coming from up to 20 m (65 ft) from
the left or right side of the vehicle.
Blocked sensors will not detect When an object is detected, three
objects and can also cause false beeps sound from the left or right,
detections. Keep the sensors clean depending on the direction of the
of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush; detected vehicle.
and clean sensors after a car wash
in freezing temperatures. See Radio Frequency
Statement 0 364.
{ Warning The instrument cluster may have a Turning the Features On or Off
parking assist display with bars that RPA and RCTA can be turned on or
The Parking Assist system does show distance to object and object off through vehicle personalization.
not detect children, pedestrians, location information for RPA. As the see Collision/Detection Systems
bicyclists, animals, or objects object gets closer, more bars light under Vehicle
located below the bumper or that up and the bars change color from Personalization 0 144.
are too close or too far from the yellow to amber to red.
vehicle. It is not available at To turn the rear parking assist
When an object is first detected in symbols or guidance lines on or off,
speeds greater than 8 km/h the rear, one beep will be heard
(5 mph). To prevent injury, death, see Rear Camera under Vehicle
from the rear. When an object is Personalization 0 144.
(Continued)
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Side Blind Zone will light up in the corresponding LCA Detection Zones
outside side mirror and will flash if
Alert (SBZA) the turn signal is on.
If equipped, the SBZA system is a
lane-changing aid that assists
drivers with avoiding crashes that
{ Warning
occur with moving vehicles in the LCA does not alert the driver to
side blind zone (or spot) areas. vehicles outside of the system
When the vehicle is in a forward detection zones, pedestrians,
gear, the left or right side mirror bicyclists, or animals. It may not
display will light up if a moving provide alerts when changing
vehicle is detected in that blind lanes under all driving conditions. 1. SBZA Detection Zone
zone. If the turn signal is activated Failure to use proper care when 2. LCA Detection Zone
and a vehicle is also detected on changing lanes may result in
the same side, the display will flash The LCA sensor covers a zone of
injury, death, or vehicle damage. approximately one lane over from
as an extra warning not to change
Before making a lane change, both sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m
lanes. Since this system is part of
always check mirrors, glance over (11 ft). The height of the zone is
the Lane Change Alert (LCA)
system, read the entire LCA section your shoulder, and use the turn approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)
before using this feature. signals. and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. The
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
Lane Change Alert (LCA) warning area starts at approximately
the middle of the vehicle and goes
If equipped, the LCA system is a back 5 m (16 ft). Drivers are also
lane-changing aid that assists warned of vehicles rapidly
drivers with avoiding lane change approaching from up to 25 m (82 ft)
crashes that occur with moving behind the vehicle.
vehicles in the side blind zone (or
spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly
approaching these areas from
behind. The LCA warning display
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
How the System Works If the turn signal is activated in the vehicle. Attached objects may also
same direction as a detected interfere with the detection of
The LCA symbol lights up in the
vehicle, this display will flash as an vehicles. This is normal system
side mirrors when the system
extra warning not to change lanes. operation; the vehicle does not need
detects a moving vehicle in the next
LCA can be disabled through service.
lane over that is in the side blind
zone or rapidly approaching that vehicle personalization. See LCA may not always alert the driver
zone from behind. A lit LCA symbol Collision/Detection Systems under to vehicles in the next lane over,
indicates it may be unsafe to Vehicle Personalization 0 144. especially in wet conditions or when
change lanes. Before making a lane If LCA is disabled by the driver, the driving on sharp curves. The system
change, check the LCA display, LCA mirror displays will not light up. does not need to be serviced. The
check mirrors, glance over your system may light up due to
shoulder, and use the turn signals.
When the System Does Not guardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, and
Seem to Work Properly other non-moving objects. This is
The LCA system requires some normal system operation; the
driving for the system to calibrate to vehicle does not need service.
maximum performance. This LCA may not operate when the LCA
calibration may occur more quickly if sensors in the left or right corners of
the vehicle is driving on a straight the rear bumper are covered with
Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror highway road with traffic and mud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or in
Display Display roadside objects (e.g., guardrails, heavy rainstorms. For cleaning
barriers). During a trip, the LCA instructions, see "Washing the
When the vehicle is started, both system is not operational until the Vehicle" under Exterior Care 0 325.
outside mirror LCA displays will vehicle first reaches a speed of If the DIC still displays the system
briefly come on to indicate the 24 km/h (15 mph). unavailable message after cleaning
system is operating. When the both sides of the vehicle toward the
vehicle is in a forward gear, the left LCA displays may not come on
when passing a vehicle quickly or rear corners of the vehicle, see your
or right side mirror display will light dealer.
up if a moving vehicle is detected in for a stopped vehicle. LCA may alert
the next lane over in that blind zone to objects attached to the vehicle,
such as a bicycle or object
or rapidly approaching that zone.
extending out to either side of the
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
If the LCA displays do not light up Fuel octane rating of 93 is highly

when moving vehicles are in the recommended for best performance
side blind zone or rapidly GM recommends the use of TOP and fuel economy. Unleaded
approaching this zone and the TIER Detergent Gasoline to keep gasoline with an octane rated as low
system is clean, the system may the engine cleaner and reduce as 87 can be used. Using unleaded
need service. Take the vehicle to engine deposits. See gasoline rated below 93 octane,
your dealer. www.toptiergas.com for a list of TOP however, will lead to reduced
TIER Detergent Gasoline marketers acceleration and fuel economy.
When LCA is disabled for any
and applicable countries. If knocking occurs, use a gasoline
reason other than the driver turning
it off, the Lane Change Alert On rated at 93 octane as soon as
option will not be available on the possible, otherwise, the engine
personalization menu. could be damaged. If heavy
knocking is heard when using
Radio Frequency Information gasoline with a 93 octane rating, the
engine needs service.
See Radio Frequency
Statement 0 364. For the LGX 3.6L V6 engine, use
regular unleaded gasoline meeting
ASTM specification D4814 with a
posted octane rating of 87 or higher.
Do not use gasoline with a posted
octane rating of less than 87, as this
may cause engine knock and will
Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or lower fuel economy.
FlexFuel. Do not use gasoline with
ethanol levels greater than 15% by For the LT4 6.2L V8 supercharged
volume. engine, see Fuel in the HP
Supplement.
For the LTG 2.0L L4 turbo or the
LT1 6.2L V8 engines, premium
unleaded gasoline meeting ASTM
specification D4814 with a posted
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Prohibited Fuels occurs, return to your authorized

Caution (Continued) dealer for diagnosis. If it is
Caution determined that the condition is
. Fuel with a posted octane caused by the type of fuel used,
rating of less than the repairs may not be covered by the
Do not use fuels with any of the
recommended fuel. Using vehicle warranty.
following conditions; doing so this fuel will lower fuel
may damage the vehicle and void economy and performance,
its warranty: and may decrease the life of Fuels in Foreign
. For vehicles which are not the emissions catalyst. Countries
FlexFuel, fuel labeled The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post
greater than 15% ethanol by fuel octane ratings in anti-knock
volume, such as mid-level California Fuel
index (AKI). For fuel not to use in a
ethanol blends (16 50% Requirements foreign country, see Prohibited
ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel. If the vehicle is certified to meet Fuels in Fuel 0 250.
. Fuel with any amount of California Emissions Standards, it is
methanol, methylal, and designed to operate on fuels that Fuel Additives
aniline. These fuels can meet California specifications. See
To keep fuel systems clean, TOP
corrode metal fuel system the underhood emission control
TIER Detergent Gasoline is
parts or damage plastic and label. If this fuel is not available in
recommended. See Fuel 0 250.
rubber parts. states adopting California Emissions
. Fuel containing metals such Standards, the vehicle will operate If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is
satisfactorily on fuels meeting not available, one bottle of GM Fuel
as methylcyclopentadienyl
federal specifications, but emission System Treatment Cleaner added to
manganese tricarbonyl
control system performance may be the fuel tank at every engine oil
(MMT), which can damage
affected. The malfunction indicator change, can help. GM Fuel System
the emissions control
lamp could turn on and the vehicle Treatment Cleaner is the only
system and spark plugs.
may not pass a smog-check test. gasoline additive recommended by
(Continued) See Malfunction Indicator Lamp General Motors. It is available at
(Check Engine Light) 0 121. If this your dealer.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Filling the Tank Warning (Continued)

The vehicle has a capless fuel
system and does not have a fuel
cap. The filling nozzle must be fully
{ Warning . Fuel can spray out if the inserted and latched prior to starting
refueling nozzle is inserted fuel flow.
Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn too quickly. This spray can
violently and can cause injury or happen if the tank is nearly
death. full, and is more likely in hot { Warning
. To help avoid injuries to you weather. Insert the refueling
Overfilling the fuel tank by more
and others, read and follow nozzle slowly and wait for
any hiss noise to stop prior than three clicks of a standard fill
all the instructions on the nozzle may cause:
fuel pump island. to beginning to flow fuel.
. Vehicle performance issues,
. Turn off the engine when including engine stalling and
refueling. damage to the fuel system.
. Keep sparks, flames, and . Fuel spills.
smoking materials away
from fuel. . Potential fuel fires.
. Do not leave the fuel pump
unattended. Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait a
few seconds after you have finished
. Do not use a cell phone pumping before removing the
while refueling. nozzle. Clean fuel from painted
. Do not reenter the vehicle surfaces as soon as possible. See
while pumping fuel. Exterior Care 0 325.
. Keep children away from
the fuel pump and never let To open the fuel door, push and
children pump fuel. release the rearward center edge of
the door.
(Continued)
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
{ Warning { Warning Warning (Continued)

If a fire starts while you are Attempting to refuel without using . Use approved fuel
refueling, do not remove the the funnel adapter may cause fuel containers.
nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by spillage and damage the capless . Remove the container from
shutting off the pump or by fuel system. This could cause a the vehicle, trunk, or pickup
notifying the station attendant. fire and you or others could be bed before filling.
Leave the area immediately. badly burned and the vehicle
. Place the container on the
could be damaged.
ground.
Filling the Tank with a Portable . Place the nozzle inside the
Gas Can 3. Remove and clean the funnel fill opening of the container
If the vehicle runs out of fuel and adapter and return it to the before dispensing fuel, and
must be filled from a portable storage location. keep it in contact with the fill
gas can: opening until filling is
Filling a Portable Fuel complete.
Container . Fill the container no more
than 95% full to allow for
{ Warning expansion.
Filling a portable fuel container . Do not smoke, light
while it is in the vehicle can cause matches, or use lighters
1. Locate the capless funnel fuel vapors that can ignite either while pumping fuel.
adapter from under the carpet by static electricity or other . Avoid using cell phones or
in the trunk. means. You or others could be other electronic devices.
2. Insert and latch the funnel into badly burned and the vehicle
the capless fuel system. could be damaged. Always:
(Continued)
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Trailer Towing Conversions and Caution

Add-Ons
General Towing Some electrical equipment can
Information damage the vehicle or cause
Add-On Electrical components to not work and
The vehicle is neither designed nor Equipment would not be covered by the
intended to tow a trailer. vehicle warranty. Always check
{ Warning with your dealer before adding
electrical equipment.
The Data Link Connector (DLC) is
used for vehicle service and
Emission Inspection/Maintenance Add-on equipment can drain the
testing. See Malfunction Indicator vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the
vehicle is not operating.
Lamp (Check Engine Light)
0 121. A device connected to the The vehicle has an airbag system.
DLC such as an aftermarket Before attempting to add anything
fleet or driver-behavior tracking electrical to the vehicle, see
device may interfere with Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
vehicle systems. This could affect Vehicle 0 79 and Adding Equipment
vehicle operation and cause a to the Airbag-Equipped
crash. Such devices may also Vehicle 0 79.
access information stored in the
vehicles systems.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Vehicle Care 255
Battery - North America . . . . . . 279

Vehicle Care Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Rear Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 280
Automatic Transmission Shift Wheels and Tires
General Information Lock Control Function Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 256 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
California Proposition Park Brake and P (Park) Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 281 Run-Flat Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
California Perchlorate Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 281 Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Materials Requirements . . . . . 256 Windshield Replacement . . . . . 282 Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Accessories and Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 295
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Headlamp Aiming Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Tire Terminology and
Vehicle Checks Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Doing Your Own Bulb Replacement Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Tire Pressure for High-Speed
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Engine Compartment High Intensity Discharge (HID) Tire Pressure Monitor
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 Front Turn Signal Lamps Tire Pressure Monitor
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 266 (Passenger Side Only) . . . . . . 283 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Automatic Transmission Taillamps, Turn Signal, Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Sidemarker, Stoplamps, and Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Manual Transmission Fluid . . . 267 Back-Up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283 When It Is Time for New
Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 284 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 268 Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 285 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Different Size Tires and
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Electrical System
Electrical System Overload . . . 285 Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 274 Uniform Tire Quality
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 286
Engine Compartment Fuse Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
256 Vehicle Care
Wheel Alignment and Tire General Information cause cancer and birth defects or
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 other reproductive harm. Engine
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 311 For service and parts needs, visit exhaust, many parts and systems,
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312 your dealer. You will receive many fluids, and some component
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 312 genuine GM parts and GM-trained wear by-products contain and/or
Tire Sealant and and supported service people. emit these chemicals.
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 Genuine GM parts have one of See Battery - North America 0 279
Storing the Tire Sealant and these marks: and Jump Starting - North
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
America 0 320.
Jump Starting
Jump Starting - North California Perchlorate
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 Materials Requirements
Towing the Vehicle Certain types of automotive
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 323 applications, such as airbag
Recreational Vehicle initiators, safety belt pretensioners,
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 and lithium batteries contained in
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters,
Appearance Care
may contain perchlorate materials.
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Special handling may be necessary.
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
For additional information, see
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
California Proposition perchlorate.
65 Warning
Accessories and
WARNING: Most motor vehicles,
including this one, as well as many Modifications
of its service parts and fluids, Adding non-dealer accessories or
contain and/or emit chemicals making modifications to the vehicle
known to the State of California to can affect vehicle performance and
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Vehicle Care 257
safety, including such things as Damage to vehicle components Vehicle Checks

airbags, braking, stability, ride and resulting from modifications or the
handling, emissions systems, installation or use of non-GM
aerodynamics, durability, and certified parts, including control Doing Your Own
electronic systems like antilock module or software modifications, is Service Work
brakes, traction control, and stability not covered under the terms of the
control. These accessories or
modifications could even cause
vehicle warranty and may affect
remaining warranty coverage for
{ Warning
malfunction or damage not covered affected parts. It can be dangerous to work on
by the vehicle warranty. GM Accessories are designed to your vehicle if you do not have
Damage to suspension components complement and function with other the proper knowledge, service
caused by modifying vehicle height systems on the vehicle. See your manual, tools, or parts. Always
outside of factory settings will not be dealer to accessorize the vehicle follow owner manual procedures
covered by the vehicle warranty. using genuine GM Accessories and consult the service manual
installed by a dealer technician. for your vehicle before doing any
Also, see Adding Equipment to the service work.
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 79.
If doing some of your own service
work, use the proper service
manual. It tells you much more
about how to service the vehicle
than this manual can. To order the
proper service manual, see Service
Publications Ordering
Information 0 363.
This vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to do your own
service work, see Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 79.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
258 Vehicle Care
Keep a record with all parts receipts Hood

and list the mileage and the date of
any service work performed. See To open the hood:
Maintenance Records 0 349.
Caution
Even small amounts of
contamination can cause damage
to vehicle systems. Do not allow
contaminants to contact the fluids,
reservoir caps, or dipsticks.
2. Go to the front of the hood and
push the secondary hood
release to the right. The lever
is near the middle of the hood.
1. Pull the release handle below
the instrument panel to the left 3. Lift the hood.
of the steering wheel and To close the hood:
forward of the foot rest.
1. Before closing the hood, be
sure all filler caps are on
properly. Then lift the hood to
relieve pressure.
2. Pull the hood down on the
passenger side to close it
firmly. Check to make sure the
hood is closed and repeat the
process if necessary.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Vehicle Care 259
Engine Compartment Overview
2.0L L4 Engine (LTG)

9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
260 Vehicle Care
1. Windshield Washer Fluid

Reservoir. See Washer
Fluid 0 276.
2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank
and Pressure Cap. See
Cooling System 0 270.
3. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See
Engine Oil 0 264.
4. Engine Oil Dipstick. See
Engine Oil 0 264.
5. Brake/Clutch Fluid Reservoir.
See Brake Fluid 0 278 and
Hydraulic Clutch 0 268.
6. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 268.
7. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of
View). See Cooling
System 0 270.
8. Engine Compartment Fuse
Block 0 286.
9. Negative () Battery Terminal.
See Jump Starting - North
America 0 320.
10. Positive (+) Battery Terminal.
America 0 320.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Vehicle Care 261
3.6L V6 Engine (LGX)

9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
262 Vehicle Care
1. Windshield Washer Fluid

Reservoir. See Washer
Fluid 0 276.
and Pressure Cap. See
Cooling System 0 270.
3. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See
Engine Oil 0 264.
4. Engine Oil Dipstick. See
Engine Oil 0 264.
5. Brake/Clutch Fluid Reservoir.
See Brake Fluid 0 278 and
Hydraulic Clutch 0 268.
6. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 268.
7. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of
View). See Cooling
System 0 270.
Block 0 286.
America 0 320.
America 0 320.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Vehicle Care 263
6.2L V8 Engine (LT1)

9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
264 Vehicle Care
1. Windshield Washer Fluid If the vehicle has a 6.2L V8 LT4 Checking Engine Oil
Reservoir. See Washer engine, see the HP supplement.
It is a good idea to check the engine
Fluid 0 276.
oil level at each fuel fill. In order to
2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank Engine Oil get an accurate reading, the vehicle
and Pressure Cap. See To ensure proper engine must be on level ground. The
Cooling System 0 270. performance and long life, careful engine oil dipstick handle is a loop.
3. Engine Oil Dipstick. See attention must be paid to engine oil. See Engine Compartment Overview
Engine Oil 0 264. Following these simple, but 0 259 for the location of the engine
important steps will help protect oil dipstick.
4. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See your investment:
Engine Oil 0 264. Obtaining an accurate oil level
. Use engine oil approved to the reading is essential:
5. Brake/Clutch Fluid Reservoir. proper specification and of the
See Brake Fluid 0 278 and 1. If the engine has been running
proper viscosity grade. See recently, turn off the engine and
Hydraulic Clutch 0 268. Selecting the Right Engine Oil allow several minutes for the oil
6. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 268. in this section. to drain back into the oil pan.
7. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of . Check the engine oil level Checking the oil level too soon
View). See Cooling regularly and maintain the after engine shutoff will not
System 0 270. proper oil level. See Checking provide an accurate oil level
Engine Oil and When to Add reading.
Engine Oil in this section.
Block 0 286.
. Change the engine oil at the { Warning
appropriate time. See Engine Oil
See Jump Starting - North The engine oil dipstick handle
Life System 0 266.
America 0 320. may be hot; it could burn you.
. Always dispose of engine oil Use a towel or glove to touch the
properly. See What to Do with dipstick handle.
Used Oil in this section.
America 0 320.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Vehicle Care 265
2. Pull out the dipstick and wipe it what kind of oil to use. For engine Add enough oil to put the level
with a clean paper towel or oil crankcase capacity, see somewhere in the proper operating
cloth, then push it back in all Capacities and Specifications 0 351. range. Push the dipstick all the way
the way. Remove it again, back in when through.
keeping the tip down, and Caution
check the level. Selecting the Right Engine Oil
Do not add too much oil. Oil Selecting the right engine oil
When to Add Engine Oil depends on both the proper oil
levels above or below the
acceptable operating range specification and viscosity grade.
shown on the dipstick are harmful See Recommended Fluids and
to the engine. If you find that you Lubricants 0 346.
have an oil level above the Specification
operating range, i.e., the engine
has so much oil that the oil level Ask for and use engine oils that
LTG 2.0L L4 Engine gets above the cross-hatched meet the dexos1 specification.
Engine oils that have been
area that shows the proper
approved by GM as meeting the
operating range, the engine could
dexos1 specification are marked
be damaged. You should drain with the dexos1 approved logo. See
out the excess oil or limit driving www.gmdexos.com.
of the vehicle and seek a service
professional to remove the
excess amount of oil.
LGX 3.6L V6 Engine Shown, 6.2L
V8 Engine Similar
See Engine Compartment Overview
If the oil is below the cross-hatched
0 259 for the location of the engine
area at the tip of the dipstick, add
oil fill cap.
1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil
and then recheck the level. See
Selecting the Right Engine Oil in
this section for an explanation of
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
266 Vehicle Care
Engine Oil Additives/Engine trash or pouring it on the ground,

Caution Oil Flushes into sewers, or into streams or
bodies of water. Recycle it by taking
Failure to use the recommended Do not add anything to the oil. The it to a place that collects used oil.
engine oil or equivalent can result recommended oils meeting the
in engine damage not covered by dexos1 specification are all that is
needed for good performance and
Engine Oil Life System
the vehicle warranty.
engine protection. When to Change Engine Oil
Viscosity Grade Engine oil system flushes are not This vehicle has a computer system
recommended and could cause that indicates when to change the
Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade engine damage not covered by the
engine oil. engine oil and filter. This is based
vehicle warranty. on a combination of factors which
Cold Temperature Operation: In an include engine revolutions, engine
area of extreme cold, where the What to Do with Used Oil
temperature, and miles driven.
temperature falls below 29 C Used engine oil contains certain Based on driving conditions, the
(20 F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be elements that can be unhealthy for mileage at which an oil change is
used. An oil of this viscosity grade your skin and could even cause indicated can vary considerably. For
will provide easier cold starting for cancer. Do not let used oil stay on the oil life system to work properly,
the engine at extremely low your skin for very long. Clean your the system must be reset every time
temperatures. When selecting an oil skin and nails with soap and water, the oil is changed.
of the appropriate viscosity grade, it or a good hand cleaner. Wash or
is recommended to select an oil of properly dispose of clothing or rags When the system has calculated
the correct specification. See containing used engine oil. See the that oil life has been diminished, it
Specification earlier in this section. manufacturer's warnings about the indicates that an oil change is
use and disposal of oil products. necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE
OIL SOON message comes on. See
Used oil can be a threat to the Engine Oil Messages 0 137.
environment. If you change your Change the oil as soon as possible
own oil, be sure to drain all the oil within the next 1 000 km (600 mi).
from the filter before disposal. Never It is possible that, if driving under
dispose of oil by putting it in the the best conditions, the oil life
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Vehicle Care 267
system might indicate that an oil 2. Press and hold SEL on the DIC reason for fluid loss. If a leak
change is not necessary for up to a while the Oil Life display is occurs, take the vehicle to your
year. The engine oil and filter must active. The oil life will change dealer and have it repaired as soon
be changed at least once a year to 100%. as possible.
and, at this time, the system must The oil life system can also be reset The vehicle is not equipped with a
be reset. Your dealer has trained as follows: transmission fluid level dipstick.
service people who will perform this There is a special procedure for
work and reset the system. It is also 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN
with the engine off. checking and changing the
important to check the oil regularly transmission fluid. Because this
over the course of an oil drain 2. Fully press and release the procedure is difficult, this should be
interval and keep it at the proper accelerator pedal three times done at the dealer. Contact the
level. within five seconds. dealer for additional information or
If the system is ever reset The system is reset when the the procedure can be found in the
accidentally, the oil must be CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON service manual. To purchase a
changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) message goes off. service manual, see Service
since the last oil change. Publications Ordering
Remember to reset the oil life If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON Information 0 363.
system whenever the oil is changed. message comes back on when the
vehicle is started, the engine oil life Change the fluid and filter at the
How to Reset the Engine Oil system has not been reset. Repeat intervals listed in Maintenance
Life System the procedure. Schedule 0 336, and be sure to use
the fluid listed in Recommended
Reset the system whenever the Fluids and Lubricants 0 346.
engine oil is changed so that the Automatic Transmission
system can calculate the next Fluid Manual Transmission
engine oil change. To reset the
system: How to Check Automatic Fluid
Transmission Fluid It is not necessary to check the
1. Display the REMAINING OIL
LIFE on the DIC. See Driver It is not necessary to check the manual transmission fluid level.
Information Center (DIC) 0 128. transmission fluid level. A transmission fluid leak is the only
A transmission fluid leak is the only reason for fluid loss. If a leak
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
268 Vehicle Care
occurs, take the vehicle to your master cylinder fluid reservoir is When to Inspect the Engine Air
dealer and have it repaired as soon filled with brake fluid as indicated on Cleaner/Filter
as possible. See Recommended the reservoir cap. See Brake Fluid
Fluids and Lubricants 0 346 for the 0 278 for brake fluid to use. For intervals on changing and
proper fluid to use. inspecting the engine air filter, see
How to Check and Add Fluid Maintenance Schedule 0 336.
Hydraulic Clutch Visually check the brake/clutch fluid How to Inspect the Engine Air
reservoir to make sure the fluid level Cleaner/Filter
For vehicles with a manual is at the MIN (minimum) line on the
transmission, it is not necessary to Do not start the engine or have the
side of the reservoir. The brake/
regularly check brake/clutch fluid engine running with the engine air
hydraulic clutch fluid system should
unless there is a leak suspected. be closed and sealed. cleaner/filter housing open. Before
Adding fluid will not correct a leak. removing the engine air cleaner/
A fluid loss in this system could Do not remove the cap to check the filter, make sure that the engine air
indicate a problem. Have the fluid level or to top-off the fluid level. cleaner/filter housing and nearby
system inspected and repaired. Remove the cap only when components are free of dirt and
necessary to add the proper fluid debris. Remove the engine air
When to Check and What until the level reaches the MIN line. cleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shake
to Use the engine air cleaner/filter (away
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter from the vehicle), to release loose
If the vehicle has a 6.2L V8 LT4 dust and dirt. Inspect the engine air
engine, see the HP supplement. cleaner/filter for damage, and
replace if damaged. Do not clean
The engine air cleaner/filter is in the the engine air cleaner/filter or
engine compartment on the driver components with water or
side of the vehicle. See Engine compressed air.
The brake/hydraulic clutch fluid Compartment Overview 0 259 for
reservoir cap has this symbol on it. location.
See Engine Compartment Overview
0 259 for reservoir location. The
common hydraulic clutch and brake
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Vehicle Care 269
To inspect or replace the engine air

cleaner/filter:
3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) 6.2L V8 Engine (LT1)

1. Remove the four screws and 1. Remove the five screws and lift
2.0L L4 Engine (LTG) lift the cover assembly. the cover assembly.
1. Remove the four screws and 2. Inspect or replace the air 2. Inspect or replace the air
lift the cover assembly. cleaner/filter. cleaner/filter.
2. Inspect or replace the air 3. Reverse Steps 1-2 to reinstall 3. Reverse Steps 1-2 to reinstall
cleaner/filter. the housing cover. the housing cover.
3. Reverse Steps 1-2 to reinstall
the housing cover. { Warning
Operating the engine with the air
cleaner/filter off can cause you or
others to be burned. The air
cleaner not only cleans the air; it
helps to stop flames if the engine
(Continued)
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
270 Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
Cooling System
If the vehicle has a 6.2L V8 LT4
backfires. Use caution when engine, see the HP supplement.
working on the engine and do not
The cooling system allows the
drive with the air cleaner/filter off.
engine to maintain the correct
working temperature.
Caution
If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt
can easily get into the engine,
which could damage it. Always 3.6L V6 Engine (LGX)
have the air cleaner/filter in place
when you are driving. 1. Engine Coolant Surge Tank
and Pressure Cap
2. Engine Cooling Fan (Out
of View)
2.0L L4 Engine (LTG)

and Pressure Cap
2. Engine Cooling Fan (Out
of View)
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Vehicle Care 271
Engine Coolant
{ Warning
The cooling system in the vehicle is
Heater and radiator hoses, and filled with DEX-COOL engine
other engine parts, can be very coolant. See Maintenance Schedule
hot. Do not touch them. If you do, 0 336 and Recommended Fluids
you can be burned. and Lubricants 0 346.
Do not run the engine if there is a The following explains the cooling
leak. If you run the engine, it system and how to check and add
could lose all coolant. That could coolant when it is low. If there is a
cause an engine fire, and you problem with engine overheating,
could be burned. Get any leak see Engine Overheating 0 274.
6.2L V8 Engine (LT1) fixed before you drive the vehicle. What to Use
and Pressure Cap { Warning
2. Engine Cooling Fan (Out Caution
of View) Adding only plain water or some
Using coolant other than other liquid to the cooling system
DEX-COOL can cause can be dangerous. Plain water
{ Warning premature engine, heater core, and other liquids, can boil before
An electric engine cooling fan or radiator corrosion. In addition, the proper coolant mixture will.
under the hood can start up even the engine coolant could require The coolant warning system is set
when the engine is not running changing sooner. Any repairs for the proper coolant mixture.
and can cause injury. Keep would not be covered by the With plain water or the wrong
hands, clothing, and tools away vehicle warranty. Always use mixture, the engine could get too
from any underhood electric fan. DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant hot but you would not get the
in the vehicle. overheat warning. The engine
(Continued)
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
272 Vehicle Care
Checking Coolant
Warning (Continued) Caution
The vehicle must be on a level
could catch fire and you or If improper coolant mixture, surface when checking the coolant
others could be burned. Use a inhibitors, or additives are used in level.
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable the vehicle cooling system, the It is normal to see coolant moving in
water and DEX-COOL coolant. engine could overheat and be the upper coolant hose return line
damaged. Too much water in the when the engine is running. It is
Use a 50/50 mixture of clean mixture can freeze and crack also normal to see bubbles entering
drinkable water and DEX-COOL engine cooling parts. The repairs the surge tank through the
coolant. This mixture: would not be covered by the small hose.
vehicle warranty. Use only the Check to see if coolant is visible in
. Gives freezing protection down
proper mixture of engine coolant the coolant surge tank. If the coolant
to 37 C (34 F), outside for the cooling system. See
temperature. inside the coolant surge tank is
Recommended Fluids and boiling, do not do anything else until
. Gives boiling protection up to Lubricants 0 346. it cools down.
129 C (265 F), engine
temperature. If coolant is visible but the coolant
Never dispose of engine coolant by level is not at or above the COLD
. Protects against rust and putting it in the trash, pouring it on FILL line, add a 50/50 mixture of
corrosion. the ground, or into sewers, streams, clean drinkable water and
. Will not damage aluminum parts. or bodies of water. Have the coolant DEX-COOL coolant.
changed by an authorized service
. Helps keep the proper engine Be sure the cooling system is cool
center, familiar with legal
temperature. before this is done.
requirements regarding used
coolant disposal. This will help It is normal for the coolant level in
protect the environment and your the bottom chamber to rise and fall
health. with operating temperature and
ambient conditions. Coolant will
evaporate from the bottom chamber
in normal operation. This will
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Vehicle Care 273
happen faster when the vehicle is

driven for long periods in hot, dry { Warning Warning (Continued)
conditions.
Steam and scalding liquids from a could be burned. Use a 50/
If no coolant is visible in the coolant hot cooling system can blow out 50 mixture of clean, drinkable
surge tank, add coolant as follows: and burn you badly. Never turn water and DEX-COOL coolant.
How to Add Coolant to the the cap when the cooling system,
Coolant Surge Tank including the surge tank pressure
cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling
system and surge tank pressure Caution
Caution cap to cool. In cold weather, water can freeze
This vehicle has a specific and crack the engine, radiator,
coolant fill procedure. Failure to heater core, and other parts. Use
follow this procedure could cause
the engine to overheat and be
{ Warning the recommended coolant and
the proper coolant mixture.
severely damaged. Adding only plain water or some
other liquid to the cooling system
can be dangerous. Plain water
If no problem is found, check to see
if coolant is visible in the coolant and other liquids, can boil before { Warning
surge tank. If coolant is visible but the proper coolant mixture will. You can be burned if you spill
the coolant level is not at the bottom The coolant warning system is set coolant on hot engine parts.
of the fill neck, add a 50/50 mixture for the proper coolant mixture. Coolant contains ethylene glycol
of clean, drinkable water and With plain water or the wrong and it will burn if the engine parts
DEX-COOL coolant at the coolant mixture, the engine could get too are hot enough. Do not spill
surge tank, but be sure the cooling hot but you would not get the coolant on a hot engine.
system, including the coolant surge overheat warning. The engine
tank pressure cap, is cool before could catch fire and you or others
you do it. 1. Remove the coolant surge tank
(Continued) pressure cap from the top
chamber when the cooling
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
274 Vehicle Care
system, including the coolant 3. Fill the surge tank top chamber
surge tank pressure cap and with the proper DEX-COOL Caution
upper radiator hose, is no coolant mixture to the bottom
longer hot. of the fill neck. The top If the pressure cap is not tightly
chamber needs to be installed, coolant loss and
Turn the pressure cap slowly possible engine damage may
counterclockwise. If you hear a completely full. Fill the surge
tank bottom chamber through occur. Be sure the cap is properly
hiss, wait for that to stop. This and tightly secured.
will allow any pressure still left the service port to
to be vented out the approximately half.
discharge hose. 4. With the coolant surge tank Check the level in the surge tank
pressure cap off and the surge top and bottom chambers when the
2. Keep turning the pressure cap cooling system has cooled down.
slowly and remove it. Open the tank service port cap open,
start the engine and let it run If the coolant is not at the proper
surge tank service port cap to
until you can feel the upper levels, repeat Steps 13 and
the lower chamber reinstall the pressure cap and close
radiator hose getting hot.
Watch out for the engine the service port. If the coolant still is
cooling fan. not at the proper levels when the
system cools down again, see your
By this time, the coolant level dealer.
inside the coolant surge tank
top chamber may be lower.
If the level is lower, add more Engine Overheating
of the proper DEX-COOL The vehicle has several indicators
coolant mixture to the surge to warn of the engine overheating.
tank top chamber until the level
There is an engine coolant
reaches the bottom of the
temperature gauge on the
fill neck.
instrument cluster. See Engine
5. Replace the surge tank Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 117.
pressure cap tightly and close The vehicle may also display a
the surge tank service port cap.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Vehicle Care 275
message on the Driver Information If Steam Is Coming from the If Steam Is Coming from the
Center (DIC). See Engine Cooling Engine Compartment Engine Compartment with no
System Messages 0 137. Overheat Warning
If the decision is made not to lift the { Warning The hood extractor, if equipped, is
hood when this warning appears, functional. It will allow water from
get service help right away. See Steam from an overheated engine rain and car washes to enter the
Roadside Assistance can burn you badly, even if you engine compartment and contact
Program 0 358. just open the hood. Stay away hot surfaces. If steam is coming
If the decision is made to lift the from the engine if you see or hear from the hood extractor with no
hood, make sure the vehicle is steam coming from it. Just turn it accompanying overheat warning, no
parked on a level surface. off and get everyone away from service is needed.
the vehicle until it cools down.
Then check to see if the engine Wait until there is no sign of If No Steam Is Coming from
cooling fan is running. If the engine steam or coolant before you open the Engine Compartment
is overheating, the fan should be
the hood. If an engine overheat warning is
running. If it is not, do not continue
to run the engine. Have the vehicle If you keep driving when the displayed but no steam can be seen
serviced. engine is overheated, the liquids or heard, the problem may not be
in it can catch fire. You or others too serious. Sometimes the engine
could be badly burned. Stop the can get a little too hot when the
Caution vehicle:
engine if it overheats, and get out
Running the engine without of the vehicle until the engine . Climbs a long hill on a hot day.
coolant may cause damage or a is cool. . Stops after high-speed driving.
fire. Vehicle damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty. . Idles for long periods in traffic.
If the overheat warning is displayed
with no sign of steam:
1. Turn the air conditioning off.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
276 Vehicle Care
2. Turn the heater on to the Washer Fluid Caution

highest temperature and to the
highest fan speed. Open the What to Use
. Do not use washer fluid that
windows as necessary. When windshield washer fluid is contains any type of water
3. When it is safe to do so, pull off needed, be sure to read the repellent coating. This can
the road, shift to P (Park) or manufacturer's instructions before cause the wiper blades to
N (Neutral) for an automatic use. If operating the vehicle in an chatter or skip.
transmission or Neutral for a area where the temperature can fall
. Do not use engine coolant
manual transmission, and let below freezing, use a fluid that has
the engine idle. sufficient protection against (antifreeze) in the
freezing. windshield washer. It can
If the engine coolant temperature damage the windshield
gauge is no longer in the Adding Washer Fluid washer system and paint.
overheated area, the vehicle can be
. Do not mix water with
driven. Continue to drive the vehicle
slowly for about 10 minutes. Keep a ready-to-use washer fluid.
safe vehicle distance from the Water can cause the
vehicle in front. If the warning does solution to freeze and
not come back on, continue to drive damage the washer fluid
normally and have the cooling tank and other parts of the
system checked for proper fill and washer system.
function. Open the cap with the washer . When using concentrated
symbol on it. Add washer fluid until washer fluid, follow the
If the warning continues, pull over, the reservoir is full. See Engine
stop, and park the vehicle manufacturer instructions for
Compartment Overview 0 259 for adding water.
right away. reservoir location.
. Fill the washer fluid tank
If there is no sign of steam, idle the
engine for three minutes while only three-quarters full when
parked. If the warning is still it is very cold. This allows
displayed, turn off the engine until it for fluid expansion if
cools down. (Continued)
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Vehicle Care 277
Brake Pedal Travel

Caution (Continued) Caution
See your dealer if the brake pedal
freezing occurs, which could Continuing to drive with worn-out does not return to normal height,
damage the tank if it is brake pads could result in costly or if there is a rapid increase in
completely full. brake repair. pedal travel. This could be a sign
that brake service may be required.
Brakes Some driving conditions or climates Replacing Brake System Parts
can cause a brake squeal when the Always replace brake system parts
Disc brake pads have built-in wear brakes are first applied or lightly
indicators that make a high-pitched with new, approved replacement
applied. This does not mean parts. If this is not done, the brakes
warning sound when the brake pads something is wrong with the brakes.
are worn and new pads are needed. may not work properly. The braking
The sound can come and go or can If equipped with high performance performance expected can change
be heard all the time when the brake linings, there could be an in many other ways if the wrong
vehicle is moving, except when increased build-up of brake dust as replacement brake parts are
applying the brake pedal firmly. well as minor noises as compared installed or if parts are improperly
to standard brake linings. installed.
{ Warning Properly torqued wheel nuts are Cold Weather Brake Operation
necessary to help prevent brake (SS Model)
The brake wear warning sound pulsation. When tires are rotated,
means that soon the brakes will inspect brake pads for wear and High performance brake
not work well. That could lead to evenly tighten wheel nuts in the components may bind and clunk
a crash. When the brake wear proper sequence to torque when moving the vehicle. This may
warning sound is heard, have the specifications. See Capacities and be noticeable after parking when the
vehicle serviced. Specifications 0 351. brakes have been wet, such as
when driving in the rain or after a
Brake pads should be replaced as car wash. This is normal for brakes
complete sets. with high friction pads and does not
affect the operation of the brakes.
Apply the brakes several times until
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
278 Vehicle Care
the binding or clunking stops. Drive There are only two reasons why the
the vehicle and apply the brakes brake fluid level in the reservoir may { Warning
several times if it is washed before go down:
long-term storage. If too much brake fluid is added, it
. Normal brake lining wear. When can spill on the engine and burn,
new linings are installed, the if the engine is hot enough. You
Brake Fluid fluid level goes back up. or others could be burned, and
. A fluid leak in the brake/clutch the vehicle could be damaged.
hydraulic system. Have the Add brake fluid only when work is
brake/clutch hydraulic system done on the brake/clutch
fixed. With a leak, the brakes will hydraulic system.
not work well.
Always clean the brake fluid When the brake/clutch fluid falls to a
The brake/clutch master cylinder reservoir cap and the area around low level, the brake warning light
reservoir is filled with GM approved the cap before removing it. comes on. See Brake System
DOT 3 brake fluid as indicated on Do not top off the brake/clutch fluid. Warning Light 0 123.
the reservoir cap. See Engine Adding fluid does not correct a leak. Brake fluid absorbs water over time
Compartment Overview 0 259 for If fluid is added when the linings are which degrades the effectiveness of
the location of the reservoir. worn, there will be too much fluid the brake fluid. Replace brake fluid
Checking Brake Fluid when new brake linings are at the specified intervals to prevent
installed. Add or remove fluid, as increased stopping distance. See
Place the vehicle in P (Park) or necessary, only when work is done Maintenance Schedule 0 336.
Neutral with the parking brake on the brake/clutch hydraulic
applied if equipped with a manual system. What to Add
transmission. On a level surface, Use only GM approved DOT 3
the brake fluid level should be brake fluid from a clean, sealed
between the minimum and container. See Recommended
maximum marks on the brake fluid Fluids and Lubricants 0 346.
reservoir.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Vehicle Care 279
replacement number shown on the

{ Warning original battery label when a new Warning (Continued)
battery is needed.
The wrong or contaminated brake See California Proposition
fluid could result in damage to the The vehicle has an Absorbed Glass 65 Warning 0 256.
brake system. This could result in Mat (AGM) 12-volt battery.
the loss of braking leading to a Installation of a standard 12-volt
battery will result in reduced 12-volt Vehicle Storage
possible injury. Always use the
proper GM approved brake fluid. battery life. When using a 12-volt
battery charger on the 12-volt AGM { Warning
battery, some chargers have an
AGM battery setting on the charger. Batteries have acid that can burn
Caution If available, use the AGM setting on you and gas that can explode.
the charger, to limit charge voltage You can be badly hurt if you are
If brake fluid is spilled on the to 14.8 volts. not careful. See Jump Starting -
vehicle's painted surfaces, the North America 0 320 for tips on
paint finish can be damaged. { Warning working around a battery without
Immediately wash off any painted getting hurt.
surface. WARNING: Battery posts,
terminals, and related
Infrequent Usage: Remove the
accessories contain lead and lead
Battery - North America black, negative () cable from the
compounds, chemicals known to
battery to keep the battery from
The original equipment battery is the State of California to cause running down.
maintenance free. Do not remove cancer and birth defects or other
the cap and do not add fluid. reproductive harm. Batteries also Extended Storage: Remove the
contain other chemicals known to black, negative () cable from the
The battery is in the trunk, behind battery or use a battery trickle
the trim panel, on the passenger the State of California to cause
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER charger.
side of the vehicle. Refer to the
HANDLING.
(Continued)
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
280 Vehicle Care
Rear Axle Do not use the accelerator Automatic Transmission

pedal, and be ready to turn off
When to Check Lubricant the engine immediately if it
Shift Lock Control
It is not necessary to regularly starts. Function Check
check the rear axle fluid, unless a 3. For automatic transmission
leak is suspected or an unusual vehicles, try to start the engine { Warning
noise is heard. A fluid loss could in each gear. The vehicle
indicate a problem. Have it should start only in P (Park) or When you are doing this
inspected and repaired by your N (Neutral). If the vehicle starts inspection, the vehicle could
dealer. in any other position, contact move suddenly. If the vehicle
your dealer for service. moves, you or others could be
Starter Switch Check injured.
For manual transmission
vehicles, put the shift lever in
{ Warning Neutral, push the clutch pedal 1. Before starting this check, be
sure there is enough room
down halfway, and try to start
When you are doing this the engine. The vehicle should around the vehicle. It should be
inspection, the vehicle could start only when the clutch parked on a level surface.
move suddenly. If the vehicle pedal is pushed down all the 2. Apply the parking brake. Be
moves, you or others could be way to the floor. If the vehicle ready to apply the regular
injured. starts when the clutch pedal is brake immediately if the vehicle
not pushed all the way down, begins to move.
contact your dealer for service.
1. Before starting this check, be 3. With the engine off, turn the
sure there is enough room ignition on, but do not start the
around the vehicle. engine. Without applying the
2. Apply both the parking brake regular brake, try to move the
and the regular brake. shift lever out of P (Park) with
normal effort. If the shift lever
moves out of P (Park), contact
your dealer for service.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Vehicle Care 281
Park Brake and P (Park) . To check the P (Park) 1. Pull the windshield wiper
mechanism's holding ability: assembly away from the
Mechanism Check With the engine running, shift to windshield.
P (Park). Then release the
{ Warning parking brake followed by the
regular brake.
When you are doing this check,
the vehicle could begin to move. Contact your dealer if service is
You or others could be injured required.
and property could be damaged.
Make sure there is room in front Wiper Blade Replacement
of the vehicle in case it begins to Windshield wiper blades should be
roll. Be ready to apply the regular inspected for wear and cracking.
brake at once should the vehicle See Maintenance Schedule 0 336.
begin to move. Replacement blades come in
different types and are removed in
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the different ways. For proper type and 2. Lift up on the latch in the
vehicle facing downhill. Keeping length, see Maintenance middle of the wiper blade
your foot on the regular brake, set Replacement Parts 0 348. where the wiper arm attaches.
the parking brake. To replace the windshield wiper 3. With the latch open, pull the
. To check the parking brake's blade: wiper blade down toward the
holding ability: With the engine windshield far enough to
running and the transmission in Caution release it from the J-hooked
N (Neutral), slowly remove foot end of the wiper arm.
pressure from the regular brake Keep the hood closed to avoid
pedal. Do this until the vehicle is damaging the paint.
held by the parking brake only.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
282 Vehicle Care
4. Remove the wiper blade. Headlamp Aiming Bulb Replacement

Allowing the wiper blade arm to
Headlamp aim has been preset and For the proper type of replacement
touch the windshield when no
should need no further adjustment. bulbs, see Replacement
wiper blade is installed could
If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, Bulbs 0 285.
damage the windshield. Any
damage that occurs would not the headlamp aim may be affected. For any bulb-changing procedure
be covered by the vehicle If adjustment to the headlamps is not listed in this section, contact
warranty. Do not allow the necessary, see your dealer. your dealer.
wiper blade arm to touch the
windshield. Halogen Bulbs
5. Reverse Steps 13 for wiper
blade replacement. { Warning
Windshield Replacement Halogen bulbs have pressurized
gas inside and can burst if you
If the Head-Up display (HUD) drop or scratch the bulb. You or
system and the windshield need to others could be injured. Be sure
be replaced, get one that is to read and follow the instructions
designed for HUD or the HUD on the bulb package.
image may look out of focus.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Vehicle Care 283
High Intensity Discharge 3. Turn the bulb socket

counterclockwise to remove it
(HID) Lighting from the headlamp assembly.
4. Pull the bulb straight out from
{ Warning the socket.
The High Intensity Discharge 5. Push the new bulb into the
(HID) lighting system operates at socket and reinstall the socket
a very high voltage. If you try to into the headlamp assembly by
service any of the system turning it clockwise.
components, you could be
seriously injured. Have your Taillamps, Turn Signal,
dealer or a qualified technician 2. Locate the turn signal socket Sidemarker, Stoplamps,
service them. bulb on the inboard side of and Back-Up Lamps
the lamp.
After an HID headlamp bulb has
been replaced, the beam might be a
slightly different shade than it was
originally. This is normal.
Front Turn Signal Lamps

(Passenger Side Only)
For driver side turn signal lamp
replacement, contact your dealer.
To replace the turn signal bulb:
1. Open the hood. See Uplevel Taillamp
Hood 0 258.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
284 Vehicle Care
To replace one of these bulbs: License Plate Lamp

1. Open the trunk. See To replace one of these bulbs:
Trunk 0 40.
2. Remove the three pushpin
fasteners and three 8mm nuts.
3. Firmly grasp the taillamp
assembly and pull it
straight out.
4. Turn the bulb socket
counterclockwise to remove it.
Base Taillamp 5. Pull the old bulb straight out of
the bulb socket.
1. Back-up Lamp 6. Push the new bulb straight into
2. Stop/Turn Signal the bulb socket until it clicks.
3. Taillamps 1. Unclip the license plate lamp
7. Turn the bulb socket clockwise from the fascia opening.
For the uplevel taillamp assembly, to reinstall.
only the back-up bulb is 2. Pull the license plate lamp
replaceable. Removal of the taillamp 8. Push light assembly back into down through the fascia
assembly is not necessary to place. opening.
change this bulb. 9. Install the three pushpin 3. Turn the bulb socket
fasteners and three 8mm nuts. counterclockwise and pull the
bulb straight out of the lamp
socket.
4. Install the new bulb.
5. Push the bulb straight into the
socket and turn clockwise to
reinstall.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Vehicle Care 285
6. Reinstall the license plate lamp Electrical System Headlamp Wiring

by lifting it through the fascia
An electrical overload may cause
opening until the clip is in
place. Electrical System the lamps to go on and off, or in
Overload some cases to remain off. Have the
headlamp wiring checked right away
Replacement Bulbs The vehicle has fuses and circuit if the lamps go on and off or
Bulb breakers to protect against an remain off.
Exterior Lamp electrical system overload.
Number
Windshield Wipers
Front Turn Signal WY21W When the current electrical load is
too heavy, the circuit breaker opens If the wiper motor overheats due to
License Plate W5WLL and closes, protecting the circuit heavy snow or ice, the windshield
Back-up W21W until the current load returns to wipers will stop until the motor cools
normal or the problem is fixed. This and will then restart.
Stop/Turn Signal W21W greatly reduces the chance of circuit Although the circuit is protected
Taillamps W5W overload and fire caused by from electrical overload, overload
electrical problems. due to heavy snow or ice may
For replacement bulbs not listed Fuses and circuit breakers protect cause wiper linkage damage.
here, contact your dealer. power devices in the vehicle. Always clear ice and heavy snow
from the windshield before using the
Replace a bad fuse with a new one windshield wipers.
of the identical size and rating.
If the overload is caused by an
If there is a problem on the road and electrical problem and not snow or
a fuse needs to be replaced, the ice, be sure to get it fixed.
same amperage fuse can be
borrowed. Choose some feature of
the vehicle that is not needed to use
and replace it as soon as possible.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
286 Vehicle Care
Fuses and Circuit Engine Compartment Caution

Breakers Fuse Block
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are Spilling liquid on any electrical
protected from short circuits by a component on the vehicle may
combination of fuses and circuit damage it. Always keep the
breakers. This greatly reduces the covers on any electrical
chance of damage caused by component.
electrical problems.
To check a fuse, look at the
silver-colored band inside the fuse.
If the band is broken or melted,
replace the fuse. Be sure to replace
a bad fuse with a new one of the
identical size and rating.
Fuses of the same amperage can To remove the hinged fuse block
be temporarily borrowed from cover, press the clip at the front of
another fuse location, if a fuse goes the cover, and swing it up.
out. Replace the fuse as soon as
possible.
Caution
To identify and check fuses, circuit
breakers, and relays, see Engine Do not pull the engine
Compartment Fuse Block 0 286 and compartment fuse block lever,
Rear Compartment Fuse since it is intended only for
Block 0 289. service purposes. If pulled,
vehicle malfunction may occur.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Vehicle Care 287
Fuse Usage
F3 Driver power seat
F4 Cooling fan
F5 Passenger
power seat
F6
F7
F8
F9
F10
F11
F12 Front wiper
F13 Starter
F14 Brake vacuum pump
F15
F16 Heated seat
F17 Passenger window
F18 Body control
module 4
The vehicle may not be equipped Fuse Usage
with all of the fuses, relays, and F19 Airbag module/AOS
features shown. F1 ABS pump F20 OnStar/Navigation (if
F2 equipped)
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
288 Vehicle Care
Fuse Usage Fuse Usage Fuse Usage

F21 Body control F37 Right high-beam F52 A/C clutch
module 6 headlamp F53
F22 ABS valve F38 Headlamp leveling F54 Coolant pump
F23 F39 F55
F24 F40 Rear electrical F56
F25 Steering column lock center/Ignition
F57 Engine control
F26 Body control F41 Malfunction indicator module/Ignition
module 2 lamp/Ignition
F58 Transmission control
F27 F42 Instrument panel module/Ignition
body/Ignition
F28 Body control F59
module 3 F43 Exhaust valve/Active
fuel management F60 Transmission control
F29 Body control module battery
module 8 F44 AOS display/Ignition
F61 MAF/O2 sensor
F30 Windshield wiper F45 Sunroof
F62 Ignition coils odd
F31 Right HID headlamp F46 Body control
module 7 F63 Non-walk/O2 sensor
F32 Left HID headlamp F64 Ignition coils even
F47 CGM
F33 F65
F48
F34 Horn F66 Engine control
F49 Heated steering
F35 wheel module 1
F36 Left high-beam F50 Fuel system control F67 Engine control
headlamp module/Ignition module 2
F51 Exhaust valve ptsq F68
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Vehicle Care 289
Fuse Usage Relays Usage

F69 K10 Starter
F70
Rear Compartment Fuse
F71
Block
F72
F73
F74
F75
F76
F77
Relays Usage
K1
K2 Run/Crank
K3 The rear compartment fuse block is
K4 Vacuum pump located on the right side under the
trunk load floor.
K5
K6 Coolant pump
K7 Engine control
module
K8 A/C control
K9
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
290 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage
F3 Electric parking
brake
F4
F5
F6 Rear drive control
module
F7 Right window 1
F8
F9 Left window 1
F10 Heated mirror 1
F11
F12 Heated steering
wheel
F13
F14 HVAC control
F15
F16 Display
F17 Camera
The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage F18
with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown. F1 Rear defogger F19 Front ventilated
seat 1
F2 Front HVAC
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Vehicle Care 291
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage

F20 Reverse lamps F35 Fuel pump/Fuel F51 Camera module
F21 system control F52 Rear parking assist
module
F22 F53 Electronic
F36 limited-slip
F23 Body control
module 1 F37 Electric steering differential (if
column lock equipped)
F24
F38 Mirror window F54 Side blind zone alert
F25 module F55 Radio controls
F26 F39 Rear closure F56 Theft deterrent/
F27 RGB lights F40 Universal remote
F28 Passive entry/ F41 Battery regulated system (if equipped)
Passive start voltage control F57
battery 1
F42 SADS
F29 Data link connector Relays Usage
F43
F30 Canister vent K1 Rear defogger
F44 Folding top solenoid
F31 Memory seat module K2 Fuel pump
folding top F45 Amplifier
F32 Memory seat module F46 FPPM 22 Circuit Usage

F47 Shunt Breaker
F33 Wireless charger
F48 CB1
F34 Engine control
module battery F49 Steering wheel CB2 Retained accessory
power
F50 Interior rearview
mirror CB3
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
292 Vehicle Care
Wheels and Tires Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)

Tires . Underinflated tires pose . Replace any tires that
Every new GM vehicle has the same danger as have been damaged by
high-quality tires made by a overloaded tires. The impacts with potholes,
leading tire manufacturer. See resulting crash could curbs, etc.
the warranty manual for cause serious injury. . Improperly repaired tires
information regarding the tire Check all tires frequently can cause a crash. Only
warranty and where to get to maintain the the dealer or an
service. For additional recommended pressure. authorized tire service
information refer to the tire Tire pressure should be center should repair,
manufacturer. checked when the tires replace, dismount, and
are cold. mount the tires.
{ Warning . Overinflated tires are . Do not spin the tires in
more likely to be cut, excess of 56 km/h
. Poorly maintained and punctured, or broken by
improperly used tires are (35 mph) on slippery
a sudden impact such surfaces such as snow,
dangerous. as when hitting a pothole. mud, ice, etc. Excessive
. Overloading the tires can Keep tires at the spinning may cause the
cause overheating as a recommended pressure. tires to explode.
result of too much . Worn or old tires can
flexing. There could be a cause a crash. If the See Tire Pressure for
blowout and a serious tread is badly worn, High-Speed Operation 0 301 for
crash. See Vehicle Load replace them. inflation pressure adjustment for
Limits 0 212. (Continued) high-speed driving.
(Continued)
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Vehicle Care 293
All-Season Tires traction on snow and ice-covered tires with a lower speed rating are
roads. Consider installing winter chosen, never exceed the tire's
This vehicle may come with tires on the vehicle if frequent maximum speed capability.
all-season tires. These tires are driving on ice or snow covered
designed to provide good overall roads is expected. See your dealer Run-Flat Tires
performance on most road surfaces for details regarding winter tire
and weather conditions. Original availability and proper tire selection. This vehicle, when new, may have
equipment tires designed to GM's Also, see Buying New Tires 0 308. had run-flat tires. There is no spare
specific tire performance criteria tire, no tire changing equipment,
have a TPC specification code With winter tires, there may be and no place to store a tire in the
molded onto the sidewall. Original decreased dry road traction, vehicle.
equipment all-season tires can be increased road noise, and shorter
tread life. After changing to winter The vehicle also has a Tire
identified by the last two characters Pressure Monitor System (TPMS)
of this TPC code, which will tires, be alert for changes in vehicle
handling and braking. that indicates a loss of tire pressure
be MS. in any of the tires.
Consider installing winter tires on If using winter tires:
the vehicle if frequent driving on
snow or ice-covered roads is
. Use tires of the same brand and { Warning
tread type on all four wheel
expected. All-season tires provide positions. If the low tire warning light
adequate performance for most displays on the instrument cluster,
. Use only radial ply tires of the
winter driving conditions, but they the handling capabilities will be
same size, load range, and
may not offer the same level of reduced during severe
speed rating as the original
traction or performance as winter maneuvers. Driving too fast could
tires on snow or ice-covered roads. equipment tires.
cause loss of control and you or
See Winter Tires 0 293. Winter tires with the same speed others could be injured. Do not
rating as the original equipment tires drive over 90 km/h (55 mph) when
Winter Tires may not be available for H, V, W, Y, the low tire warning light is
and ZR speed rated tires. If winter
This vehicle was not originally (Continued)
equipped with winter tires. Winter
tires are designed for increased
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
294 Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
any distance while deflated, check Low-Profile Tires
with an authorized run-flat tire
service center to determine whether If the vehicle has 245/40R20 or
displayed. Drive cautiously and the tire can be repaired or should be 245/40ZR20 and 275/35ZR20
check the tire pressures as soon replaced. To maintain the run-flat size tires, they are classified as
as possible. feature, all replacement tires must low-profile tires.
be run-flat tires.
Run-flat tires can be driven on with To locate the nearest GM or run-flat Caution
no air pressure. There is no need to servicing facility, call Customer
stop on the side of the road to Assistance. Low-profile tires are more
change the tire. Continue driving; susceptible to damage from road
however, do not drive too far or too The valve stems on run-flat tires
hazards or curb impact than
fast. Driving on the tire may not be have sensors that are part of the
standard profile tires. Tire and/or
possible if there is permanent TPMS. See Tire Pressure Monitor
System 0 301. These sensors wheel assembly damage can
damage. To prevent permanent occur when coming into contact
damage, keep speed below 80 km/h contain batteries that are designed
to last for 10 years under normal with road hazards like potholes,
(50 mph). With a light load the or sharp edged objects, or when
vehicle can be driven up to 100 km driving conditions. See your dealer
for wheel or sensor replacement. sliding into a curb. The warranty
(60 mi); with a moderate load 80 km
does not cover this type of
(50 mi); and a heavy load 45 km
Caution damage. Keep tires set to the
(25 mi). As soon as possible,
contact the nearest authorized GM correct inflation pressure and
or run-flat servicing facility for Using liquid sealants can damage when possible, avoid contact with
inspection and repair or the tire valves and tire pressure curbs, potholes, and other road
replacement. monitor sensors in the run-flat hazards.
tires. This damage is not covered
When driving on a deflated run-flat
by the vehicle warranty. Do not
tire, avoid potholes and other road
hazards that could damage the tire use liquid sealants in run-flat
and/or wheel beyond repair. When a tires.
tire has been damaged, or driven
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Vehicle Care 295
Summer Tires Caution (Continued)

High Performance Summer Tires
(20 F). Always store high
See the HP Supplement. performance summer tires
This vehicle may come with 245/ indoors and at temperatures
40ZR20 and 275/35ZR20 high above 7 C (20 F) when not in
performance summer tires. These use. If the tires have been
tires have a special tread and subjected to 7 C (20 F) or less,
compound that are optimized for let them warm up in a heated
maximum dry and wet road space to at least 5 C (40 F) for
performance. This special tread and 24 hours or more before being
compound will have decreased installed or driving a vehicle on
performance in cold climates, and Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example
which they are installed. Do not
on ice and snow. It is recommended apply heat or blow heated air (1) Tire Size : The tire size is a
that winter tires be installed on the combination of letters and
directly on the tires. Always
vehicle if frequent driving at numbers used to define a
inspect tires before use. See Tire
temperatures below approximately
Inspection 0 305. particular tire's width, height,
5 C (40 F) or on ice or snow
covered roads is expected. See aspect ratio, construction type,
Winter Tires 0 293. and service description. See the
Tire Sidewall Labeling Tire Size illustration later in this
Caution Useful information about a tire is section for more detail.
molded into its sidewall. The (2) TPC Spec (Tire
High performance summer tires examples show a typical Performance Criteria
have rubber compounds that lose passenger tire sidewall. Specification) : Original
flexibility and may develop
equipment tires designed to
surface cracks in the tread area
GM's specific tire performance
at temperatures below 7 C
criteria have a TPC specification
(Continued) code molded onto the sidewall.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
296 Vehicle Care
GM's TPC specifications meet or tire size, and date the tire was Tire Designations
exceed all federal safety manufactured. The TIN is
guidelines. molded onto both sides of the Tire Size
(3) DOT (Department of tire, although only one side may The following is an example of a
Transportation) : The have the date of manufacture. typical passenger vehicle
Department of Transportation (5) Tire Ply Material : The type tire size.
(DOT) code indicates that the of cord and number of plies in
tire is in compliance with the the sidewall and under the tread.
U.S. Department of (6) Uniform Tire Quality
Transportation Motor Vehicle Grading (UTQG) : Tire
Safety Standards. manufacturers are required to
DOT Tire Date of grade tires based on three
Manufacture : The last four performance factors: treadwear, (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire :
digits of the TIN indicate the tire traction, and temperature The United States version of a
manufactured date. The first two resistance. For more information metric tire sizing system. The
digits represent the week see Uniform Tire Quality letter P as the first character in
(01-52) and the last two digits, Grading 0 309. the tire size means a passenger
the year. For example, the third (7) Maximum Cold Inflation vehicle tire engineered to
week of the year 2010 would Load Limit : Maximum load that standards set by the U.S. Tire
have a four-digit DOT date can be carried and the and Rim Association.
of 0310. maximum pressure needed to (2) Tire Width : The three-digit
(4) Tire Identification Number support that load. number indicates the tire section
(TIN) : The letters and numbers width in millimeters from
following the DOT code are the sidewall to sidewall.
Tire Identification Number (TIN).
The TIN shows the
manufacturer and plant code,
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Vehicle Care 297
(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digit Tire Terminology and Bead : The tire bead contains
number that indicates the tire Definitions steel wires wrapped by steel
height-to-width measurements. cords that hold the tire onto
For example, if the tire size Air Pressure : The amount of the rim.
aspect ratio is 60, as shown in air inside the tire pressing
outward on each square inch of Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire
item 3 of the illustration, it would in which the plies are laid at
mean that the tire's sidewall is the tire. Air pressure is
expressed in kPa (kilopascal) alternate angles less than
60 percent as high as it is wide. 90 degrees to the centerline of
or psi (pounds per square inch).
(4) Construction Code : A letter the tread.
code is used to indicate the type Accessory Weight : The
combined weight of optional Cold Tire Pressure : The
of ply construction in the tire. amount of air pressure in a tire,
The letter R means radial ply accessories. Some examples of
optional accessories are measured in kPa (kilopascal)
construction; the letter D means or psi (pounds per square inch)
diagonal or bias ply automatic transmission, power
windows, power seats, and air before a tire has built up heat
construction; and the letter B from driving. See Tire
means belted-bias ply conditioning.
Pressure 0 300.
construction. Aspect Ratio : The relationship
of a tire's height to its width. Curb Weight : The weight of a
(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of motor vehicle with standard and
the wheel in inches. Belt : A rubber coated layer of optional equipment including the
(6) Service Description : These cords between the plies and the maximum capacity of fuel, oil,
characters represent the load tread. Cords may be made from and coolant, but without
index and speed rating of the steel or other reinforcing passengers and cargo.
tire. The load index represents materials.
DOT Markings : A code molded
the load carrying capacity a tire into the sidewall of a tire
is certified to carry. The speed signifying that the tire is in
rating is the maximum speed a compliance with the U.S.
tire is certified to carry a load.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
298 Vehicle Care
Department of Transportation Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A Normal Occupant Weight : The
(DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety tire used on light duty trucks and number of occupants a vehicle
Standards. The DOT code some multipurpose passenger is designed to seat multiplied by
includes the Tire Identification vehicles. 68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric Load Index : An assigned Limits 0 212.
designator which can also number ranging from 1 to 279 Occupant Distribution :
identify the tire manufacturer, that corresponds to the load Designated seating positions.
production plant, brand, and carrying capacity of a tire.
date of production. Outward Facing Sidewall : The
Maximum Inflation Pressure : side of an asymmetrical tire that
GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight The maximum air pressure to has a particular side that faces
Rating. See Vehicle Load which a cold tire can be inflated. outward when mounted on a
Limits 0 212. The maximum air pressure is vehicle. The side of the tire that
GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight molded onto the sidewall. contains a whitewall, bears
Rating for the front axle. See Maximum Load Rating : The white lettering, or bears
Vehicle Load Limits 0 212. load rating for a tire at the manufacturer, brand, and/or
GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight maximum permissible inflation model name molding that is
Rating for the rear axle. See pressure for that tire. higher or deeper than the same
Vehicle Load Limits 0 212. moldings on the other sidewall
Maximum Loaded Vehicle of the tire.
Intended Outboard Sidewall : Weight : The sum of curb
The side of an asymmetrical tire weight, accessory weight, Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A
that must always face outward vehicle capacity weight, and tire used on passenger cars and
when mounted on a vehicle. production options weight. some light duty trucks and
multipurpose vehicles.
Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric
unit for air pressure.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Vehicle Care 299
Recommended Inflation Tread : The portion of a tire that 68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated
Pressure : Vehicle comes into contact with cargo load. See Vehicle Load
manufacturer's recommended the road. Limits 0 212.
tire inflation pressure as shown Treadwear Indicators : Narrow Vehicle Maximum Load on the
on the tire placard. See Tire bands, sometimes called wear Tire : Load on an individual tire
Pressure 0 300 and Vehicle bars, that show across the tread due to curb weight, accessory
Load Limits 0 212. of a tire when only 1.6 mm weight, occupant weight, and
Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic (1/16 in) of tread remains. See cargo weight.
tire in which the ply cords that When It Is Time for New Vehicle Placard : A label
extend to the beads are laid at Tires 0 307. permanently attached to a
90 degrees to the centerline of UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality vehicle showing the vehicle
the tread. Grading Standards) : A tire capacity weight and the original
Rim : A metal support for a tire information system that provides equipment tire size and
and upon which the tire beads consumers with ratings for a recommended inflation pressure.
are seated. tire's traction, temperature, and See Tire and Loading
Sidewall : The portion of a tire treadwear. Ratings are Information Label under Vehicle
between the tread and the bead. determined by tire Load Limits 0 212.
manufacturers using
Speed Rating : An government testing procedures.
alphanumeric code assigned to The ratings are molded into the
a tire indicating the maximum sidewall of the tire. See Uniform
speed at which a tire can Tire Quality Grading 0 309.
operate.
Vehicle Capacity Weight : The
Traction : The friction between number of designated seating
the tire and the road surface. positions multiplied by
The amount of grip provided.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
300 Vehicle Care
Tire Pressure Caution (Continued)

How to Check
Tires need the correct amount of Use a good quality pocket-type
air pressure to operate . Poor handling. gauge to check the tire
effectively. . Rough ride. pressure. Proper tire inflation
cannot be determined by looking
. Needless damage from at the tire. Check the tire
Caution
road hazards. inflation pressure when the tires
Neither tire underinflation nor are cold, meaning the vehicle
overinflation is good. The Tire and Loading has not been driven for at least
Underinflated tires, or tires Information label on the vehicle three hours or no more than
that do not have enough air, indicates the original equipment 1.6 km (1 mi).
can result in: tires and the correct cold tire Remove the valve cap from the
. Tire overloading and inflation pressures. The tire valve stem. Press the tire
overheating which could recommended pressure is the gauge firmly onto the valve to
lead to a blowout. minimum air pressure needed to get the pressure measurement.
support the vehicle's maximum If the cold tire inflation pressure
. Premature or load carrying capacity. See
irregular wear. matches the recommended
Vehicle Load Limits 0 212. pressure on the Tire and
. Poor handling. How the vehicle is loaded Loading Information label, no
. Reduced fuel economy. affects vehicle handling and ride further adjustment is necessary.
comfort. Never load the vehicle If the inflation pressure is low,
Overinflated tires, or tires that
with more weight than it was add air until the recommended
have too much air, can
designed to carry. pressure is reached. If the
result in:
When to Check inflation pressure in high, press
. Unusual wear. on the metal stem in the center
(Continued) Check the tires once a month
or more.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Vehicle Care 301
of the tire valve to release air. Return the tires to the

Re-check the tire pressure with Warning (Continued) recommended cold tire inflation
the tire gauge. pressure when high-speed driving
Some high-speed rated tires has ended. See Vehicle Load Limits
Put the valve caps back on the require inflation pressure 0 212 and Tire Pressure 0 300.
valve stems to keep out dirt and adjustment for high-speed
moisture and prevent leaks. Use operation. When speed limits and Tire Pressure Monitor
only valve caps designed for the road conditions allow the vehicle
to be driven at high speeds, make System
vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors
could be damaged and would sure the tires are rated for The Tire Pressure Monitor System
not be covered by the vehicle high-speed operation, are in (TPMS) uses radio and sensor
excellent condition, and are set to technology to check tire pressure
warranty. levels. The TPMS sensors monitor
the correct cold tire inflation
pressure for the vehicle load. the air pressure in your tires and
Tire Pressure for transmit tire pressure readings to a
High-Speed Operation receiver located in the vehicle.
Vehicles with 245/40ZR20 95Y and
See the HP Supplement. 275/35ZR20 98Y size tires, have Each tire, including the spare (if
tires capable of high-speed use. provided), should be checked
{ Warning Make sure vehicles with 245/
monthly when cold and inflated to
the inflation pressure recommended
40ZR20 95Y and 275/35ZR20 98Y by the vehicle manufacturer on the
Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h size tires are inflated to the
(100 mph) or higher, puts vehicle placard or tire inflation
recommended cold inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has
additional strain on tires. pressures before operating the
Sustained high-speed driving tires of a different size than the size
vehicle at speeds over 160 km/h indicated on the vehicle placard or
causes excessive heat buildup (100 mph). See Vehicle Load Limits
and can cause sudden tire failure. tire inflation pressure label, you
0 212 and Tire Pressure 0 300. should determine the proper tire
This could cause a crash, and
inflation pressure for those tires.)
you or others could be killed.
(Continued)
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
302 Vehicle Care
As an added safety feature, your Your vehicle has also been See Tire Pressure Monitor
vehicle has been equipped with a equipped with a TPMS malfunction Operation 0 302.
tire pressure monitoring system indicator to indicate when the See Radio Frequency
(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire system is not operating properly. Statement 0 364.
pressure telltale when one or more The TPMS malfunction indicator is
of your tires is significantly combined with the low tire pressure
under-inflated. telltale. When the system detects a Tire Pressure Monitor
Accordingly, when the low tire malfunction, the telltale will flash for Operation
pressure telltale illuminates, you approximately one minute and then This vehicle may have a Tire
should stop and check your tires as remain continuously illuminated. Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
soon as possible, and inflate them This sequence will continue upon The TPMS is designed to warn the
to the proper pressure. Driving on a subsequent vehicle start-ups as driver when a low tire pressure
significantly under-inflated tire long as the malfunction exists. condition exists. TPMS sensors are
causes the tire to overheat and can When the malfunction indicator is mounted onto each tire and wheel
lead to tire failure. Under-inflation illuminated, the system may not be assembly, excluding the spare tire
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire able to detect or signal low tire and wheel assembly. The TPMS
tread life, and may affect the pressure as intended. TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in
vehicle's handling and stopping malfunctions may occur for a variety the tires and transmits the tire
ability. of reasons, including the installation pressure readings to a receiver
of replacement or alternate tires or located in the vehicle.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire wheels on the vehicle that prevent
maintenance, and it is the driver's the TPMS from functioning properly.
responsibility to maintain correct tire Always check the TPMS malfunction
pressure, even if under-inflation has telltale after replacing one or more
not reached the level to trigger tires or wheels on your vehicle to
illumination of the TPMS low tire ensure that the replacement or
pressure telltale. alternate tires and wheels allow the
TPMS to continue to function When a low tire pressure condition
properly. is detected, the TPMS illuminates
the low tire pressure warning light
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Vehicle Care 303
on the instrument cluster. If the A Tire and Loading Information Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kits
warning light comes on, stop as label, attached to your vehicle, use a GM approved liquid tire
soon as possible and inflate the shows the size of the original sealant. Using non-approved tire
tires to the recommended pressure equipment tires and the correct sealants could damage the TPMS
shown on the Tire and Loading inflation pressure for the tires when sensors. See Tire Sealant and
Information label. See Vehicle Load they are cold. See Vehicle Load Compressor Kit 0 314 for
Limits 0 212. Limits 0 212, for an example of the information regarding the inflator kit
A message to check the pressure in Tire and Loading Information label materials and instructions.
a specific tire displays in the Driver and its location. Also see Tire
Pressure 0 300. TPMS Malfunction Light and
Information Center (DIC). The low Message
tire pressure warning light and the The TPMS can warn about a low
DIC warning message come on at tire pressure condition but it does The TPMS will not function properly
each ignition cycle until the tires are not replace normal tire if one or more of the TPMS sensors
inflated to the correct inflation maintenance. See Tire Inspection are missing or inoperable. When the
pressure. Using the DIC, tire 0 305, Tire Rotation 0 305 and system detects a malfunction, the
pressure levels can be viewed. For Tires 0 292. low tire warning light flashes for
additional information and details about one minute and then stays on
about the DIC operation and for the remainder of the ignition
Caution cycle. A DIC warning message also
displays see Driver Information
Center (DIC) 0 128. Tire sealant materials are not all displays. The malfunction light and
the same. A non-approved tire DIC warning message come on at
The low tire pressure warning light each ignition cycle until the problem
may come on in cool weather when sealant could damage the TPMS
is corrected. Some of the conditions
the vehicle is first started, and then sensors. TPMS sensor damage
that can cause these to come
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This caused by using an incorrect tire
on are:
could be an early indicator that the sealant is not covered by the
air pressure is getting low and vehicle warranty. Always use only . One of the road tires has been
needs to be inflated to the proper the GM approved tire sealant replaced with the spare tire. The
pressure. available through your dealer or spare tire does not have a
included in the vehicle. TPMS sensor. The malfunction
light and DIC message should
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
304 Vehicle Care
go off after the road tire is could prevent the TPMS from matched to the tire/wheel positions,
replaced and the sensor functioning properly. See Buying using a TPMS relearn tool, in the
matching process is performed New Tires 0 308. following order: driver side front tire,
successfully. See TPMS Sensor . Operating electronic devices or passenger side front tire, passenger
Matching Process later in this being near facilities using radio side rear tire, and driver side rear.
section. wave frequencies similar to the See your dealer for service or to
. The TPMS sensor matching TPMS could cause the TPMS purchase a relearn tool. A TPMS
process was not done or not sensors to malfunction. relearn tool can also be purchased.
completed successfully after See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor
If the TPMS is not functioning Activation Tool at
rotating the tires. The properly it cannot detect or signal a
malfunction light and the DIC www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or
low tire condition. See your dealer call 1-800-GM TOOLS
message should go off after for service if the TPMS malfunction
successfully completing the (1-800-468-6657).
light and DIC message comes on
sensor matching process. See and stays on. There are two minutes to match the
"TPMS Sensor Matching first tire/wheel position, and
Process" later in this section. TPMS Sensor Matching five minutes overall to match all four
. One or more TPMS sensors are Process tire/wheel positions. If it takes
missing or damaged. The longer, the matching process stops
Each TPMS sensor has a unique and must be restarted.
malfunction light and the DIC identification code. The identification
message should go off when the code needs to be matched to a new The TPMS sensor matching
TPMS sensors are installed and tire/wheel position after rotating the process is:
the sensor matching process is vehicles tires or replacing one or 1. Set the parking brake.
performed successfully. See more of the TPMS sensors. The
your dealer for service. TPMS sensor matching process 2. Place the vehicle power mode
should also be performed after in ON/RUN/START. See
. Replacement tires or wheels do
replacing a spare tire with a road Ignition Positions 0 216.
not match the original equipment
tires or wheels. Tires and wheels tire containing the TPMS sensor. 3. Make sure the Tire Pressure
other than those recommended The malfunction light and the DIC info display option is turned on.
message should go off at the next The info displays on the DIC
ignition cycle. The sensors are
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Vehicle Care 305
can be turned on and off 8. Proceed to the passenger side Replace the tire if:
through the Settings menu. front tire, and repeat Step 7.
. The indicators at three or
See Driver Information Center 9. Proceed to the passenger side
(DIC) 0 128. more places around the tire
rear tire, and repeat Step 7. can be seen.
4. Use the five-way DIC control 10. Proceed to the driver side rear
on the right side of the steering . There is cord or fabric
tire, and repeat Step 7. The
wheel to scroll to the Tire horn sounds two times to showing through the tire's
Pressure screen under the DIC indicate the sensor rubber.
info page. See Driver identification code has been
Information Center (DIC) 0 128. . The tread or sidewall is
matched to the driver side rear cracked, cut, or snagged
5. Press and hold SEL in the tire, and the TPMS sensor
deep enough to show cord or
center of the five-way DIC matching process is no longer
control. active. The TIRE LEARNING fabric.
The horn sounds twice to ACTIVE message on the DIC . The tire has a bump, bulge,
signal the receiver is in relearn display screen goes off. or split.
mode and the TIRE 11. Shut the ignition off. . The tire has a puncture, cut,
LEARNING ACTIVE message 12. Set all four tires to the or other damage that cannot
displays on the DIC screen. recommended air pressure be repaired well because of
6. Start with the driver side level as indicated on the Tire the size or location of the
front tire. and Loading Information label. damage.
7. Place the relearn tool against
the tire sidewall, near the valve Tire Inspection Tire Rotation
stem. Then press the button to We recommend that the tires,
activate the TPMS sensor. If the vehicle has non-directional
including the spare tire, if the tires, they should be rotated
A horn chirp confirms that the
vehicle has one, be inspected every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. See
sensor identification code has
been matched to this tire and for signs of wear or damage at Maintenance Schedule 0 336.
wheel position. least once a month.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
306 Vehicle Care
Tires are rotated to achieve a

uniform wear for all tires. The
first rotation is the most
important.
Anytime unusual wear is
noticed, rotate the tires as soon
as possible, check for proper tire
inflation pressure, and check for
damaged tires or wheels. If the
unusual wear continues after the
rotation, check the wheel
alignment. See When It Is Time Use this rotation pattern if the Use this rotation pattern when
for New Tires 0 307 and Wheel vehicle has different size tires rotating tires of the same size
Replacement 0 311. on the front and rear and they installed on all four wheel
Directional tires should not be are non-directional. positions.
rotated. Each tire and wheel Different tire sizes should not be If the vehicle has a compact
should be used only in the rotated front to rear. spare tire, do not include it in the
position it is in. Directional tires tire rotation.
will have an arrow on the tire Adjust the front and rear tires to
indicating the proper direction of the recommended inflation
rotation or will have left or pressure on the Tire and
right molded on the sidewall. Loading Information label after
the tires have been rotated. See
Tire Pressure 0 300 and Vehicle
Load Limits 0 212.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Vehicle Care 307
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor grease on the flat wheel or less of tread remaining. See Tire
System. See Tire Pressure mounting surface or on the Inspection 0 305 and Tire
Monitor Operation 0 302. wheel nuts or bolts. Rotation 0 305.
Check that all wheel nuts are The rubber in tires ages over time.
properly tightened. See Wheel When It Is Time for New This also applies to the spare tire,
Tires if the vehicle has one, even if it is
Nut Torque under Capacities never used. Multiple factors
and Specifications 0 351. Factors such as maintenance, including temperatures, loading
temperatures, driving speeds, conditions, and inflation pressure
{ Warning vehicle loading, and road conditions maintenance affect how fast aging
affect the wear rate of the tires. takes place. GM recommends that
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the tires, including the spare if
parts to which it is fastened, can equipped, be replaced after six
make wheel nuts become loose years, regardless of tread wear. The
after time. The wheel could come tire manufacture date is the last four
off and cause an accident. When digits of the DOT Tire Identification
changing a wheel, remove any Number (TIN) which is molded into
rust or dirt from places where the one side of the tire sidewall. The
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In first two digits represent the week
an emergency, a cloth or a paper (0152) and the last two digits, the
towel can be used; however, use year. For example, the third week of
a scraper or wire brush later to the year 2010 would have a
remove all rust or dirt. four-digit DOT date of 0310.
Vehicle Storage
Treadwear indicators are one way to
Lightly coat the center of the Tires age when stored normally
tell when it is time for new tires.
wheel hub with wheel bearing Treadwear indicators appear when mounted on a parked vehicle. Park
grease after a wheel change or the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) a vehicle that will be stored for at
tire rotation to prevent corrosion least a month in a cool, dry, clean
or rust build-up. Do not get area away from direct sunlight to
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
308 Vehicle Care
slow aging. This area should be free vehicle, including brake system necessary to replace only one
of grease, gasoline, or other performance, ride and handling, axle set of worn tires, place the
substances that can deteriorate traction control, and tire new tires on the rear axle.
rubber. pressure monitoring Winter tires with the same speed
Parking for an extended period can performance. GM's TPC Spec rating as the original equipment
cause flat spots on the tires that number is molded onto the tire's
may result in vibrations while tires may not be available for H,
sidewall near the tire size. If the V, W, Y and ZR speed rated
driving. When storing a vehicle for tires have an all-season tread
at least a month, remove the tires or tires. Never exceed the winter
design, the TPC Spec number tires maximum speed capability
raise the vehicle to reduce the
weight from the tires.
will be followed by MS for mud when using winter tires with a
and snow. See Tire Sidewall lower speed rating.
Buying New Tires Labeling 0 295.
GM has developed and matched GM recommends replacing worn { Warning
specific tires for the vehicle. The tires in complete sets of four.
Uniform tread depth on all tires Tires could explode during
original equipment tires installed improper service. Attempting
were designed to meet General will help to maintain the
performance of the vehicle. to mount or dismount a tire
Motors Tire Performance Criteria could cause injury or death.
Specification (TPC Spec) Braking and handling
performance may be adversely Only your dealer or authorized
system rating. When tire service center should
replacement tires are needed, affected if all the tires are not
replaced at the same time. mount or dismount the tires.
GM strongly recommends
buying tires with the same TPC If proper rotation and
Spec rating. maintenance have been done,
all four tires should wear out at
GM's exclusive TPC Spec about the same time. See Tire
system considers over a dozen Rotation 0 305. However, if it is
critical specifications that impact
the overall performance of the
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Vehicle Care 309
load range, speed rating, and traction control, electronic stability

{ Warning construction (radial) as the control, or All-Wheel Drive, the
original tires. performance of these systems can
Mixing tires of different sizes, also be affected.
brands, or types may cause Vehicles that have a tire
loss of control of the vehicle, pressure monitoring system { Warning
resulting in a crash or other could give an inaccurate
vehicle damage. Use the low-pressure warning if non-TPC If different sized wheels are used,
correct size, brand, and type Spec rated tires are installed. there may not be an acceptable
of tires on all wheels. See Tire Pressure Monitor level of performance and safety if
System 0 301. tires not recommended for those
wheels are selected. This
The Tire and Loading increases the chance of a crash
{ Warning Information label indicates the and serious injury. Only use GM
original equipment tires on the specific wheel and tire systems
Using bias-ply tires on the vehicle. See Vehicle Load developed for the vehicle, and
vehicle may cause the wheel Limits 0 212. have them properly installed by a
rim flanges to develop cracks
GM certified technician.
after many miles of driving. Different Size Tires and
A tire and/or wheel could fail
suddenly and cause a crash.
Wheels See Buying New Tires 0 308 and
Use only radial-ply tires with If wheels or tires are installed that Accessories and
are a different size than the original Modifications 0 256.
the wheels on the vehicle.
equipment wheels and tires, vehicle
performance, including its braking, Uniform Tire Quality
If the vehicle tires must be ride and handling characteristics, Grading
replaced with a tire that does not stability, and resistance to rollover
have a TPC Spec number, make may be affected. If the vehicle has The following information relates
sure they are the same size, electronic systems such as antilock to the system developed by the
brakes, rollover airbags, roll bars, United States National Highway
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
310 Vehicle Care
Traffic Safety Administration Quality grades can be found norm due to variations in driving
(NHTSA), which grades tires by where applicable on the tire habits, service practices and
treadwear, traction, and sidewall between tread shoulder differences in road
temperature performance. This and maximum section width. For characteristics and climate.
applies only to vehicles sold in example:
Traction
the United States. The grades Treadwear 200 Traction AA
are molded on the sidewalls of Temperature A
The traction grades, from
most passenger car tires. The highest to lowest, are AA, A, B,
Uniform Tire Quality Grading All Passenger Car Tires Must and C. Those grades represent
(UTQG) system does not apply Conform to Federal Safety the tire's ability to stop on wet
to deep tread, winter tires, Requirements In Addition To pavement as measured under
compact spare tires, tires with These Grades. controlled conditions on
nominal rim diameters of Treadwear specified government test
10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), surfaces of asphalt and
or to some limited-production The treadwear grade is a concrete. A tire marked C may
tires. comparative rating based on the have poor traction performance.
wear rate of the tire when tested Warning: The traction grade
While the tires available on under controlled conditions on a assigned to this tire is based on
General Motors passenger cars specified government test straight-ahead braking traction
and light trucks may vary with course. For example, a tire tests, and does not include
respect to these grades, they graded 150 would wear one and acceleration, cornering,
must also conform to federal one-half (1) times as well on hydroplaning, or peak traction
safety requirements and the government course as a tire characteristics.
additional General Motors Tire graded 100. The relative
Performance Criteria (TPC) performance of tires depends Temperature
standards. upon the actual conditions of The temperature grades are A
their use, however, and may (the highest), B, and C,
depart significantly from the representing the tire's resistance
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Vehicle Care 311
to the generation of heat and its Wheel Alignment and Tire Some aluminum wheels can be
ability to dissipate heat when repaired. See your dealer if any of
Balance these conditions exist.
tested under controlled
conditions on a specified indoor The tires and wheels were aligned Your dealer will know the kind of
laboratory test wheel. Sustained and balanced at the factory to wheel that is needed.
provide the longest tire life and best
high temperature can cause the overall performance. Adjustments to Each new wheel should have the
material of the tire to degenerate wheel alignment and tire balancing same load-carrying capacity,
and reduce tire life, and are not necessary on a regular diameter, width, offset, and be
excessive temperature can lead basis. Consider an alignment check mounted the same way as the one it
to sudden tire failure. The grade if there is unusual tire wear or the replaces.
C corresponds to a level of vehicle is significantly pulling to one Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel
performance which all side or the other. Some slight pull to nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor
passenger car tires must meet the left or right, depending on the System (TPMS) sensors with new
under the Federal Motor Safety crown of the road and/or other road GM original equipment parts.
Standard No. 109. Grades B and surface variations such as troughs
or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is
A represent higher levels of vibrating when driving on a smooth { Warning
performance on the laboratory road, the tires and wheels may need
test wheel than the minimum Using the wrong replacement
to be rebalanced. See your dealer wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel
required by law. Warning: The for proper diagnosis. nuts can be dangerous. It could
temperature grade for this tire is
affect the braking and handling of
established for a tire that is Wheel Replacement the vehicle. Tires can lose air,
properly inflated and not and cause loss of control, causing
Replace any wheel that is bent,
overloaded. Excessive speed, cracked, or badly rusted or a crash. Always use the correct
underinflation, or excessive corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel
loading, either separately or in loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and nuts for replacement.
combination, can cause heat wheel nuts should be replaced.
buildup and possible tire failure. If the wheel leaks air, replace it.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
312 Vehicle Care
Caution
Tire Chains If a Tire Goes Flat
If the vehicle has run-flat tires, there
The wrong wheel can also cause { Warning is no need to stop on the side of the
problems with bearing life, brake road to change a flat tire. See
cooling, speedometer or Do not use tire chains. There is Run-Flat Tires 0 293.
odometer calibration, headlamp not enough clearance. Tire chains
used on a vehicle without the
aim, rear differential, bumper
height, vehicle ground clearance, proper amount of clearance can
{ Warning
and tire or tire chain clearance to cause damage to the brakes, Special tools and procedures are
the body and chassis. suspension, or other vehicle required to service a run-flat tire.
parts. The area damaged by the If these special tools and
tire chains could cause loss of procedures are not used, injury or
See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 312 for control and a crash. Use another
more information. vehicle damage may occur.
type of traction device only if its Always be sure the proper tools
Used Replacement Wheels manufacturer recommends it for and procedures, as described in
the vehicle's tire size combination the service manual, are used.
{ Warning and road conditions. Follow that
manufacturer's instructions. To
avoid vehicle damage, drive It is unusual for a tire to blow out
Replacing a wheel with a used
while driving, especially if the tires
one is dangerous. How it has slowly and readjust or remove the
are maintained properly. See Tires
been used or how far it has been traction device if it contacts the
0 292. If air goes out of a tire, it is
driven may be unknown. It could vehicle. Do not spin the wheels. much more likely to leak out slowly.
fail suddenly and cause a crash. If traction devices are used, install But if there is ever a blowout, here
When replacing wheels, use a them on the rear tires. are a few tips about what to expect
new GM original equipment and what to do:
wheel.
If a front tire fails, the flat tire
creates a drag that pulls the vehicle
toward that side. Take your foot off
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Vehicle Care 313
the accelerator pedal and grip the If this vehicle does not have run-flat
steering wheel firmly. Steer to tires and a tire goes flat, avoid Warning (Continued)
maintain lane position, and then further tire and wheel damage by
gently brake to a stop, well off the driving slowly to a level place, well severely underinflated or flat.
road, if possible. off the road, if possible. Have your dealer or an authorized
tire service center repair or
A rear blowout, particularly on a 1. Turn on the hazard warning replace the flat tire as soon as
curve, acts much like a skid and flashers. See Hazard Warning possible.
may require the same correction as Flashers 0 157.
used in a skid. Stop pressing the 2. Set the parking brake firmly.
accelerator pedal and steer to If this vehicle has a tire sealant kit
straighten the vehicle. It may be 3. Put an automatic transmission and the tire has been separated
very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake in P (Park) or a manual from the wheel, has damaged
to a stop, well off the road, transmission in 1 (First) or sidewalls, or has a puncture larger
if possible. R (Reverse). than 6 mm (0.25 in), the tire is too
4. Turn off the ignition. severely damaged for the tire
{ Warning 5. Inspect the flat tire.
sealant and compressor kit to be
effective. If the tire has a puncture
Lifting a vehicle and getting under less than 6 mm (0.25 in) in the tread
it to do maintenance or repairs is { Warning area of the tire, see Tire Sealant
dangerous without the and Compressor Kit 0 314.
appropriate safety equipment and Driving on a flat tire will cause
training. If a jack is provided with permanent damage to the tire.
the vehicle, it is designed only for Re-inflating a tire after it has been
changing a flat tire. If it is used for driven on while severely
anything else, you or others could underinflated or flat may cause a
be badly injured or killed if the blowout and a serious crash.
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack Never attempt to re-inflate a tire
is provided with the vehicle, only that has been driven on while
use it for changing a flat tire. (Continued)
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
314 Vehicle Care
Tire Sealant and Warning (Continued)

the tread area of the tire. It can also
be used to inflate an
Compressor Kit underinflated tire.
recommended pressure. Do not
If the tire has been separated from
{ Warning exceed the recommended
pressure. the wheel, has damaged sidewalls,
Idling a vehicle in an enclosed or has a large puncture, the tire is
area with poor ventilation is too severely damaged for the tire
dangerous. Engine exhaust may sealant and compressor kit to be
enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust { Warning effective. See Roadside Assistance
Program 0 358.
contains carbon monoxide (CO) Storing the tire sealant and
which cannot be seen or smelled. Read and follow all of the tire
compressor kit or other
It can cause unconsciousness sealant and compressor kit
equipment in the passenger instructions.
and even death. Never run the compartment of the vehicle could
engine in an enclosed area that cause injury. In a sudden stop or The kit includes:
has no fresh air ventilation. For collision, loose equipment could
more information, see Engine strike someone. Store the tire
Exhaust 0 224. sealant and compressor kit in its
original location.
{ Warning If this vehicle has a tire sealant and

compressor kit, there may not be a
Overinflating a tire could cause spare tire or tire changing
the tire to rupture and you or equipment, and on some vehicles
others could be injured. Be sure there may not be a place to store
to read and follow the tire sealant a tire.
and compressor kit instructions
The tire sealant and compressor
and inflate the tire to its
can be used to temporarily seal 1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve
(Continued) punctures up to 6 mm (0.25 in) in
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Vehicle Care 315
2. Sealant/Air Hose Check the tire sealant expiration Do not remove any objects that
3. Base of Sealant Canister date on the tire sealant canister. have penetrated the tire.
4. Tire Sealant Canister The tire sealant canister (4) should 1. Remove the tire sealant
5. On/Off Button be replaced before its expiration canister (4) and compressor
6. Slot on Top of Compressor date. Replacement tire sealant from its storage location. See
7. Pressure Deflation Button canisters are available at your local Storing the Tire Sealant and
dealer. Compressor Kit 0 320.
8. Pressure Gauge
There is only enough sealant to seal 2. Remove the air only hose (10)
one tire. After usage, the tire sealant and the power plug (9) from the
canister must be replaced. bottom of the compressor.
Using the Tire Sealant and 3. Place the compressor on the
Compressor Kit to Temporarily ground near the flat tire.
Seal and Inflate a
Punctured Tire
When using the tire sealant and
compressor kit during cold
temperatures, warm the kit in a
heated environment for five minutes.
This will help to inflate the tire
9. Power Plug faster.
10. Air Only Hose
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
Tire Sealant and wheel damage by driving slowly
Read and follow the safe handling to a level place. Turn on the hazard
instructions on the label adhered to warning flashers. See Hazard
the tire sealant canister (4). Warning Flashers 0 157.
4. Attach the air only hose (10) to
See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 312 for the sealant canister inlet
other important safety warnings. valve (1) by turning it clockwise
until tight.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
316 Vehicle Care
9. Start the vehicle. The vehicle

must be running while using
the air compressor.
10. Press the on/off button (5) to
turn the tire sealant and
compressor kit on.
The compressor will inject
sealant and air into the tire.
The pressure gauge (8) will
initially show a high pressure
while the compressor pushes
5. Slide the base of the tire 7. Attach the sealant/air hose (2) the sealant into the tire. Once
sealant canister (3) into the slot to the tire valve stem by turning the sealant is completely
on the top of the compressor it clockwise until tight. dispersed into the tire, the
(6) to hold it upright. pressure will quickly drop and
8. Plug the power plug (9) into the start to rise again as the tire
Make sure the tire valve stem accessory power outlet in the inflates with air only.
is positioned close to the vehicle. Unplug all items from
ground so the hose will other accessory power outlets. 11. Inflate the tire to the
reach it. See Power Outlets 0 107. recommended inflation
pressure using the pressure
6. Remove the valve stem cap If the vehicle has an accessory gauge (8). The recommended
from the flat tire by turning it power outlet, do not use the inflation pressure can be found
counterclockwise. cigarette lighter. on the Tire and Loading
If the vehicle only has a Information label. See Tire
cigarette lighter, use the Pressure 0 300.
cigarette lighter. The pressure gauge (8) may
Do not pinch the power plug read higher than the actual tire
cord in the door or window. pressure while the compressor
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Vehicle Care 317
is on. Turn the compressor off Therefore, Steps 1321 must 19. Return the air only hose (10)
to get an accurate pressure be done immediately after and power plug (9) back to
reading. The compressor may Step 12. their original storage location.
be turned on/off until the Be careful while handling the
correct pressure is reached. tire sealant and compressor kit
as it could be warm after
Caution usage.
If the recommended pressure 13. Unplug the power plug (9) from
cannot be reached after the accessory power outlet in
approximately 25 minutes, the the vehicle.
20. If the flat tire was able to inflate
vehicle should not be driven 14. Turn the sealant/air hose (2) to the recommended inflation
farther. The tire is too severely counterclockwise to remove it pressure, remove the
damaged and the tire sealant and from the tire valve stem. maximum speed label from the
compressor kit cannot inflate the 15. Replace the tire valve sealant canister and place it in
tire. Remove the power plug from stem cap. a highly visible location.
the accessory power outlet and Do not exceed the speed on
unscrew the inflating hose from 16. Remove the tire sealant
canister (4) from the slot on top this label until the damaged tire
the tire valve. See Roadside is repaired or replaced.
of the compressor (6).
Assistance Program 0 358.
17. Turn the air only hose (10) 21. Return the equipment to its
counterclockwise to remove it original storage location in the
12. Press the on/off button (5) to from the tire sealant canister vehicle.
turn the tire sealant and inlet valve (1). 22. Immediately drive the vehicle
compressor kit off.
18. Turn the sealant/air hose (2) 8 km (5 mi) to distribute the
The tire is not sealed and will clockwise onto the sealant sealant in the tire.
continue to leak air until the canister inlet valve (1) to 23. Stop at a safe location and
vehicle is driven and the prevent sealant leakage. check the tire pressure. Refer
sealant is distributed in the tire.
to Steps 110 under Using the
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
318 Vehicle Care
Tire Sealant and Compressor 27. After temporarily sealing a tire 4. Tire Sealant Canister
Kit without Sealant to Inflate a using the tire sealant and 5. On/Off Button
Tire (Not Punctured). compressor kit, take the 6. Slot on Top of Compressor
If the tire pressure has fallen vehicle to an authorized dealer 7. Pressure Deflation Button
more than 68 kPa (10 psi) within 161 km (100 mi) of 8. Pressure Gauge
below the recommended driving to have the tire repaired
inflation pressure, stop driving or replaced.
the vehicle. The tire is too Using the Tire Sealant and
severely damaged and the tire Compressor Kit without
sealant cannot seal the tire. Sealant to Inflate a Tire (Not
See Roadside Assistance
Program 0 358.
Punctured)
The kit includes:
If the tire pressure has not
dropped more than 68 kPa
(10 psi) from the recommended
inflation pressure, inflate the
tire to the recommended
inflation pressure.
9. Power Plug
24. Wipe off any sealant from the 10. Air Only Hose
wheel, tire, or vehicle.
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
25. Dispose of the used tire and wheel damage by driving slowly
sealant canister (4) at a local to a level place. Turn on the hazard
dealer or in accordance with warning flashers. See Hazard
local state codes and practices. Warning Flashers 0 157.
26. Replace it with a new canister See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 312 for
available from your dealer. 1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve other important safety warnings.
2. Sealant/Air Hose
3. Base of Sealant Canister
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Vehicle Care 319
1. Remove the compressor from If the vehicle only has a reading. The compressor may
its storage location. See cigarette lighter, use the be turned on/off until the
Storing the Tire Sealant and cigarette lighter. correct pressure is reached.
Compressor Kit 0 320. Do not pinch the power plug
2. Remove the air only hose (10) cord in the door or window. Caution
and the power plug (9) from the 7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle
bottom of the compressor. If the recommended pressure
must be running while using cannot be reached after
3. Place the compressor on the the air compressor. approximately 25 minutes, the
ground near the flat tire. 8. Press the on/off button (5) to vehicle should not be driven
Make sure the tire valve stem turn the tire sealant and farther. The tire is too severely
is positioned close to the compressor kit on. damaged and the tire sealant and
ground so the hose will The compressor will inflate the compressor kit cannot inflate the
reach it. tire with air only. tire. Remove the power plug from
4. Remove the valve stem cap the accessory power outlet and
9. Inflate the tire to the unscrew the inflating hose from
from the flat tire by turning it recommended inflation
counterclockwise. the tire valve. See Roadside
pressure using the pressure
Assistance Program 0 358.
5. Attach the air only hose (10) to gauge (8). The recommended
the tire valve stem by turning it inflation pressure can be found
clockwise until tight. on the Tire and Loading 10. Press the on/off button (5) to
6. Plug the power plug (9) into the Information label. See Tire turn the tire sealant and
accessory power outlet in the Pressure 0 300. compressor kit off.
vehicle. Unplug all items from The pressure gauge (8) may Be careful while handling the
other accessory power outlets. read higher than the actual tire compressor as it could be
See Power Outlets 0 107. pressure while the compressor warm after usage.
If the vehicle has an accessory is on. Turn the compressor off 11. Unplug the power plug (9) from
power outlet, do not use the to get an accurate pressure the accessory power outlet in
cigarette lighter. the vehicle.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
320 Vehicle Care
12. Turn the air only hose (10) Jump Starting

counterclockwise to remove it
from the tire valve stem.
Jump Starting - North
13. Replace the tire valve
stem cap.
America
14. Return the air only hose (10) For more information about the
and power plug (9) back to vehicle battery, see Battery - North
their original storage location. America 0 279.
15. Return the equipment to its If the battery has run down, try to
original storage location in the use another vehicle and some
vehicle. jumper cables to start your vehicle.
Be sure to use the following steps to
The tire sealant and compressor kit 3. Remove the tire sealant and do it safely.
has accessory adapters located in a compressor kit bag from the
compartment on the bottom of its storage foam.
housing that can be used to inflate 4. Remove the tire sealant and
{ Warning
air mattresses, balls, etc. compressor kit from the bag. WARNING: Battery posts,
To store the tire sealant and terminals, and related
Storing the Tire Sealant accessories contain lead and lead
compressor kit, reverse the steps.
and Compressor Kit compounds, chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
The tire sealant and compressor kit
is in a bag in the trunk. cancer and birth defects or other
reproductive harm. Batteries also
1. Open the trunk. See contain other chemicals known to
Trunk 0 40. the State of California to cause
2. Remove the load floor. cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
(Continued)
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Vehicle Care 321
The jump start positive post (1) and

Warning (Continued) Caution negative post (2) are on the battery
of the vehicle providing the jump
See California Proposition Ignoring these steps could result start.
65 Warning 0 256. in costly damage to the vehicle
that would not be covered by the The jump start positive post (4) and
vehicle warranty. Trying to start the negative grounding point (3) for
the vehicle by pushing or pulling it the discharged battery are on the
{ Warning will not work, and it could damage passenger side of the vehicle.
Batteries can hurt you. They can the vehicle. The positive jump start connection
be dangerous because: for the discharged battery is under a
red cover. Remove the cover to
. They contain acid that can expose the terminal.
burn you.
1. Check the other vehicle.
. They contain gas that can It must have a 12-volt battery
explode or ignite. with a negative ground system.
. They contain enough
electricity to burn you. Caution
If you do not follow these steps If the other vehicle does not have
exactly, some or all of these a 12-volt system with a negative
things can hurt you. ground, both vehicles can be
damaged. Only use a vehicle that
has a 12-volt system with a
1. Good Battery Positive Post negative ground for jump starting.
2. Good Battery Negative Post
3. Discharged Battery 2. Position the two vehicles so
Negative Grounding Point that they are not touching.
4. Discharged Battery
Positive Post
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
322 Vehicle Care
3. Set the parking brake firmly

and put the shift lever in { Warning { Warning
P (Park) with an automatic
transmission, or Neutral with a An electric fan can start up even Fans or other moving engine
manual transmission. See when the engine is not running parts can injure you badly. Keep
Shifting Into Park 0 221 with an and can injure you. Keep hands, your hands away from moving
automatic transmission, or clothing, and tools away from any parts once the engine is running.
Parking 0 223 with a manual underhood electric fan.
transmission. 5. Connect one end of the red
positive (+) cable to the
Caution { Warning positive (+) terminal on the
discharged battery.
If any accessories are left on or Using a match near a battery can 6. Connect the other end of the
plugged in during the jump cause battery gas to explode. red positive (+) cable to the
starting procedure, they could be People have been hurt doing this, positive (+) terminal of the good
damaged. The repairs would not and some have been blinded. battery.
be covered by the vehicle Use a flashlight if you need more
warranty. Whenever possible, turn 7. Connect one end of the black
light.
off or unplug all accessories on negative () cable to the
either vehicle when jump starting. Battery fluid contains acid that negative () terminal of the
can burn you. Do not get it on good battery.
you. If you accidentally get it in 8. Connect the other end of the
4. Set the ignition to OFF. Turn off your eyes or on your skin, flush
all lights and accessories in black negative () cable to the
the place with water and get negative () grounding point for
both vehicles, except the medical help immediately.
hazard warning flashers if the discharged battery.
needed. 9. Start the engine in the vehicle
with the good battery and run
the engine at idle speed for at
least four minutes.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Vehicle Care 323
10. Try to start the vehicle that had Towing the Vehicle To tow the vehicle behind another
the dead battery. If it will not vehicle for recreational purposes,
start after a few tries, it such as behind a motor home, see
probably needs service. Caution Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 325.
Incorrectly towing a disabled Removal and Installation Tow
Caution vehicle may cause damage. The Hook Covers
If the jumper cables are damage would not be covered by
If the vehicle is equipped with a tow
connected or removed in the the vehicle warranty. eye, only use the tow eye to pull the
wrong order, electrical shorting Do not lash or hook to vehicle onto a flatbed car carrier
may occur and damage the suspension components. Use the from a flat road surface. Do not use
vehicle. The repairs would not be proper straps around the tires to the tow eye to pull the vehicle from
covered by the vehicle warranty. secure the vehicle. snow, mud or sand.
Always connect and remove the The tow eye is in the rear
jumper cables in the correct order, Use only a flatbed tow truck for compartment storage area.
making sure that the cables do towing a disabled vehicle. Never
not touch each other or other use a sling type lift or damage will
metal. occur. Use ramps to help reduce
approach angles if necessary.
Jumper Cable Removal A towed vehicle should have its
drive wheels off the ground.
Reverse the sequence exactly when
removing the jumper cables. Consult a professional towing
service if the disabled vehicle must
After starting the disabled vehicle be towed.
and removing the jumper cables,
allow it to idle for several minutes. For HP vehicles, see the HP
supplement.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
324 Vehicle Care
To install the tow hook covers: To remove the tow hook covers:
1. Remove the tow eye. 1. Place a tool in the gap and pry
2. Align the cover using the the cover loose. Use care to
middle tab. not scratch the cover or grille.
3. Place the cover on the grille 2. Remove the tow hook cover to
and press the upper tabs. expose the socket.
4. Push the area around the slot 3. Install the tow eye into the
to engage. socket by turning it clockwise
until it stops.
To install the tow hook covers:
L4 and V6 Models 1. Remove the tow eye.
2. Engage the lower tabs.
1. Upper Tab
2. Upper Tab 3. Press in the upper tabs to
3. Middle Tab engage.
4. Slot
To remove the tow hook covers:
1. Place a tool in the slot and pry
the cover loose. Use care to
not scratch the cover or grille. V8 Models
2. Remove the tow hook cover to
1. Upper Tab
expose the socket.
2. Gap
3. Install the tow eye into the 3. Upper Tab
socket by turning it clockwise 4. Lower Tab
until it stops. 5. Lower Tab
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Vehicle Care 325
Recreational Vehicle Appearance Care Caution (Continued)

Towing
Exterior Care warranty. Approved cleaning
Caution products can be obtained from
Locks your dealer. Follow all
Dolly towing or dinghy towing the Locks are lubricated at the factory. manufacturer directions regarding
vehicle may cause damage Use a de-icing agent only when correct product usage, necessary
because of reduced ground absolutely necessary, and have the safety precautions, and
clearance. Always put the vehicle locks greased after using. See appropriate disposal of any
on a flatbed truck or trailer. Recommended Fluids and vehicle care product.
Lubricants 0 346.
The vehicle was neither designed Washing the Vehicle
nor intended to be towed with any of Caution
For the High Performance vehicle,
its wheels on the ground. If the
see the HP supplement.
vehicle must be towed, see Towing Avoid using high-pressure
the Vehicle 0 323. To preserve the vehicle's finish, washes closer than 30 cm (12 in)
wash it often and out of direct to the surface of the vehicle. Use
sunlight. of power washers exceeding
8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result
Caution in damage or removal of paint
and decals.
Do not use petroleum-based,
acidic, or abrasive cleaning
agents as they can damage the
vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic
parts. If damage occurs, it would
not be covered by the vehicle
(Continued)
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
326 Vehicle Care
accessories that may be damaged cleaners that are marked safe for
Caution or interfere with the car wash painted surfaces to remove foreign
equipment. matter.
Do not power wash any
component under the hood that Rinse the vehicle well, before Occasional hand waxing or mild
washing and after, to remove all polishing should be done to remove
has this e symbol.
cleaning agents completely. If they residue from the paint finish. See
This could cause damage that are allowed to dry on the surface, your dealer for approved cleaning
would not be covered by the they could stain. products.
vehicle warranty. Dry the finish with a soft, clean Do not apply waxes or polishes to
chamois or an all-cotton towel to uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,
avoid surface scratches and water decals, simulated wood, or flat paint
spotting. as damage can occur.
Caution
Finish Care
Vehicles equipped with an Caution
accessory ground effects Application of aftermarket clearcoat
package have reduced ground sealant/wax materials is not Machine compounding or
clearance. Damage can occur in recommended. If painted surfaces aggressive polishing on a
automatic car washes, when are damaged, see your dealer to basecoat/clearcoat paint finish
have the damage assessed and may damage it. Use only
approaching curbs, or on steep
repaired. Foreign materials such as non-abrasive waxes and polishes
inclines. Do not use automatic car
calcium chloride and other salts, ice that are made for a basecoat/
washes. Approach curbs and melting agents, road oil and tar, tree
inclines with caution. clearcoat paint finish on the
sap, bird droppings, chemicals from vehicle.
industrial chimneys, etc., can
If using an automatic car wash, damage the vehicle's finish if they
comply with the car wash remain on painted surfaces. Wash To keep the paint finish looking new,
instructions. The windshield wiper the vehicle as soon as possible. keep the vehicle garaged or
and rear window wiper, if equipped, If necessary, use non-abrasive covered whenever possible.
must be off. Remove any
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Vehicle Care 327
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal . Do not use cleaners that are not Hood Extractor
Moldings intended for automotive use.
. Use a nonabrasive wax on the
Caution vehicle after washing to protect
and extend the molding finish.
Failure to clean and protect the
bright metal moldings can result Convertible Top Care
in a hazy white finish or pitting. Frequently hand wash convertible
This damage would not be tops with mild car wash soap. Never
covered by the vehicle warranty. use a stiff brush, steam, bleach,
or aggressive cleaners.
The bright metal moldings on the If necessary, a soft brush can be
vehicle are aluminum, chrome or used to remove dirt. When finished
stainless steel. To prevent damage cleaning, thoroughly rinse the fabric. Hood Air Extractor
always follow these cleaning Avoid automatic car washes with
overhead brushes or very high For the High Performance vehicle,
instructions:
pressure sprays as they can cause see the HP supplement.
. Be sure the molding is cool to damage and leaking. It is not recommended that the air
the touch before applying any
Only lower the top when it is extractor on the SS Performance
cleaning solution.
completely dry and avoid leaving Package be waxed, as it will change
. Use only approved cleaning the top lowered for extended the gloss level of the surface. In
solutions for aluminum, chrome, periods of time to prevent excessive addition, care must be used when
or stainless steel. Some interior weathering. waxing around the air extractor. If a
cleaners are highly acidic or small amount of wax is applied to
contain alkaline substances and Avoid leaving large amounts of the extractor it can create an
can damage the moldings. snow on the top for extended irregular appearance in the surface
periods of time as damage may also of the panel. If wax, debris, or other
. Always dilute a concentrated occur.
cleaner according to the materials create stains on the air
manufacturers instructions. extractor, see your dealer for the
recommended cleaner.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
328 Vehicle Care
The air extractor may have vent Do not use any of the following on
screens in the openings. Keep lamp covers: Caution
leaves or other debris out of the . Abrasive or caustic agents.
vent screens. Using wax on low gloss black
. Washer fluids and other cleaning finish stripes can increase the
agents in higher concentrations gloss level and create a
Caution non-uniform finish. Clean low
than suggested by the
Pushing on the vent screens manufacturer. gloss stripes with soap and
could damage them. Do not push . Solvents, alcohols, fuels, water only.
on the screens when clearing. or other harsh cleaners.
. Ice scrapers or other hard items. Air Intakes
There is a water deflector on the . Aftermarket appearance caps or Clear debris from the air intakes,
underside of the air extractor. Do covers while the lamps are between the hood and windshield,
not remove it. illuminated, due to excessive when washing the vehicle.
Cleaning Exterior Lamps/ heat generated. Windshield and Wiper Blades
Lenses, Emblems, Decals, and
Caution Clean the outside of the windshield
Stripes with glass cleaner.
Use only lukewarm or cold water, a Failure to clean lamps properly Clean rubber blades using lint-free
soft cloth, and a car washing soap can cause damage to the lamp cloth or paper towel soaked with
to clean exterior lamps, lenses, cover that would not be covered windshield washer fluid or a mild
emblems, decals, and stripes. by the vehicle warranty. detergent. Wash the windshield
Follow instructions under "Washing thoroughly when cleaning the
the Vehicle" previously in this blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and
section. a buildup of vehicle wash/wax
Lamp covers are made of plastic, treatments may cause wiper
and some have a UV protective streaking.
coating. Do not clean or wipe them
when dry.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Vehicle Care 329
Replace the wiper blades if they are

worn or damaged. Damage can be Caution (Continued) Caution
caused by extreme dusty
conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, or tires. When applying a tire To avoid surface damage, do not
snow, and ice. dressing, always wipe off any use strong soaps, chemicals,
overspray from all painted abrasive polishes, cleaners,
Weatherstrips surfaces on the vehicle. brushes, or cleaners that contain
Apply Dielectric silicone grease on acid on aluminum or
weatherstrips to make them last chrome-plated wheels. Use only
Wheels and Trim Aluminum
longer, seal better, and not stick or approved cleaners. Also, never
or Chrome
squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at drive a vehicle with aluminum or
least once a year. Hot, dry climates Use a soft, clean cloth with mild chrome-plated wheels through an
may require more frequent soap and water to clean the wheels. automatic car wash that uses
application. Black marks from After rinsing thoroughly with clean silicone carbide tire cleaning
rubber material on painted surfaces water and dry with a soft, clean brushes. Damage could occur
can be removed by rubbing with a towel. A wax may then be applied. and the repairs would not be
clean cloth. See Recommended covered by the vehicle warranty.
Fluids and Lubricants 0 346. Caution
Tires Chrome wheels and other chrome Brake System
Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to trim may be damaged if the Visually inspect brake lines and
clean the tires. vehicle is not washed after driving hoses for proper hook-up, binding,
on roads that have been sprayed leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect
Caution with magnesium, calcium, disc brake pads for wear and rotors
or sodium chloride. These for surface condition. Inspect drum
Using petroleum-based tire chlorides are used on roads for brake linings/shoes for wear or
dressing products on the vehicle conditions such as ice and dust. cracks. Inspect all other brake parts.
may damage the paint finish and/ Always wash the chrome with
(Continued) soap and water after exposure.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
330 Vehicle Care
Steering, Suspension, and underbody. Take care to thoroughly corrosion. Larger areas of finish
Chassis Components clean any areas where mud and damage can be corrected in your
other debris can collect. dealer's body and paint shop.
Visually inspect steering,
suspension, and chassis Do not directly power wash the Chemical Paint Spotting
components for damaged, loose, transfer case and/or front/rear axle
output seals. High pressure water Airborne pollutants can fall upon
or missing parts or signs of wear at
can overcome the seals and and attack painted vehicle surfaces
least once a year.
contaminate the fluid. Contaminated causing blotchy, ring-shaped
Inspect power steering for proper fluid will decrease the life of the discolorations, and small, irregular
attachment, connections, binding, transfer case and/or axles and dark spots etched into the paint
leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. should be replaced. surface. See Finish Care
Visually check constant velocity joint previously in this section.
boots and axle seals for leaks. Sheet Metal Damage
If the vehicle is damaged and Interior Care
Body Component Lubrication requires sheet metal repair or To prevent dirt particle abrasions,
Lubricate all key lock cylinders, replacement, make sure the body regularly clean the vehicle's interior.
hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and repair shop applies anti-corrosion Immediately remove any soils.
steel fuel door hinge unless the material to parts repaired or Newspapers or dark garments can
components are plastic. Applying replaced to restore corrosion transfer color to the vehicles
silicone grease on weatherstrips protection. interior.
with a clean cloth will make them Original manufacturer replacement
last longer, seal better, and not stick Use a soft bristle brush to remove
parts will provide the corrosion dust from knobs and crevices on the
or squeak. protection while maintaining the instrument cluster. Using a mild
Underbody Maintenance vehicle warranty. soap solution, immediately remove
Finish Damage hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect
At least twice a year, spring and fall,
repellent from all interior surfaces or
use plain water to flush any Quickly repair minor chips and permanent damage may result.
corrosive materials from the scratches with touch-up materials
available from your dealer to avoid
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Vehicle Care 331
Use cleaners specifically designed A concentrated soap solution will Speaker Covers
for the surfaces being cleaned to create streaks and attract dirt.
Vacuum around a speaker cover
prevent permanent damage. Apply Do not use solutions that contain
gently, so that the speaker will not
all cleaners directly to the cleaning strong or caustic soap.
be damaged. Clean spots with water
cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any . Do not heavily saturate the and mild soap.
switches or controls. Remove upholstery when cleaning.
cleaners quickly. Coated Moldings
. Do not use solvents or cleaners
Before using cleaners, read and containing solvents. Coated moldings should be cleaned.
follow all safety instructions on the
. When lightly soiled, wipe with a
label. While cleaning the interior, Interior Glass
open the doors and windows to get sponge or soft, lint-free cloth
To clean, use a terry cloth fabric dampened with water.
proper ventilation.
dampened with water. Wipe droplets . When heavily soiled, use warm
To prevent damage, do not clean left behind with a clean dry cloth.
the interior using the following soapy water.
If necessary, use a commercial
cleaners or techniques: glass cleaner after cleaning with Fabric/Carpet/Suede
. Never use a razor or any other plain water.
Start by vacuuming the surface
sharp object to remove soil from using a soft brush attachment. If a
any interior surface. Caution rotating vacuum brush attachment is
. Never use a brush with stiff being used, only use it on the floor
To prevent scratching, never use
bristles. carpet. Before cleaning, gently
abrasive cleaners on automotive
remove as much of the soil as
. Never rub any surface glass. Abrasive cleaners or possible:
aggressively or with too much aggressive cleaning may damage
pressure. the rear window defogger. . Gently blot liquids with a paper
towel. Continue blotting until no
. Do not use laundry detergents or
more soil can be removed.
dishwashing soaps with Cleaning the windshield with water
degreasers. For liquid cleaners, during the first three to six months . For solid soils, remove as much
use approximately 20 drops per of ownership will reduce tendency as possible prior to vacuuming.
3.8 L (1 gal) of water. to fog.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
332 Vehicle Care
To clean: using a commercial upholstery

cleaner or spot lifter. If ring Caution
1. Saturate a clean, lint-free
colorfast cloth with water. formation occurs, clean the entire
fabric or carpet. Do not attach a device with a
Microfiber cloth is suction cup to the display. This
recommended to prevent lint After cleaning, use a paper towel to may cause damage and would
transfer to the fabric or carpet. blot excess moisture. not be covered by the vehicle
2. Remove excess moisture by Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces warranty.
gently wringing until water does and Vehicle Information and
not drip from the cleaning cloth. Radio Displays Instrument Panel, Leather,
3. Start on the outside edge of the Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,
soil and gently rub toward the surfaces or vehicle displays. First, Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, and
center. Fold the cleaning cloth use a soft bristle brush to remove Natural Open Pore Wood
to a clean area frequently to dirt that can scratch the surface. Surfaces
prevent forcing the soil in to the Then gently clean by rubbing with a
fabric. Use a soft microfiber cloth
microfiber cloth. Never use window
dampened with water to remove
4. Continue gently rubbing the cleaners or solvents. Periodically
dust and loose dirt. For a more
soiled area until there is no hand wash the microfiber cloth
thorough cleaning, use a soft
longer any color transfer from separately, using mild soap. Do not
microfiber cloth dampened with a
the soil to the cleaning cloth. use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse
mild soap solution.
5. If the soil is not completely thoroughly and air dry before
removed, use a mild soap next use.
Caution
solution followed only by plain
water. Soaking or saturating leather,
If the soil is not completely especially perforated leather, as
removed, it may be necessary to well as other interior surfaces,
use a commercial upholstery may cause permanent damage.
cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small (Continued)
hidden area for colorfastness before
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Vehicle Care 333
Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued) Warning (Continued)

Wipe excess moisture from these the vehicle, blot immediately and rinse safety belt webbing only
surfaces after cleaning and allow clean with a soft cloth dampened with mild soap and lukewarm
them to dry naturally. Never use with a mild soap solution. water. Allow the webbing to dry.
heat, steam, or spot removers. Do Damage caused by air fresheners
not use cleaners that contain would not be covered by the
silicone or wax-based products. vehicle warranty. Floor Mats
Cleaners containing these
solvents can permanently change
Cargo Cover and
{ Warning
the appearance and feel of
Convenience Net If a floor mat is the wrong size or
leather or soft trim, and are not
recommended. Wash with warm water and mild is not properly installed, it can
detergent. Do not use chlorine interfere with the pedals.
bleach. Rinse with cold water, and Interference with the pedals can
Do not use cleaners that increase then dry completely. cause unintended acceleration
gloss, especially on the instrument and/or increased stopping
panel. Reflected glare can decrease Care of Safety Belts distance which can cause a crash
visibility through the windshield and injury. Make sure the floor
Keep belts clean and dry.
under certain conditions. mat does not interfere with the
Caution { Warning pedals.
Do not bleach or dye safety belt Use the following guidelines for
Use of air fresheners may cause
webbing. It may severely weaken proper floor mat usage.
permanent damage to plastics
the webbing. In a crash, they
and painted surfaces. If an air . The original equipment floor
might not be able to provide
freshener comes in contact with mats were designed for your
adequate protection. Clean and
any plastic or painted surface in vehicle. If the floor mats need
(Continued) replacing, it is recommended
(Continued)
that GM certified floor mats be
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
334 Vehicle Care
purchased. Non-GM floor mats

may not fit properly and may
interfere with the pedals. Always
check that the floor mats do not
interfere with the pedals.
. Do not use a floor mat if the
vehicle is not equipped with a
floor mat retainer on the driver
side floor.
. Use the floor mat with the
correct side up. Do not turn
it over.
The driver side floor mat is held in
. Do not place anything on top of place by two hook-type retainers.
the driver side floor mat.
Removing and Replacing the
. Use only a single floor mat on Driver Side Floor Mat
the driver side.
1. Pull up on the rear of the mat
. Do not place one floor mat on to remove it from the hooks.
top of another.
2. Reinstall by lining up the floor
mat retainer openings over the
carpet retainers and hook into
position.
3. Make sure the floor mat is
properly secured in place.
Verify the floor mat does not
interfere with the pedals.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Service and Maintenance 335
Service and General Information changes and tire rotations and

additional maintenance items like
Maintenance Your vehicle is an important
investment. This section describes
tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper
blades.
the required maintenance for the
General Information vehicle. Follow this schedule to help Caution
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 335 protect against major repair
expenses resulting from neglect or Damage caused by improper
Maintenance Schedule inadequate maintenance. It may maintenance can lead to costly
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 336 also help to maintain the value of repairs and may not be covered
the vehicle if it is sold. It is the by the vehicle warranty.
Special Application Services responsibility of the owner to have
Special Application Maintenance intervals, checks,
all required maintenance performed. inspections, recommended fluids,
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Your dealer has trained technicians and lubricants are important to
Additional Maintenance who can perform required keep the vehicle in good working
and Care maintenance using genuine condition.
Additional Maintenance replacement parts. They have
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 up-to-date tools and equipment for
fast and accurate diagnostics. Many The Tire Rotation and Required
Recommended Fluids, dealers have extended evening and Services are the responsibility of the
Lubricants, and Parts Saturday hours, courtesy vehicle owner. It is recommended to
Recommended Fluids and transportation, and online have your dealer perform these
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 scheduling to assist with service services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
Maintenance Replacement needs. Proper vehicle maintenance helps to
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 keep the vehicle in good working
Your dealer recognizes the condition, improves fuel economy,
Maintenance Records importance of providing and reduces vehicle emissions.
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 349 competitively priced maintenance
and repair services. With trained Because of the way people use
technicians, the dealer is the place vehicles, maintenance needs vary.
for routine maintenance such as oil There may need to be more
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
336 Service and Maintenance
frequent checks and services. The Refer to the information in the Maintenance
Additional Required Services - Maintenance Schedule Additional
Normal are for vehicles that: Required Services - Severe chart. Schedule
. Carry passengers and cargo Owner Checks and Services
within recommended limits on { Warning
the Tire and Loading Information At Each Fuel Stop
label. See Vehicle Load Performing maintenance work can
. Check the engine oil level. See
Limits 0 212. be dangerous and can cause
Engine Oil 0 264.
serious injury. Perform
. Are driven on reasonable road
maintenance work only if the Once a Month
surfaces within legal driving required information, proper tools,
limits. . Check the tire inflation
and equipment are available. pressures. See Tire
. Use the recommended fuel. See If they are not, see your dealer to Pressure 0 300.
Fuel 0 250. have a trained technician do the
. Inspect the tires for wear. See
Refer to the information in the work. See Doing Your Own
Service Work 0 257. Tire Inspection 0 305.
Maintenance Schedule Additional
Required Services - Normal chart. . Check the windshield washer
fluid level. See Washer
The Additional Required Services - Fluid 0 276.
Severe are for vehicles that are:
. Mainly driven in heavy city traffic Engine Oil Change
in hot weather. When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
. Mainly driven in hilly or SOON message displays, have the
mountainous terrain. engine oil and filter changed within
the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven
. Used for high speed or under the best conditions, the
competitive driving. engine oil life system may not
. Used for taxi, police, or delivery indicate the need for vehicle service
service. for up to a year. The engine oil and
filter must be changed at least once
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
a year and the oil life system must . Check engine coolant level. See . Visually inspect steering,
be reset. Your trained dealer Engine Coolant 0 271. suspension, and chassis
technician can perform this work. . Check windshield washer fluid components for damaged, loose,
If the engine oil life system is reset level. See Washer Fluid 0 276. or missing parts or signs of
accidentally, service the vehicle wear. See Exterior Care 0 325.
within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the . Visually inspect windshield wiper
. Check restraint system
last service. Reset the oil life blades for wear, cracking,
or contamination. See Exterior components. See Safety System
system when the oil is changed. Check 0 67.
See Engine Oil Life System 0 266. Care 0 325. Replace worn or
damaged wiper blades. See . Visually inspect fuel system for
Tire Rotation and Required Wiper Blade damage or leaks.
Services Every 12 000 km/ Replacement 0 281. . Visually inspect exhaust system
7,500 mi . Check tire inflation pressures. and nearby heat shields for
Rotate the tires, if recommended for See Tire Pressure 0 300. loose or damaged parts.
the vehicle, and perform the . Inspect tire wear. See Tire . Lubricate body components. See
following services. See Tire Inspection 0 305. Exterior Care 0 325.
Rotation 0 305.
. Visually check for fluid leaks. . Check starter switch. See Starter
. Check engine oil level and oil
. Inspect engine air cleaner filter. Switch Check 0 280.
life percentage. If needed,
change engine oil and filter, and See Engine Air Cleaner/ . Check automatic transmission
reset oil life system. See Engine Filter 0 268. shift lock control function. See
Oil 0 264 and Engine Oil Life . Inspect brake system. See Automatic Transmission Shift
System 0 266. Exterior Care 0 325. Lock Control Function
Check 0 280.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16

. Check parking brake and
automatic transmission park
mechanism. See Park Brake and
P (Park) Mechanism
Check 0 281.
. Check accelerator pedal for
damage, high effort, or binding.
Replace if needed.
. Visually inspect gas strut for
signs of wear, cracks, or other
damage. Check the hold open
ability of the strut. See your
dealer if service is required.
. Check tire sealant expiration
date, if equipped. See Tire
Sealant and Compressor
Kit 0 314.
. Inspect sunroof track and seal,
if equipped. See Sunroof 0 49.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Normal
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @
Except 2.0L Engine: Replace spark plugs. Inspect
spark plug wires.
@
2.0L Engine Only: Replace spark plugs. Inspect
spark plug wires.
@ @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @
Replace rear axle fluid, if equipped with
limited-slip differential.
@ @ @
Replace brake/clutch fluid. (6)
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Footnotes Maintenance (5) Or every 10 years, whichever

Schedule Additional Required comes first. Inspect for fraying,
Services - Normal excessive cracking, or damage;
(1) Or every two years, whichever replace, if needed.
comes first. More frequent (6) Replace brake/clutch fluid every
passenger compartment air filter five years. See Brake Fluid 0 278.
replacement may be needed if
driving in areas with heavy traffic,
poor air quality, high dust levels,
or environmental allergens.
Passenger compartment air filter
replacement may also be needed if
there is reduced airflow, window
fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer
can help determine when to replace
the filter.
(2) Visually check all fuel and vapor
lines and hoses for proper
attachment, connection, routing, and
condition.
(3) Or every four years, whichever
comes first. If driving in dusty
conditions, inspect the filter at each
oil change or more often as needed.
(4) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling
System 0 270.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Severe
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @
Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @
Change manual transmission fluid. @ @ @
Except 2.0L Engine: Replace spark plugs. Inspect
spark plug wires.
@
2.0L Engine Only: Replace spark plugs. Inspect
spark plug wires.
@ @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @
Replace rear axle fluid. @ @ @
Replace brake/clutch fluid. (6)
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Footnotes Maintenance (5) Or every 10 years, whichever Special Application

Schedule Additional Required comes first. Inspect for fraying,
Services - Severe excessive cracking, or damage; Services
(1) Or every two years, whichever replace, if needed. . Severe Commercial Use
comes first. More frequent (6) Replace brake/clutch fluid every Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis
passenger compartment air filter five years. See Brake Fluid 0 278. components every oil change.
replacement may be needed if . Have underbody flushing service
driving in areas with heavy traffic,
performed. See "Underbody
poor air quality, high dust levels,
Maintenance" in Exterior
or environmental allergens.
Care 0 325.
Passenger compartment air filter
replacement may also be needed if
there is reduced airflow, window
fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer
can help determine when to replace
the filter.
(2) Visually check all fuel and vapor
lines and hoses for proper
attachment, connection, routing, and
condition.
(3) Or every four years, whichever
comes first. If driving in dusty
conditions, inspect the filter at each
oil change or more often as needed.
(4) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling
System 0 270.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16

. To avoid break-down or failure to . Trained dealer technicians have
Additional start the vehicle, maintain a access to tools and equipment
Maintenance and Care battery with full cranking power. to inspect the brakes and
. Trained dealer technicians have recommend quality parts
Your vehicle is an important
the diagnostic equipment to test engineered for the vehicle.
investment and caring for it properly
may help to avoid future costly the battery and ensure that the Fluids
repairs. To maintain vehicle connections and cables are
corrosion-free. Proper fluid levels and approved
performance, additional
fluids protect the vehicles systems
maintenance services may be
Belts and components. See
required.
. Belts may need replacing if they Recommended Fluids and
It is recommended that your dealer Lubricants 0 346 for GM approved
squeak or show signs of
perform these services their fluids.
cracking or splitting.
trained dealer technicians know . Engine oil and windshield
your vehicle best. Your dealer can . Trained dealer technicians have
access to tools and equipment washer fluid levels should be
also perform a thorough
to inspect the belts and checked at every fuel fill.
assessment with a multi-point
inspection to recommend when your recommend adjustment or . Instrument cluster lights may
vehicle may need attention. replacement when necessary. come on to indicate that fluids
may be low and need to be
The following list is intended to Brakes filled.
explain the services and conditions
Brakes stop the vehicle and are
to look for that may indicate Hoses
crucial to safe driving.
services are required.
. Signs of brake wear may include Hoses transport fluids and should
Battery chirping, grinding, or squealing be regularly inspected to ensure
noises, or difficulty stopping. that there are no cracks or leaks.
The 12-volt battery supplies power
With a multi-point inspection, your
to start the engine and operate any
dealer can inspect the hoses and
additional electrical accessories.
advise if replacement is needed.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Lamps of leaking, blown seals, information on how to clean and

Properly working headlamps, or damage, and can advise protect the vehicles interior and
taillamps, and brake lamps are when service is needed. exterior, see Interior Care 0 330 and
important to see and be seen on Exterior Care 0 325.
Tires
the road. Wheel Alignment
Tires need to be properly inflated,
. Signs that the headlamps need rotated, and balanced. Maintaining Wheel alignment is critical for
attention include dimming, failure the tires can save money and fuel, ensuring that the tires deliver
to light, cracking, or damage. and can reduce the risk of tire optimal wear and performance.
The brake lamps need to be failure. . Signs that the alignment may
checked periodically to ensure
. Signs that the tires need to be need to be adjusted include
that they light when braking.
replaced include three or more pulling, improper vehicle
. With a multi-point inspection, visible treadwear indicators; cord handling, or unusual tire wear.
your dealer can check the lamps or fabric showing through the . Your dealer has the required
and note any concerns. rubber; cracks or cuts in the equipment to ensure proper
Shocks and Struts tread or sidewall; or a bulge or wheel alignment.
split in the tire.
Shocks and struts help aid in control Windshield
. Trained dealer technicians can
for a smoother ride.
inspect and recommend the right For safety, appearance, and the
. Signs of wear may include tires. Your dealer can also best viewing, keep the windshield
steering wheel vibration, bounce/ provide tire/wheel balancing clean and clear.
sway while braking, longer services to ensure smooth . Signs of damage include
stopping distance, or uneven vehicle operation at all speeds.
tire wear. scratches, cracks, and chips.
Your dealer sells and services
. As part of the multi-point name brand tires. . Trained dealer technicians can
inspection, trained dealer inspect the windshield and
Vehicle Care recommend proper replacement
technicians can visually inspect
the shocks and struts for signs To help keep the vehicle looking like if needed.
new, vehicle care products are
available from your dealer. For
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Wiper Blades
Wiper blades need to be cleaned
and kept in good condition to
provide a clear view.
. Signs of wear include streaking,
skipping across the windshield,
and worn or split rubber.
. Trained dealer technicians can
check the wiper blades and
replace them when needed.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
If the vehicle is an HP model, see Recommended Fluids and Lubricants in the HP supplement. Fluids and lubricants
identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Automatic Transmission (8 Speed) DEXRON -HP Automatic Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 19300536, in
Canada 19300537).
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL
Coolant. See Engine Coolant 0 271.
Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscosity
grade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended. See Engine
Oil 0 264.
Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in
Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and Canada 89021674) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2,
Release Pawl Category LB or GC-LB.
Hydraulic Brake/Clutch System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, in
Canada 19299819).
Key Lock Cylinders, Hood and Door Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Hinges Canada 10953474).
Manual Transmission (L4 and DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
V6 Engines)
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Manual Transmission (V8 Engine) Manual Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 88861800, in
Canada 88861801).
Parking Brake Cable Guides Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or
lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Rear Axle (L4 and V6 Engines with Dexron non-LSD Gear Oil (GM Part No. 88863089, in Canada 88863090).
Automatic Transmission)
Rear Axle (L4 and V6 Engines with Dexron LS Gear Oil (GM Part No. 88862624, in Canada 88862625).
Manual Transmission)
Rear Axle (V8 Engine) Dexron LS Gear Oil (GM Part No. 88862624, in Canada 88862625).
Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Maintenance Replacement Parts

Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
For HP vehicles, see the HP supplement.
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
2.0L L4 and 3.6L V6 Engines 20857930 A3178C
6.2L V8 Engine 23323508 A3223C
Engine Oil Filter
2.0L L4 Engine 12640445 PF64
3.6L V6 Engine 19330000 PF63E
6.2L V8 Engine 12640445 PF64
Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13508023 CF185
Spark Plugs
2.0L L4 Engine 12647827 41-125
3.6L V6 Engine 12646780 41-130
6.2L V8 Engine 12622441 41-114
Wiper Blades
Driver Side 55.8 cm (22 in) 23360288
Passenger Side 50.8 cm (20 in) 23360287
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Odometer
Date Serviced By Services Performed
Reading
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
350 Technical Data
Technical Data Vehicle Identification Service Parts

Identification Label
Vehicle Identification This label, in the trunk, has the
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) following information:
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 . Vehicle Identification
Service Parts Identification Number (VIN).
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 . Model designation.
Vehicle Data . Paint information.
Capacities and
. Production options and special
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 353 equipment.
This legal identifier is in the front
Do not remove this label from the
corner of the instrument panel, on
vehicle.
the left side of the vehicle. It can be
seen through the windshield from
outside. The Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) also appears on the
Vehicle Certification and Service
Parts labels and certificates of title
and registration.
Engine Identification
The eighth character in the VIN is
the engine code. This code
identifies the vehicle's engine,
specifications, and replacement
parts. See Engine Specifications
under Capacities and Specifications
0 351 for the vehicle's engine code.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Technical Data 351
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
For HP vehicles, see the HP supplement.
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and
charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.
Engine Cooling System
2.0L L4 Engine (LTG) without Auxiliary Cooler 8.8 L 9.3 qt
2.0L L4 Engine (LTG) with Auxiliary Cooler 10.26 L 10.84 qt
3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) without Auxiliary Cooler 10.16 L 10.74 qt
3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) with Auxiliary Cooler 13.72 L 14.5 qt
6.2L V8 Engine (LT1) without Auxiliary Cooler 11.21 L 11.84 qt
6.2L V8 Engine (LT1) with Auxiliary Cooler 13.21 L 13.96 qt
Engine Oil with Filter
2.0L L4 Engine (LTG) without Engine Oil Cooler 4.7 L 5.0 qt
2.0L L4 Engine (LTG) with Engine Oil Cooler 5.2 L 5.5 qt
3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) without Auxiliary Cooler 5.2 L 5.5 qt
3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) with Auxiliary Cooler 5.7 L 6.0 qt
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
352 Technical Data
Capacities
Application
Metric English
6.2L V8 Engine (LT1) 9.5 L 10.0 qt
Fuel Tank 72.0 L 19.0 gal
Rear Axle Fluid
2.0L L4 Engine (LTG) Automatic Transmission 0.5 L 0.53 qt
2.0L L4 Engine (LTG) Manual Transmission 1.1 L 1.2 qt
3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) Automatic Transmission 0.5 L 0.53 qt
3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) Manual Transmission 1.1 L 1.2 qt
6.2L V8 Engine (LT1) 1.1 L 1.2 qt
Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft
*See Automatic Transmission Fluid 0 267 for information on checking fluid level.
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap
2.0L L4 Engine (LTG) X Automatic 0.750.90 mm (0.030
Manual 0.035 in)
3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) S Automatic 0.800.90 mm (0.031
Manual 0.035 in)
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Technical Data 353
Engine Specifications (cont'd)

Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap
6.2L V8 Engine (LT1) 7 Automatic 0.951.10 mm (0.037
Manual 0.043 in)
Engine Drive Belt Routing
3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) 6.2L V8 Engine (LT1)

2.0L L4 Engine (LTG) For HP vehicles, see the HP
supplement.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
354 Customer Information
Customer Reporting Safety Defects to

the Canadian
Customer Information
Information Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Reporting Safety Defects to Customer Satisfaction
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365 Procedure
Customer Information Vehicle Data Recording and Your satisfaction and goodwill are
Customer Satisfaction Privacy important to your dealer and to
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354 Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns
Vehicle Data Recording and
Customer Assistance with the sales transaction or the
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 operation of the vehicle will be
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 366
Customer Assistance for Text resolved by your dealer's sales or
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 357 service departments. Sometimes,
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 357 however, despite the best intentions
GM Mobility Reimbursement of all concerned, misunderstandings
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 can occur. If your concern has not
Roadside Assistance been resolved to your satisfaction,
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 the following steps should be taken:
Scheduling Service
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern
Courtesy Transportation with a member of dealership
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 management. Normally, concerns
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 361 can be quickly resolved at that level.
Service Publications Ordering If the matter has already been
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363 reviewed with the sales, service,
Radio Frequency or parts manager, contact the owner
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 of your dealership or the general
manager.
Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects to STEP TWO : If after contacting a
the United States member of dealership management,
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365 it appears your concern cannot be
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Customer Information 355
resolved by your dealership without STEP THREE U.S. Owners : You may contact the BBB Auto Line
further help, in the U.S., call the Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free
Chevrolet Customer Assistance dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at
Center at 1-800-222-1020. In sure you are completely satisfied the following address:
Canada, call General Motors of with your new vehicle. However, BBB Auto Line Program
Canada Customer Care Centre at if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business Bureaus,
1-800-263-3777 (English), after following the procedure Inc.
or 1-800-263-7854 (French). outlined in Steps One and Two, you 3033 Wilson Boulevard
We encourage you to call the can file with the Better Business Suite 600
toll-free number in order to give your Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program Arlington, VA 22201
inquiry prompt attention. Have the to enforce your rights.
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
following information available to The BBB Auto Line Program is an http://www.bbb.org/council/
give the Customer Assistance out-of-court program administered programs-services/
representative: by the Council of Better Business dispute-handling-and-resolution/
. Vehicle Identification Bureaus to settle automotive bbb-auto-line
Number (VIN). This is available disputes regarding vehicle repairs or
the interpretation of the New Vehicle This program is available in all
from the vehicle registration or 50 states and the District of
title, or the plate at the top left of Limited Warranty. Although you may
be required to resort to this informal Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
the instrument panel and visible vehicle age, mileage, and other
through the windshield. dispute resolution program prior to
filing a court action, use of the factors. General Motors reserves
. Dealership name and location. program is free of charge and your the right to change eligibility
. Vehicle delivery date and case will generally be heard within limitations and/or discontinue its
present mileage. 40 days. If you do not agree with the participation in this program.
decision given in your case, you STEP THREE Canadian
When contacting Chevrolet, may reject it and proceed with any
remember that your concern will Owners : In the event that you do
other venue for relief available not feel your concerns have been
likely be resolved at a dealer's to you.
facility. That is why we suggest addressed after following the
following Step One first. procedure outlined in Steps One
and Two, General Motors of Canada
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Company wants you to be aware of For further information concerning Customer Assistance
its participation in a no-charge eligibility in the Canadian Motor
Mediation/Arbitration Program. Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
Offices
General Motors of Canada call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call Chevrolet encourages customers to
Company has committed to binding the General Motors Customer Care call the toll-free number for
arbitration of owner disputes Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), assistance. However, if a customer
involving factory-related vehicle 1-800-263-7854 (French), wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,
service claims. The program or write to: the letter should be addressed to:
provides for the review of the facts The Mediation/Arbitration Program
involved by an impartial third party United States and Puerto Rico
c/o Customer Care Centre
arbiter, and may include an informal General Motors of Canada Chevrolet Motor Division
hearing before the arbiter. The Company Chevrolet Customer Assistance
program is designed so that the Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Center
entire dispute settlement process, 1908 Colonel Sam Drive P.O. Box 33170
from the time you file your complaint Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Detroit, MI 48232-5170
to the final decision, should be www.Chevrolet.com
completed in about 70 days. We Your inquiry should be accompanied
believe our impartial program offers by the Vehicle Identification 1-800-222-1020
advantages over courts in most Number (VIN). 1-800-833-2438 (For Text
jurisdictions because it is informal, Telephone Devices (TTYs))
quick, and free of charge. Roadside Assistance:
1-800-243-8872
From U.S. Virgin Islands:
1-800-496-9994
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Canada the U.S. can communicate with r : Track your vehicles warranty
Chevrolet by dialing: information.
General Motors of Canada
1-800-833-2438. TTY users in
Company
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. J : View active recalls by Vehicle
Customer Care Centre, Identification Number (VIN). See
Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Vehicle Identification Number
1908 Colonel Sam Drive Online Owner Center (VIN) 0 350.
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Online Owner Experience
www.gm.ca H : View GM Card, SiriusXM
(U.S.) my.chevrolet.com Satellite radio (if equipped), and
1-800-263-3777 (English) OnStar account information (if
The Chevrolet online owner
1-800-263-7854 (French) equipped).
experience allows interaction with
1-800-263-3830 (For Text
Telephone devices (TTYs))
Chevrolet and keeps important F : Chat with online help
vehicle-specific information in one representatives.
Roadside Assistance:
place.
1-800-268-6800 See my.chevrolet.com to register
Membership Benefits your vehicle.
Overseas
E : Download owner manuals and Chevrolet Owner Centre
Please contact the local General view vehicle-specific how-to videos.
Motors Business Unit. (Canada) chevroletowner.ca
G : View maintenance schedules, Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre:
Customer Assistance for alerts, and OnStar Vehicle
Diagnostic Information. Schedule . Chat live with online help
Text Telephone (TTY) service appointments. representatives.
Users I : View and print dealer-recorded . Locate owner resources such as
To assist customers who are deaf, service records and self-recorded lease-end, financing, and
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired service records. warranty information.
and who use Text Telephones D : Select a preferred dealer and
(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY view locations, maps, phone
equipment available at its Customer numbers, and hours.
Assistance Center. Any TTY user in
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16

. Retrieve your favorite articles, For more information on the limited . Telephone number of your
quizzes, tips, and multimedia offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or location.
galleries organized into the call the GM Mobility Assistance . Location of the vehicle.
Featured Articles and Auto Care Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text
Sections. Telephone (TTY) users, call . Model, year, color, and license
1-800-833-9935. plate number of the vehicle.
. Download owner manuals.
General Motors of Canada also has . Odometer reading, Vehicle
. Find the
a Mobility Program. Visit www.gm.ca Identification Number (VIN), and
Chevrolet-recommended delivery date of the vehicle.
maintenance services. or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483)
for details. TTY users call . Description of the problem.
1-800-263-3830.
GM Mobility Coverage
Reimbursement Program Roadside Assistance Services are provided for the
Program duration of the vehicles powertrain
warranty.
For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call
1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone In the U.S., anyone driving the
(TTY): 1-888-889-2438.) vehicle is covered. In Canada, a
person driving the vehicle without
For Canadian-purchased vehicles, permission from the owner is not
call 1-800-268-6800. covered.
This program is available to Service is available 24 hours a day,
qualified applicants for cost Roadside Assistance is not a part of
365 days a year. the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
reimbursement of eligible
aftermarket adaptive equipment Calling for Assistance General Motors North America and
required for the vehicle, such as Chevrolet reserve the right to make
When calling Roadside Assistance, any changes or discontinue the
hand controls or a wheelchair/ have the following information
scooter lift for the vehicle. Roadside Assistance program at
ready: any time without notification.
. Your name, home address, and
home telephone number.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
General Motors North America and . Flat Tire Change: Service to . Mounting, dismounting,
Chevrolet reserve the right to limit change a flat tire with the spare or changing of snow tires,
services or payment to an owner or tire. The spare tire, if equipped, chains, or other traction devices.
driver if they decide the claims are must be in good condition and Service is not provided if a vehicle
made too often, or the same type of properly inflated. It is the owner's is in an area that is not accessible
claim is made many times. responsibility for the repair or to the service vehicle or is not a
replacement of the tire if it is not regularly traveled or maintained
Services Provided covered by the warranty. public road, which includes ice and
. Emergency Fuel Delivery: . Battery Jump Start: Service to winter roads. Off-road use is not
Delivery of enough fuel for the jump start a dead battery. covered.
vehicle to get to the nearest
service station. . Trip Interruption Benefits and Services Specific to
Assistance: If your trip is Canadian-Purchased Vehicles
. Lock-Out Service: Service to interrupted due to a warranty
unlock the vehicle if you are event, incidental expenses may . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement
locked out. A remote unlock may be reimbursed within the is up to 7 liters. If available,
be available if you have OnStar. Powertrain warranty period. diesel fuel delivery may be
For security reasons, the driver Items considered are reasonable restricted. Propane and other
must present identification and customary hotel, meals, fuels are not provided through
before this service is given. rental car, or a vehicle being this service.
. Emergency Tow from a Public delivered back to the customer, . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle
Road or Highway: Tow to the up to 805 km (500 mi). registration is required.
nearest Chevrolet dealer for .
warranty service, or if the vehicle
Services Not Included in Trip Interruption Benefits and
Roadside Assistance Assistance: Must be over
was in a crash and cannot be
150 km from where your trip was
driven. Assistance is not given . Impound towing caused by started to qualify.
when the vehicle is stuck in the violation of any laws. Pre-authorization, original
sand, mud, or snow. . Legal fines. detailed receipts, and a copy of
the repair orders are required.
Once authorization has been
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
received, the Roadside If the vehicle cannot be scheduled Several Courtesy Transportation
Assistance advisor will help to into the service department options are available to assist in
make arrangements and explain immediately, keep driving it until it reducing inconvenience when
how to receive payment. can be scheduled for service, warranty repairs are required.
. Alternative Service: If unless, of course, the problem is Courtesy Transportation is not a
assistance cannot be provided safety related. If it is, please call part of the New Vehicle Limited
right away, the Roadside your dealership, let them know this, Warranty. A separate booklet
Assistance advisor may give and ask for instructions. entitled Limited Warranty and
permission to get local If your dealer requests you to bring Owner Assistance Information
emergency road service. You will the vehicle for service, you are furnished with each new vehicle
receive payment, up to $100, urged to do so as early in the work provides detailed warranty coverage
after sending the original receipt day as possible to allow for information.
to Roadside Assistance. same-day repair.
Mechanical failures may be Transportation Options
covered, however any cost for Courtesy Transportation Warranty service can generally be
parts and labor for repairs not completed while you wait. However,
covered by the warranty are the
Program
if you are unable to do so, your
owner responsibility. To enhance your ownership dealer may offer the following
experience, we and our participating transportation options:
Scheduling Service dealers are proud to offer Courtesy
Shuttle Service
Transportation, a customer support
Appointments program for vehicles with the This includes one-way or round-trip
When the vehicle requires warranty Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty shuttle service within reasonable
service, contact your dealer and Coverage period in Canada), time and distance parameters of
request an appointment. By extended powertrain, and/or your dealer's area.
scheduling a service appointment hybrid-specific warranties in both
and advising the service consultant the U.S. and Canada.
of your transportation needs, your
dealer can help minimize your
inconvenience.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Public Transportation or Fuel insurance coverage, credit card, etc. equipment and quality replacement
Reimbursement Additional fees such as fuel usage parts. Poorly performed collision
If overnight warranty repairs are charges, taxes, levies, usage fees, repairs diminish the vehicle resale
needed, and public transportation is excessive mileage, or rental usage value, and safety performance can
used, the expense must be beyond the completion of the repair be compromised in subsequent
supported by original receipts and are also your responsibility. collisions.
within the maximum amount allowed It may not be possible to provide a Collision Parts
by GM for shuttle service. If U.S. like vehicle as a courtesy rental.
customers arrange their own Genuine GM Collision parts are new
transportation, limited Additional Program parts made with the same materials
reimbursement for reasonable fuel Information and construction methods as the
expenses may be available. Claim parts with which the vehicle was
All program options, such as shuttle
amounts should reflect actual costs originally built. Genuine GM
service, may not be available at
and be supported by original Collision parts are the best choice to
every dealer. Contact your dealer
receipts. See your dealer for ensure that the vehicle's designed
for specific availability.
information. appearance, durability, and safety
General Motors reserves the right to are preserved. The use of Genuine
Courtesy Rental Vehicle unilaterally modify, change, GM parts can help maintain the GM
For an overnight warranty repair, the or discontinue Courtesy New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
dealer may provide an available Transportation at any time and to
Recycled original equipment parts
courtesy rental vehicle or provide for resolve all questions of claim
may also be used for repair. These
reimbursement of a rental vehicle. eligibility pursuant to the terms and
parts are typically removed from
Reimbursement is limited and must conditions described herein at its
vehicles that were total losses in
be supported by original receipts as sole discretion.
prior crashes. In most cases, the
well as a signed and completed parts being recycled are from
rental agreement and meet state/ Collision Damage Repair undamaged sections of the vehicle.
provincial, local, and rental vehicle If the vehicle is involved in a A recycled original equipment GM
provider requirements. collision and it is damaged, have the part may be an acceptable choice to
Requirements vary and may include damage repaired by a qualified maintain the vehicle's originally
minimum age requirements, technician using the proper designed appearance and safety
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
performance; however, the history of center that has GM-trained Manufacturer (OEM) parts or
these parts is not known. Such parts technicians and comparable Genuine Manufacturer replacement
are not covered by the GM New equipment. parts. Read the lease carefully, as
Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any you may be charged at the end of
related failures are not covered by Insuring the Vehicle the lease for poor quality repairs.
that warranty. Protect your investment in the GM
vehicle with comprehensive and
If a Crash Occurs
Aftermarket collision parts are also
available. These are made by collision insurance coverage. There If there has been an injury, call
companies other than GM and may are significant differences in the emergency services for help. Do not
not have been tested for the vehicle. quality of coverage afforded by leave the scene of a crash until all
As a result, these parts may fit various insurance policy terms. matters have been taken care of.
poorly, exhibit premature durability/ Many insurance policies provide Move the vehicle only if its position
corrosion problems, and may not reduced protection to the GM puts you in danger, or you are
perform properly in subsequent vehicle by limiting compensation for instructed to move it by a police
collisions. Aftermarket parts are not damage repairs through the use of officer.
covered by the GM New Vehicle aftermarket collision parts. Some Give only the necessary information
Limited Warranty, and any vehicle insurance companies will not to police and other parties involved
failure related to such parts is not specify aftermarket collision parts. in the crash.
covered by that warranty. When purchasing insurance, we
recommend that you ensure that the For emergency towing see
Repair Facility vehicle will be repaired with GM Roadside Assistance
original equipment collision parts. Program 0 358.
GM also recommends that you
choose a collision repair facility that If such insurance coverage is not Gather the following information:
meets your needs before you ever available from your current
insurance carrier, consider switching . Driver name, address, and
need collision repairs. Your dealer telephone number.
may have a collision repair center to another insurance carrier.
with GM-trained technicians and If the vehicle is leased, the leasing . Driver license number.
state-of-the-art equipment, or be company may require you to have . Owner name, address, and
able to recommend a collision repair insurance that ensures repairs with telephone number.
Genuine GM Original Equipment
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16

. Vehicle license plate number. new Genuine GM parts or recycled Service Publications
original GM parts. Remember,
. Vehicle make, model, and
recycled parts will not be covered by
Ordering Information
model year.
the GM vehicle warranty. Service Manuals
. Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN). Insurance pays the bill for the repair, Service Manuals have the diagnosis
but you must live with the repair. and repair information on the
. Insurance company and policy Depending on your policy limits, engines, transmission, axle,
number. your insurance company may suspension, brakes, electrical,
. General description of the initially value the repair using steering, body, etc.
damage to the other vehicle. aftermarket parts. Discuss this with
the repair professional, and insist on Service Bulletins
Choose a reputable repair facility Genuine GM parts. Remember,
that uses quality replacement parts. Service Bulletins give additional
if the vehicle is leased, you may be technical service information
See Collision Parts earlier in this obligated to have the vehicle
section. needed to knowledgeably service
repaired with Genuine GM parts, General Motors cars and trucks.
If the airbag has inflated, see What even if your insurance coverage Each bulletin contains instructions
Will You See after an Airbag does not pay the full cost. to assist in the diagnosis and
Inflates? 0 73. If another party's insurance service of the vehicle.
Managing the Vehicle Damage company is paying for the repairs,
you are not obligated to accept a Owner Information
Repair Process
repair valuation based on that Owner publications are written
In the event that the vehicle requires insurance company's collision policy specifically for owners and intended
damage repairs, GM recommends repair limits, as you have no to provide basic operational
that you take an active role in its contractual limits with that company. information about the vehicle. The
repair. If you have a pre-determined In such cases, you can have control Owner Manual includes the
repair facility of choice, take the of the repair and parts choices as Maintenance Schedule for all
vehicle there, or have it towed there. long as the cost stays within models.
Specify to the facility that any reasonable limits.
required replacement collision parts
be original equipment parts, either
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, Prices are subject to change without Operation is subject to the following
Owner Manual, and Warranty notice and without incurring two conditions:
Manual. obligation. Allow ample time for 1. The device may not cause
RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 delivery. harmful interference.
$40.00 (U.S.) plus handling and All listed prices are quoted in U.S. 2. The device must accept any
shipping fees. funds. Make checks payable in U.S. interference received, including
Without Pouch: Owner Manual only. funds. interference that may cause
RETAIL SELL PRICE: undesired operation of the
Radio Frequency device.
$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
shipping fees. Statement Changes or modifications to any of
This vehicle has systems that these systems by other than an
Current and Past Models operate on a radio frequency that authorized service facility could void
Technical Service Bulletins and complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the authorization to use this equipment.
Manuals are available for current Federal Communications
and past model GM vehicles. Commission (FCC) rules and with
ORDER TOLL FREE: Industry Canada Standards
1-800-551-4123 Monday Friday RSS-GEN/210/216/220/251/310,
8:00 AM 6:00 PM Eastern Time ICES001.
For Credit Card Orders Only

(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see
Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.
Or write to:
Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service
47911 Halyard Drive
Plymouth, MI 48170
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Reporting Safety To contact NHTSA, you may call Transport Canada

the Vehicle Safety Hotline Road Safety Branch
Defects toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 80 rue Noel
(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1
Reporting Safety Defects http://www.safercar.gov; or
to the United States write to: Reporting Safety Defects
Government Administrator, NHTSA
to General Motors
If you believe that your vehicle 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. In addition to notifying NHTSA (or
Washington, D.C. 20590 Transport Canada) in a situation like
has a defect which could cause this, notify General Motors.
a crash or could cause injury or You can also obtain other
death, you should immediately information about motor Call 1-800-222-1020, or write:
inform the National Highway vehicle safety from Chevrolet Motor Division
Traffic Safety Administration http://www.safercar.gov. Chevrolet Customer Assistance
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying Center
General Motors. Reporting Safety Defects P.O. Box 33170
Detroit, MI 48232-5170
If NHTSA receives similar to the Canadian
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777
complaints, it may open an Government (English) or 1-800-263-7854
investigation, and if it finds that If you live in Canada, and you (French), or write:
a safety defect exists in a group believe that the vehicle has a safety
of vehicles, it may order a recall General Motors of Canada
defect, notify Transport Canada
Company
and remedy campaign. immediately, and notify General
Customer Care Centre,
However, NHTSA cannot Motors of Canada Company. Call
Mail Code: CA1-163-005
become involved in individual Transport Canada at
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
problems between you, your 1-800-333-0510 or write to:
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
dealer, or General Motors.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Vehicle Data Event Data Recorders These data can help provide a
better understanding of the
Recording and This vehicle is equipped with an circumstances in which crashes and
event data recorder (EDR). The injuries occur.
Privacy main purpose of an EDR is to
record, in certain crash or near Note
The vehicle has a number of
crash-like situations, such as an air EDR data are recorded by your
computers that record information
bag deployment or hitting a road vehicle only if a non-trivial crash
about the vehicles performance and
how it is driven. For example, the obstacle, data that will assist in situation occurs; no data are
understanding how a vehicles recorded by the EDR under normal
vehicle uses computer modules to
systems performed. The EDR is driving conditions and no personal
monitor and control engine and
designed to record data related to data (e.g., name, gender, age, and
transmission performance, to
monitor the conditions for airbag vehicle dynamics and safety crash location) are recorded.
systems for a short period of time, However, other parties, such as law
deployment and deploy them in a
typically 30 seconds or less. The enforcement, could combine the
crash, and, if equipped, to provide
EDR in this vehicle is designed to EDR data with the type of
antilock braking to help the driver
control the vehicle. These modules record such data as: personally identifying data routinely
acquired during a crash
may store data to help the dealer . How various systems in your
investigation.
technician service the vehicle. vehicle were operating;
Some modules may also store data To read data recorded by an EDR,
. Whether or not the driver and
about how the vehicle is operated, special equipment is required, and
such as rate of fuel consumption or passenger safety belts were access to the vehicle or the EDR is
average speed. These modules may buckled/fastened; needed. In addition to the vehicle
retain personal preferences, such as . How far (if at all) the driver was manufacturer, other parties, such as
radio presets, seat positions, and depressing the accelerator and/ law enforcement, that have the
temperature settings. or brake pedal; and, special equipment, can read the
. How fast the vehicle was information if they have access to
traveling. the vehicle or the EDR.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
GM will not access these data or OnStar Terms and Conditions and
share it with others except: with the Privacy Statement on the OnStar
consent of the vehicle owner or, website.
if the vehicle is leased, with the See OnStar Additional
consent of the lessee; in response Information 0 373.
to an official request by police or
similar government office; as part of
GM's defense of litigation through Infotainment System
the discovery process; or, as If the vehicle is equipped with a
required by law. Data that GM navigation system as part of the
collects or receives may also be infotainment system, use of the
used for GM research needs or may system may result in the storage of
be made available to others for destinations, addresses, telephone
research purposes, where a need is numbers, and other trip information.
shown and the data is not tied to a See the infotainment manual for
specific vehicle or vehicle owner. information on stored data and for
deletion instructions.
OnStar
If the vehicle is equipped with
OnStar and has an active
subscription, additional data may be
collected through the OnStar
system. This includes information
about the vehicles operation;
collisions involving the vehicle; the
use of the vehicle and its features;
and, in certain situations, the
location and approximate GPS
speed of the vehicle. Refer to the
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
368 OnStar
OnStar OnStar Overview requires the vehicle battery and

electrical system, cellular service,
and GPS satellite signals to be
available and operating. OnStar acts
OnStar Overview
as a link to existing emergency
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
service providers. OnStar may
OnStar Services collect information about you and
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 your vehicle, including location
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 Manual Rearview Mirror information. See OnStars User
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 Terms, Privacy Statement, and
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371 Software Terms for more details
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373 including system limitations at
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
OnStar Additional Information www.onstar.ca (Canada).
OnStar Additional
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373 Manual and Automatic
Automatic Dimming Rearview Dimming Rearview Mirrors
Mirror . Press the mirror controls.
If OnStar does not respond,
Q Voice Command Button adjust finger position or remove
| Blue OnStar Button any gloves.
U Red Emergency Button . Avoid touching the controls while
This vehicle may be equipped with a adjusting the mirror. To cancel a
comprehensive, in-vehicle system command press Q.
that can connect to an OnStar . Clean the mirror while the
Advisor for Emergency, Security, vehicle is off to avoid making
Navigation, Connections, and calls.
Diagnostics Services. OnStar
services may require a paid
subscription and data plan. OnStar
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
OnStar 369
Status Indicator OnStar Commands . Receive Roadside Assistance.

The OnStar system status light is Press | or call 1-888-4ONSTAR . Manage Wi-Fi Settings,
next to the OnStar controls on the (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an if equipped.
manual rearview mirror. Advisor. Press U to get a priority connection
If the status light is:
Press Q to: to an OnStar Advisor available
. Solid Green: System is ready. 24/7 to:
. Make a call, end a call,
. Flashing Green: On a call. or answer an incoming call. . Get help for an emergency.
. Red: Indicates a problem. . Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling . Be a Good Samaritan or
voice commands. respond to an AMBER Alert.
. Off: System is active. Press |
. Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn . Get assistance in severe
twice to speak with an OnStar
Advisor. Navigation voice commands. weather or other crisis situations
and find evacuation routes.
For the automatic dimming rearview . Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi
mirror, the status is provided network name or SSID, and
through the Display on Demand password, if equipped.
Icons.
Press | to connect to an
. Three Color Icons: The system Advisor to:
is enabled and active.
. Verify account information or
. No Icons: The vehicle is in update contact information.
motion or the OnStar
. Get driving directions.
subscription is inactive.
. Blinking: Button has been . Receive a Diagnostic check of
pressed. the vehicle's key operating
systems.
. Solid: On a call.
. ~: Indicates a problem.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
370 OnStar
OnStar Services Security Navigation

If equipped, OnStar provides these OnStar navigation requires a
Emergency services: specific OnStar service plan.
Emergency Services require an . With Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Press | to receive Turn-by-Turn
active, OnStar service plan OnStar Advisors can use GPS to directions or have them sent to the
(excludes Basic Plan). With pinpoint the vehicle and help vehicle navigation screen,
Automatic Crash Response, built-in authorities quickly recover it. if equipped.
sensors can automatically alert a . With Remote Ignition Block,
specially trained OnStar Advisor if equipped, OnStar can block
Turn-by-Turn Navigation
who is immediately connected in to
the vehicle to help.
the engine from being restarted. 1. Press | to connect to an
. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown, Advisor.
Press U for a priority connection to if equipped, OnStar can work 2. Request directions to be
an OnStar Advisor who can contact with law enforcement to downloaded to the vehicle.
emergency service providers, direct gradually slow the vehicle down.
them to your exact location, and 3. Follow the voice-guided
relay important information. Theft Alarm Notification commands.
With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially If equipped, if the doors are locked Using Voice Commands
trained Advisors are available and the vehicle alarm sounds, a During a Planned Route
24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to notification by text, e-mail, or phone
provide a central point of contact, call will be sent. If the vehicle is Cancel Route
assistance, and information during a stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work
with authorities to recover the 1. Press Q. System responds:
crisis.
vehicle. OnStar ready, then a tone.
With Roadside Assistance, Advisors
2. Say Cancel route. System
can locate a nearby service provider
responds: Do you want to
to help with a flat tire, a battery
cancel directions?
jump, or an empty gas tank.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
OnStar 371
3. Say Yes. System responds: Send Destination to Vehicle from each other and use a
OK, request completed, thank Subscribers can have directions combination of letters, numbers,
you, goodbye. sent to the vehicles navigation and symbols to increase the
screen, if equipped. security.
Route Preview
. Change the default name of the
1. Press Q. System responds: Press | then ask the Advisor to SSID (Service Set Identifier).
OnStar ready, then a tone. download directions to the vehicles This is your networks name that
navigation system, if equipped. After is visible to other wireless
2. Say Route preview. System the call ends, the navigation screen
responds with the next three devices. Choose a unique name
will provide prompts to begin driving and avoid family names or
maneuvers. directions. Routes that are sent to vehicle descriptions.
Repeat the navigation screen can only be
canceled through the navigation OnStar Wi-Fi Hotspot (If
1. Press Q. System responds: system. Equipped)
OnStar ready, then a tone. The vehicle may have a built-in
See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
2. Say Repeat. System www.onstar.ca (Canada). Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access
responds with the last direction to the Internet and web content at
given, then responds with Connections 4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile
OnStar ready, then a tone. devices can be connected. A data
The following OnStar services help plan is required. Use the in-vehicle
Get My Destination with staying connected. controls only when it is safe to
1. Press Q. System responds: For coverage maps, see do so.
OnStar ready, then a tone. www.onstar.com (U.S.) or 1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot
www.onstar.ca (Canada). information, press Q, wait for
2. Say Get my destination.
System responds with the Ensuring Security the prompt, then say Wi-Fi
address and distance to the . Change the default passwords settings. On some vehicles,
destination, then responds with touch Wi-Fi Settings on the
for the Wi-Fi hotspot and
OnStar ready, then a tone. screen.
RemoteLink mobile application.
Make these passwords different
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
372 OnStar
2. The Wi-Fi settings will display . Remotely start/stop the vehicle, OnStar AtYourService
the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID), if factory-equipped.
OnStar Advisors can provide offers
password, and on some . Lock/unlock doors, if equipped from restaurants and retailers on
vehicles, the connection type with automatic locks. your route, help locate hotels,
(no Internet connection, 3G,
. Activate the horn and lamps or book a room. These services
4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality
vary by market.
(poor, good, excellent). . Check the vehicless fuel level,
3. To change the SSID or oil life, or tire pressure, OnStar Hands-Free Calling
password, press | or call if factory-equipped with the Tire Make and receive calls with the
Pressure Monitor System. built-in wireless calling service
1-888-4ONSTAR to connect
with an Advisor. . Send directions to the vehicle. which requires available minutes.
After initial set-up, your vehicless . Locate the vehicle on a map To Make a Call
Wi-Fi hotspot will connect (U.S. market only).
automatically to your mobile 1. Press Q. System responds:
. Turn the vehicles Wi-Fi hotspot OnStar ready.
devices. Manage data usage by on/off, manage settings, and
turning Wi-Fi on or off on your monitor data consumption, 2. Say Call. System responds:
mobile device, using the if equipped. Call. Please say the name or
RemoteLink mobil app, or by number to call.
contacting an OnStar Advisor. For OnStar RemoteLink information
and compatibility, see 3. Say the entire number without
OnStar RemoteLink Mobile App www.onstar.com (U.S.) or pausing, including a 1 and the
(If Equipped) www.onstar.ca (Canada). area code. System responds:
Download the OnStar RemoteLink OK, calling.
Remote Services
mobile app to select Apple iOS, Calling 911 Emergency
Android, BlackBerry, Contact an OnStar Advisor to
or Windows mobile devices. unlock the doors or sound the horn 1. Press Q. System responds:
OnStar Subscribers can access the and flash the lamps. OnStar ready.
following services from a mobile
device:
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
OnStar 373
2. Say Call. System responds: Diagnostics OnStar Additional

Call. Please say the name or
number to call. Advanced Diagnostics provides a Information
status of the vehicles key systems
3. Say 911 without pausing. with a monthly e-mail or by pressing In-Vehicle Audio Messages
System responds: 911. |. If equipped, Diagnostic Alerts Audio messages may play important
4. Say Call. System responds: can be received in real-time via information at the following times:
OK, dialing 911. e-mail or text. The Proactive Alerts
feature (if available) can help predict . Prior to vehicle purchase.
Retrieve My Number and alert of potential upcoming Press | to set up an account.
1. Press Q. System responds: maintenance issues with select
. With the OnStar Basic Plan,
components on the vehicle, before
OnStar ready. every 60 days.
they become a problem.
2. Say My number. System . After change in ownership and
OnStar can also monitor and report
responds: Your OnStar at 90 days.
tire pressure, if vehicle is equipped
Hands-Free Calling number is,
with a Tire Pressure Monitoring Transferring Service
then says the number.
System.
End a Call Press | to request account transfer
eligibility information. The Advisor
Press Q. System responds: Call can cancel or change account
ended. information.
Verify Minutes and Expiration Selling/Transferring the
Vehicle
Press Q and say Minutes then
Verify to check how many minutes Call 1-888-4ONSTAR
remain and their expiration date. (1-888-466-7827) immediately to
terminate your OnStar services if
the vehicle is disposed of, sold,
transferred, or if the lease ends.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
374 OnStar
Reactivation for Subsequent . Press | to speak with an See Radio Frequency

Owners Advisor. Statement 0 364.
Press | and follow the prompts to OnStar services cannot work unless Services for People with
speak to an Advisor as soon as the vehicle is in a place where Disabilities
possible. The Advisor will update OnStar has an agreement with a
Advisors provide services to help
vehicle records and explain OnStar wireless service provider for service
Subscribers with physical disabilities
service options. in that area. The wireless service
and medical conditions.
provider must also have coverage,
How OnStar Service Works network capacity, reception, and Press | to help:
Automatic Crash Response, technology compatible with OnStar
. Locate a gas station with an
Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, services. Service involving location
information about the vehicle cannot attendant to pump gas.
Stolen Vehicle Assistance,
Advanced Diagnostics, Remote work unless GPS signals are . Find a hotel, restaurant, etc.,
Services, Roadside Assistance, available, unobstructed, and that meets accessibility needs.
Turn-by-Turn Navigation, and compatible with the OnStar . Provide directions to the closest
Hands-Free Calling are available on hardware. OnStar services may not
hospital or pharmacy in urgent
most vehicles. Not all OnStar work if the OnStar equipment is not
situations.
services are available everywhere properly installed or it has not been
or on all vehicles. For more properly maintained. If equipment or TTY Users
information, a full description of software is added, connected,
or modified, OnStar services may OnStar has the ability to
OnStar services, system limitations, communicate to deaf,
and OnStar User Terms, Privacy not work. Other problems beyond
the control of OnStar such as hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired
Statement and Software Terms : customers while in the vehicle. The
hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather,
. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR electrical system design and available dealer-installed TTY
(1-888-466-7827). architecture of the vehicle, damage system can provide in-vehicle
to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless access to all OnStar services,
. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
phone network congestion or except Virtual Advisor and OnStar
. See www.onstar.ca (Canada). Turn-by-Turn Navigation.
jamming may prevent service.
. Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
OnStar 375
OnStar Personal Identification vehicle has not been started for Cellular and GPS Antennas
Number (PIN) five days, OnStar can contact
Cellular reception is required for
Roadside Assistance or a locksmith
A PIN is needed to access some OnStar to send remote signals to
to help gain access to the vehicle.
OnStar services. The PIN will need the vehicle. Do not place items over
to be changed the first time when Global Positioning or near the antenna to prevent
speaking with an Advisor. To System (GPS) blocking cellular and GPS signal
change the OnStar PIN, contact an reception.
. Obstruction of the GPS can
OnStar Advisor by pressing | or occur in a large city with tall Unable to Connect to OnStar
calling 1-888-4ONSTAR. buildings; in parking garages; Message
Warranty around airports; in tunnels and
If there is limited cellular coverage
underpasses; or in an area with
OnStar equipment may be or the cellular network has reached
very dense trees. If GPS signals
warranted as part of the vehicle maximum capacity, this message
are not available, the OnStar
warranty. system should still operate to may come on. Press | to try the
call OnStar. However, OnStar call again or try again after driving a
Languages few miles into another cellular area.
could have difficulty identifying
The vehicle can be programmed to the exact location.
respond in multiple languages.
Vehicle and Power Issues
. In emergency situations, OnStar
Press | and ask for an Advisor. OnStar services require a vehicle
can use the last stored GPS
Advisors are available in English, electrical system, wireless service,
location to send to emergency
Spanish, and French. Available and GPS satellite technologies to be
responders.
languages may vary by country. available and operating for features
A temporary loss of GPS can cause to function properly. These systems
Potential Issues loss of the ability to send a may not operate if the battery is
Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The discharged or disconnected.
OnStar cannot perform Remote
Advisor may give a verbal route or
Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle
may ask for a call back after the
Assistance after the vehicle has
vehicle is driven into an open area.
been off continuously for 10 days
without an ignition cycle. If the
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
376 OnStar
Add-on Electrical Equipment statement or separately disclosed at may unlawfully intercept or access
the time of installation. These transmissions and private
The OnStar system is integrated
updates or changes may also cause communications without consent.
into the electrical architecture of the
a system to automatically
vehicle. Do not add any electrical OnStar - software
communicate with GM servers to
equipment. See Add-On Electrical acknowledgements
collect information about vehicle
Equipment 0 254. Added electrical
system status, identify whether Certain OnStar components include
equipment may interfere with the
updates or changes are available, libcurl and unzip software and other
operation of the OnStar system and
or deliver updates or changes. An third party software. Below are the
cause it to not operate.
active OnStar agreement constitutes notices and licenses associated with
Vehicle Software Updates consent to these software updates libcurl and unzip and for other third
or changes and agreement that party software please see http://
OnStar or GM may remotely deliver either OnStar or GM may remotely
software updates or changes to the www.lg.com/global/support/
deliver them to the vehicle. opensource/index and https://
vehicle without further notice or
consent. These updates or changes Privacy www.onstar.com/us/en/support/
may enhance or maintain safety, getdocuments.html
The complete OnStar Privacy
security, or the operation of the libcurl:
Statement may be found at
vehicle or the vehicle systems.
www.onstar.com (U.S.), COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION
Software updates or changes may
or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We NOTICE
affect or erase data or settings that
recommend that you review it. If you
are stored in the vehicle, such as Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel
have any questions, call
OnStar Hands-Free Calling name Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>.
1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)
tags, saved navigation destinations, All rights reserved.
or pre-set radio stations. Neither or press | to speak with an
OnStar nor GM is responsible for Advisor. Users of wireless Permission to use, copy, modify,
any affected or erased data or communications are cautioned that and distribute this software for any
settings. These updates or changes the privacy of any information sent purpose with or without fee is
may also collect personal via wireless cellular communications hereby granted, provided that the
information. Such collection is cannot be assured. Third parties
described in the OnStar privacy
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
OnStar 377
above copyright notice and this unzip: This software is provided as is,
permission notice appear in all This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the without warranty of any kind,
copies. Info-ZIP copyright and license. express or implied. In no event shall
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED The definitive version of this Info-ZIP or its contributors be held
AS IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF document should be available liable for any direct, indirect,
ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR at ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/ incidental, special or consequential
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT license.html indefinitely. damages arising out of the use of or
LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES inability to use this software.
Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS rights reserved. Permission is granted to anyone to
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE use this software for any purpose,
AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF For the purposes of this copyright including commercial applications,
THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO and license, Info-ZIP is defined as and to alter it and redistribute it
EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR the following set of individuals: freely, subject to the following
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis, restrictions:
LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois, 1. Redistributions of source code
DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed must retain the above copyright
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris notice, definition, disclaimer,
CONTRACT, TORT OR Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig, and this list of conditions.
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum, 2. Redistributions in binary form
WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden, (compiled executables) must
USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller, reproduce the above copyright
THE SOFTWARE. Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens, notice, definition, disclaimer,
George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai and this list of conditions in
Except as contained in this notice, documentation and/or other
the name of a copyright holder shall Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,
Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda, materials provided with the
not be used in advertising or distribution. The sole exception
otherwise to promote the sale, use Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,
Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, to this condition is redistribution
or other dealings in this Software of a standard UnZipSFX binary
without prior written authorization of Rich Wales, Mike White.
(including SFXWiz) as part of a
the copyright holder.
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
378 OnStar
self-extracting archive; that is the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail

permitted without inclusion of addresses or of the
this license, as long as the Info-ZIP URL(s).
normal SFX banner has not 4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use
been removed from the binary the names Info-ZIP, Zip,
or disabled. UnZip, UnZipSFX, WiZ,
3. Altered versionsincluding, but Pocket UnZip, Pocket Zip,
not limited to, ports to new and MacZip for its own
operating systems, existing source and binary releases.
ports with new graphical
interfaces, and dynamic,
shared, or static library
versionsmust be plainly
marked as such and must not
be misrepresented as being
the original source. Such
altered versions also must not
be misrepresented as being
Info-ZIP releasesincluding,
but not limited to, labeling of
the altered versions with the
names Info-ZIP (or any
variation thereof, including, but
not limited to, different
capitalizations), Pocket
UnZip, WiZ or MacZip
without the explicit permission
of Info-ZIP. Such altered
versions are further prohibited
from misrepresentative use of
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Index 379
Airbag System (cont'd)

Index A
Accessories and When Should an Airbag
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . 70
Active Fuel Management . . . . . . 223 Airbags
Active Rev Match . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Adding Equipment to the
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 254 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Additional Information Passenger Status Indicator . . . 120
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373 Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
Additional Maintenance Servicing Airbag-Equipped
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Agreements System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Trademarks and License . . . . . 191 Alarm
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 268 Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Alert
Air Filter, Passenger Lane Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . 248
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Airbag System AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
How Does an Airbag Backglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Passenger Sensing System . . . . 75 Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 232
What Makes an Airbag Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Appearance Care
What Will You See after an Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
380 Index
Apple CarPlay and B Bulb Replacement (cont'd)

Android Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Backglass Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Assistance Program, Battery High Intensity Discharge
Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 Exterior Lighting Battery (HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Assistance Systems for Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 284
Parking and Backing . . . . . . . . . . 246 Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Audio Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Sidemarker, Stoplamps,
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . 163 Voltage and Charging and Backup Lamps . . . . . . . . . . 283
Automatic Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Climate Control System . . . . . . . 193 Battery - North America . . . .279, 320 C
Dimming Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 281 Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Bluetooth California
Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182, 184 Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Boost Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Perchlorate Materials
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Brake Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Automatic Transmission Parking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 California
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 System Warning Light . . . . . . . . 123 Proposition
Shift Lock Control Function Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .256, 279, 320
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2
Auxiliary Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Capacities and
Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Avoiding Untrusted Media System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Carbon Monoxide
Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Axle, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 215 Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Front Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . 283 Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 2
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 100
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Index 381
Charging Competitive Driving Mode . . . . . . 240 Customer Information

Wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Compressor Kit, Tire Sealant . . . 314 Service Publications
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 121 Connections Ordering Information . . . . . . . . 363
Check OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371 Customer Satisfaction
Malfunction Indicator Control Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Traction and Electronic
D
Child Restraints Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 361
Infants and Young Children . . . . . 83 Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 2
Lower Anchors and Tethers Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Data Collection
for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Convertible Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93, 95 Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Data Recorder
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Coolant
Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 366
Cleaning Engine Temperature Gauge . . .117
Daytime Running
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Climate Control Systems Courtesy Transportation
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Devices
Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Diagnostics
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Clutch, Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 361 Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Door
Compartments Text Telephone (TTY)
Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
382 Index
Door (cont'd) Electrical System Engine (cont'd)

Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Engine Compartment Fuse Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 224
Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 353 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 245 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 286 Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Driver Information Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 366
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Rear Compartment Fuse Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Driving Emergency Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Competitive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 155
Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Engine Exterior Lighting Battery
Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . 25 Check and Service Engine
F
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 209 Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Features
If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . .211 Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 259
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Filter,
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Coolant Temperature
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Track Events and Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Competitive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 157
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Cooling System Messages . . . 137
Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Fluid
Dual Automatic Climate Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 267
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
E Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . .116
Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . 232 Frequency Statement
Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . 123 Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Electrical Equipment, Front Seats
Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Heated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . . 60
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Index 383
Front Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . . . 283 Gauges (cont'd) Headlamps (cont'd)

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 High Intensity Discharge
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 (HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 127
Filling a Portable Fuel Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 155
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 127
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Warning Lights and Heated
Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 General Information Heated and Ventilated Front
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 126 Service and Maintenance . . . . . 335 Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Management, Active . . . . . . . . . . 223 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Requirements, California . . . . . 251 Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Heater
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Fuses GM Mobility Reimbursement Heating and Air Conditioning . . . 193
Engine Compartment Fuse Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . . . 301
H
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 286 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 209
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Rear Compartment Fuse Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 234
Hands-Free Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 Home Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 157
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
G Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Garage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Head-up Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
How to Wear Safety Belts
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Headlamps
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Gauges Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Boost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Engine Coolant Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117 Daytime Running
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . .116 Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
384 Index
I Lamps (cont'd) Lights (cont'd)

Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 123
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 126
Infants and Young Children, Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . . 121 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 155
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 367 Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . 248 Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . .119
Interior Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 46 LATCH System Service Electric Parking
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Replacing Parts after a Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 StabiliTrak OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
J LATCH, Lower Anchors and Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Jump Starting - North
Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Traction Control System
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Latches, Seatback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 (TCS)/StabiliTrak . . . . . . . . . . 125
K Lighting Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . . 138 Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Limited-Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . 242
Keyless Entry Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Locks
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . 28 Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Theater Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Lights Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
L
Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 295
Antilock Brake System Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Lamps
(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 156
Brake System Warning . . . . . . . 123 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 126
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Exterior Lighting Battery
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Front Turn Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Index 385
Lower Anchors and Tethers Messages (cont'd) Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 46

for Children (LATCH Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Engine Cooling System . . . . . . . 137 Driver Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Monitor System, Tire
M
Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Maintenance
Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Maintenance and Care N
Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 Navigation
Object Detection System . . . . . 139
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 336 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . . 140
Recommended Fluids and Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 121
Starting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 141 O
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Object Detection System
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Matching
Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
Active Rev . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Off-Road
Media
Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Avoiding Untrusted Devices . . 170
Mirrors Oil
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Automatic Dimming Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 266
Messages
Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Engine Oil Pressure Gauge . . . .116
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Battery Voltage and
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 81
Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Convertible Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
386 Index
OnStar Additional Passenger Airbag Status Privacy

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373 Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 366
OnStar Connections . . . . . . . . . . . 371 Passenger Compartment Air Program
OnStar Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . 373 Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . 360
OnStar Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 75 Proposition
OnStar Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 Perchlorate Materials 65 Warning,
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368 Requirements, California . . . . . . 256 California . . . . . . . . . . . .256, 279, 320
OnStar Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 Performance Data
R
Operation Recorder (PDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Radio Frequency Statement . . . . 364
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 165 Personalization
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Ordering Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Radios
Service Publications . . . . . . . . . . 363 Phone
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Outlets Apple CarPlay and
Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Android Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182, 184
Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Hands-Free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Limited-Slip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Port
P Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Park Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Power
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 246
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Brake and P (Park) Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 281 Recommended Fluids and
Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 221
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 223 Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Records
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Parking or Backing Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Pregnancy, Using Safety Belts . . . 66
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 246 Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 325
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Index 387
Reimbursement Program, Roadside Assistance Seats

GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Roof Heated and Ventilated Front . . . . 60
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . 57
Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 353 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Replacement Parts Run-Flat Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Running the Vehicle While Securing Child Restraints . . . . 93, 95
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Security
Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 80 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
S
Replacing LATCH System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Replacing Safety Belt System Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
How to Wear Safety Belts
Reporting Safety Defects Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 365 Accessories and
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365 Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365 Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 257
Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . 68
Restraints Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . 66
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 349
Safety Defects Reporting
Retained Accessory Maintenance, General
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 365
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Parts Identification Label . . . . . 350
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Ride Control Systems Publications Ordering
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Limited Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . . 242 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 360
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 360
Roads Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Seatback Latches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
388 Index
Service Electric Parking Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 T

Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Services Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Taillamps
Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . 342 Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Stoplamps and Back-Up Lamps Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 357
Shift Lock Control Function Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 283 Theater Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Check, Automatic Storage Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 44
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Shifting Storage Areas Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 248 Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Sidemarker Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . 99 Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 283 Storing the Tire Sealant and Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Signals, Turn and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Special Application Services . . . . 342 Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Specifications and Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Low Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
StabiliTrak System Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162, 367 Pressure Monitor Operation . . 302
Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Systems Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 301
Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Driver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Run-Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Sealant and
Starting the Vehicle Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
Index 389
Tires (cont'd) Transmission Vehicle (cont'd)

Sealant and Compressor Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Kit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Fluid, Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . . 143
Terminology and Definitions . . 297 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Uniform Tire Quality Transportation Program, Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Wheel Alignment and Tire Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311 Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Vehicle Care
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . .311 Turn and Lane-Change Storing the Tire Sealant
When It Is Time for New Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 320
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 Turn Signal Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 283 Vehicle Data Recording and
Towing Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
U
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 254 Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 309
Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 325 Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Universal Remote System . . . . . . 152
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Track Events and
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 W
Competitive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . 204
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Warning
Traction
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Control System (TCS)/
Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 V
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Limited-Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . . 242 Vehicle
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Warnings
Traction Control/Electronic Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Trademarks and License Identification Number (VIN) . . . 350
Wheels
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Alignment and Tire Balance . . .311
9804281) - 2017 - crc - 4/25/16
390 Index
Wheels (cont'd)
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 87
Wi-Fi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Windshield
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Winter
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 281
Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

2017 Chevrolet Camaro Owners Manual

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

2017 Chevrolet Camaro Owners Manual

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

2k17_Chevrolet_Camaro_23484739.

Introduction This manual describes features that

A circle with a slash through it is a 9 : Airbag Readiness Light

/ : Remote Vehicle Start

In Brief Vehicle Features

Initial Drive If equipped, press and release K

. Press and hold / until the

Coupe Shown, Convertible Similar

Memory Features Heated and Ventilated Head Restraint

Refer to the following sections for Mirror Adjustment

Interior Steering Wheel Interior Lighting

Exterior Lighting See:

Automatic Climate Control System

1. Temperature Control 6. Recirculation

Dual Automatic Climate Control System

1. Driver and Passenger 9. Defrost Automatic Transmission

To use this feature: 2 (Second). The message will be Vehicle Features

functions may gray out when they Radio(s) 5:

Portable Audio Devices

g (1) : Press to interact with Cruise Control

SET : Press briefly to set the o or p : Press o to open Rear Vision

avoiding objects while in Universal Remote System Sunroof

Express-Open/Express-Close : The sunshade can be opened Performance and

Keys, Doors, and Windows 27

Keys, Doors, and Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . . . 45

28 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 29

Pressing Q may also arm the alarm M : If equipped, press and

30 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Convertible Top Keyless Access can be

Keys, Doors, and Windows 31

32 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 33

When all additional transmitters The Driver Information Center

34 Keys, Doors, and Windows

When all additional transmitters To start the vehicle:

Keys, Doors, and Windows 35

3. Remove the battery by pushing Laws in some local communities

36 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 37

38 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Move the cap forward and press to Power Door Locks

Keys, Doors, and Windows 39

40 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Doors Warning (Continued)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 41

Emergency Trunk Release following exposure to light. Pull the

1. Locate the key extender in the

After pulling the emergency trunk

42 Keys, Doors, and Windows

2. Locate the manual release Vehicle Security

6. Place the key extender over

Keys, Doors, and Windows 43

44 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 45

Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)

46 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Reverse Tilt Mirrors Interior Mirrors Manual Rearview Mirror

Keys, Doors, and Windows 47

Windows Power Windows

48 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 49

Window Indexing Roof Open/Close (Manual Mode) :

50 Keys, Doors, and Windows